The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutBID - 6019 COMMUNITY PARKS SIDEWALKSAdministrative Services Purchasing Divison 215 North Mason Street y 2nd Floor y P.O. Box 580 y Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580 y (970) 221-6775 y Fax (970) 221-6707 www.fcgov.com ADDENDUM No. 4 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Description of Bid: 6019 Community Parks Sidewalks OPENING DATE: 3:00 P.M. (Our Clock) January 10, 2007 To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above, the following changes are hereby made. CHANGE Bid Opening: 3:00 P.M. (Our Clock) January 10, 2007 Please contact John D. Stephen, CPPO, CPPB, Senior Buyer at (970) 221-6777 with any questions regarding this addendum. RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED. Administrative Services Purchasing Divison 215 North Mason Street y 2nd Floor y P.O. Box 580 y Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580 y (970) 221-6775 y Fax (970) 221-6707 www.fcgov.com ADDENDUM 5 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Description of Bid: 6019 Community Parks Sidewalks OPENING DATE: January 10, 2007 – 3:00pm. (Our Clock) To all prospective bidders under the specification and contract documents described above, the following changes are hereby made and will become a part of the Contract Documents. GENERAL CLARIFICATION 1. The estimated dead weight for the existing 35’ span pedestrian bridge that is to be removed and transported to storage yard (bid item #30) is 9,000 lbs. 2. All concrete for the project will be grey. No color or fibermesh additives are required for this project. Ramps are to be installed according to details in the plans. The following parameters apply for all concrete for this project. Mix concrete in accordance with ASTM C94. Provide non-colored concrete for exterior slabs on grade, sidewalks, curb and gutter, aprons, ramps and parking lot (except panel inserts) with the following characteristics: Unit Measurement a. 28-Day Field Compressive Strength 4,000 p.s.i. b. Cement/Fly Ash 615 lbs. / cu. yd. Min. c. Max. Water/Cement Ratio 0.44 d. Air Content % Range 5 - 8 e. Maximum Slump 4” f. Fine Aggregate 50% (max. % of total Aggregate) 3. Irrigation work includes installation of irrigation sleeves where indicated and repairing any damage to existing lines, heads, valve boxes, etc. Parks maintenance will perform locates of the existing irrigation systems upon request. 4. Abutment detail (sheet 8) calls for “concrete to be installed by others”. This concrete is to be installed by the Contractor for this project and the quantity for the work has been included in the bid schedule. 5. Section 1300, 1.01, G, (1) Rolland Moore Parking Lot and Bridge Completed by March 30, 2007. Please contact John D. Stephen, CPPO, CPPB, Senior Buyer at (970) 221-6777 with any questions regarding this addendum. RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED. SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR Community Parks Sidewalks BID NO. 6019 PURCHASING DIVISION 215 NORTH MASON STREET, 2ND FLOOR, FORT COLLINS December 29, 2006 – 2:00 P.M. (OUR CLOCK) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Pages BID INFORMATION 00020 Notice Inviting Bids 00020-1 - 00020-2 00100 Instruction to Bidders 00100-1 - 00100-9 00300 Bid Form 00300-1 - 00300-3 00400 Supplements to Bid Forms 00400-1 00410 Bid Bond 00410-1 - 00410-2 00420 Statements of Bidders Qualifications 00420-1 - 00420-3 00430 Schedule of Major Subcontractors 00430-1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 00500 Agreement Forms 00500-1 00510 Notice of Award 00510-0 00520 Agreement 00520-1 - 00520-6 00530 Notice to Proceed 00530-1 00600 Bonds and Certificates 00600-1 00610 Performance Bond 00610-1 - 00610-2 00615 Payment Bond 00615-1 - 00615-2 00630 Certificate of Insurance 00630-1 00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00635-1 00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance 00640-1 00650 Lien Waiver Release(Contractor) 00650-1 - 00650-2 00660 Consent of Surety 00660-1 00670 Application for Exemption Certificate 00670-1 - 00670-2 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00700 General Conditions 00700-1 - 00700-34 Exhibit GC-A GC-A1 - GC-A2 00800 Supplementary Conditions 00800-1 - 00800-2 00900 Addenda, Modifications, and Payment 00900-1 00950 Contract Change Order 00950-1 - 00950-2 00960 Application for Payment 00960-1 - 00960-4 SPECIFICATIONS SOILS REPORT 07/2001 Section 00020 Page 2 SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID 07/2001 Section 00020 Page 1 SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID Date: December 6, 2006 Sealed Bids will be received by the City of Fort Collins (hereinafter referred to as OWNER), at the office of the Purchasing Division, 2:00 P.M., our clock, on December 29, 2006, for the Community Parks Sidewalks; BID NO. 6019. If delivered, they are to be delivered to 215 North Mason Street, 2nd Floor, Fort Collins, Colorado, 80524. If mailed, the mailing address is P. O. Box 580, Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580. At said place and time, and promptly thereafter, all Bids that have been duly received will be publicly opened and read aloud. The Contract Documents provide for the construction of concrete sidewalks, ADA access ramps, demolition, concrete parking lot, pedestrian bridge and foundations and related site work within four community parks: City Park, Lee Martinez Park, Rolland Moore Park and Edora Park. All Bids must be in accordance with the Contract Documents on file with The City of Fort Collins, 215 North Mason St., 2nd floor, Fort Collins, Colorado 80524. Contract Documents will be available December 7, 2006. A prebid conference and job walk with representatives of prospective Bidders will be held at 215 N. Mason Conference Room 2E, on December 14, 2006, at 10:00 a.m., Fort Collins. 07/2001 Section 00020 Page 2 The Contract Documents and Construction Drawings may be examined online at: 1. City of Fort Collins BuySpeed: https://secure2.fcgov.com/bso/login.jsp 2. Mercury-LDO Reprographics: www.mercury-ldo.com Copies of the Contract Documents, complete with Construction Specifications and Drawings, may be viewed and purchased at: 1. Mercury LDO Reprograhics: • FORT COLLINS: 422 S. Link Lane, Ft. Collins, CO 80524 Ph: 970-484-1201, Fax: 970-221-0404 • ENGLEWOOD: 9632 E. Arapahoe, Englewood, CO. 80112 Ph: 303-790-7169, Fax: 303-792-2936 • DENVER: 860 Bryant Street, Denver, CO. 80204 Ph: 303-893-8701, Fax: 303-893-0617 • COLORADO SPRINGS:11 E Las Vegas, Colorado Springs, CO. 80903 Ph: 719-231-8121, Fax: 719-633-5710 • LODO: 1660 Wynkoop Ste. 130, Denver, CO. 80202 Ph: 303-785-2520, Fax: 303-785-2522 • BOULDER: 2575 Pearl St. Unit C., Boulder, CO. 80302 Ph: 303-539-1350, Fax: 303-539-1356 2. Builders Exchange, 223 South Link Lane, Fort Collins, Colorado. 07/2001 Section 00020 Page 3 Construction Document Ordering Instructions (Download a complete PlanWell 4.0 Ordering Guide from www.planwell.com) 1. GO TO: www.mercury-ldo.com 2. SELECT: Denver Links: “Plan Well” 3. SELECT: Public Planroom: “GO” 4. SELECT: the desired “Project Number” from the list 07/2001 Section 00020 Page 4 5. CLICK: “Most Current Set” to View the list of documents available for the project 6. CLICK: Sheet No. to view 7. CLICK: to add a specific document to your “Shopping Cart” 8. CLICK: to place the order for printing 9. REGISTER –or- LOGIN 10. SELECT: Process-Media, Output Size and Binding options 11. ENTER: Job Number and PO information then click Next. 12. REVIEW: Recipient information. 13. ENTER: Quantities 14. CLICK: the down arrow to populate order. 15. SELECT: Delivery options and Due time. 16. ENTER: Your phone number in the special instructions box. 17. CLICK: Next. 18. REVIEW order 19. CLICK: SUBMIT Planwell contacts: Marie Owens 970-484-1201, mowens@mercury-ldo.com David Bacon-720-220-7683, dbacon@mercury-ldo.com 07/2001 Section 00020 Page 5 Prospective Bidders are invited to present their questions relative to this Bid proposal at this meeting. Bids will be received as set forth in the Bidding Documents. The Work is expected to be commenced within the time as required by Section 2.3 of General Conditions. Substantial Completion of the Work is required as specified in the Agreement. The successful Bidder will be required to furnish a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond guaranteeing faithful performance and the payment of all bills and obligations arising from the performance of the Contract. No Bid may be withdrawn within a period of forty-five (45) days after the date fixed for opening Bids. The OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any informalities and irregularities therein. Bid security in the amount of not less than 5% of the total Bid must accompany each Bid in the form specified in the Instructions to Bidders. Sales Prohibited/Conflict of Interest: No officer, employee, or member of City Council, shall have a financial interest in the sale to the City of any real or personal property, equipment, material, supplies or services where such officer or employee exercises directly or indirectly any decision-making authority concerning such sale or any supervisory authority over the services to be rendered. This rule also applies to subcontracts with the City. Soliciting or accepting any gift, gratuity favor, entertainment, kickback or any items of monetary value from any person who has or is seeking to do business with the City of Fort Collins is prohibited City of Fort Collins By ______________________________________ James B. O'Neill, II, CPPO, FNIGP Purchasing/Risk Management Director Plan Holders List Bid 6019 Community Parks Sidewalks Updated 01/05/07 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR Community Parks Sidewalks BID NO. 6019 PURCHASING DIVISION 215 NORTH MASON STREET, 2ND FLOOR, FORT COLLINS December 29, 2006 – 2:00 P.M. (OUR CLOCK) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Pages BID INFORMATION 00020 Notice Inviting Bids 00020-1 - 00020-2 00100 Instruction to Bidders 00100-1 - 00100-9 00300 Bid Form 00300-1 - 00300-3 00400 Supplements to Bid Forms 00400-1 00410 Bid Bond 00410-1 - 00410-2 00420 Statements of Bidders Qualifications 00420-1 - 00420-3 00430 Schedule of Major Subcontractors 00430-1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 00500 Agreement Forms 00500-1 00510 Notice of Award 00510-0 00520 Agreement 00520-1 - 00520-6 00530 Notice to Proceed 00530-1 00600 Bonds and Certificates 00600-1 00610 Performance Bond 00610-1 - 00610-2 00615 Payment Bond 00615-1 - 00615-2 00630 Certificate of Insurance 00630-1 00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00635-1 00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance 00640-1 00650 Lien Waiver Release(Contractor) 00650-1 - 00650-2 00660 Consent of Surety 00660-1 00670 Application for Exemption Certificate 00670-1 - 00670-2 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00700 General Conditions 00700-1 - 00700-34 Exhibit GC-A GC-A1 - GC-A2 00800 Supplementary Conditions 00800-1 - 00800-2 00900 Addenda, Modifications, and Payment 00900-1 00950 Contract Change Order 00950-1 - 00950-2 00960 Application for Payment 00960-1 - 00960-4 SPECIFICATIONS SOILS REPORT 07/2001 Section 00020 Page 2 SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID 07/2001 Section 00020 Page 1 SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID Date: December 6, 2006 Sealed Bids will be received by the City of Fort Collins (hereinafter referred to as OWNER), at the office of the Purchasing Division, 2:00 P.M., our clock, on December 29, 2006, for the Community Parks Sidewalks; BID NO. 6019. If delivered, they are to be delivered to 215 North Mason Street, 2nd Floor, Fort Collins, Colorado, 80524. If mailed, the mailing address is P. O. Box 580, Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580. At said place and time, and promptly thereafter, all Bids that have been duly received will be publicly opened and read aloud. The Contract Documents provide for the construction of concrete sidewalks, ADA access ramps, demolition, concrete parking lot, pedestrian bridge and foundations and related site work within four community parks: City Park, Lee Martinez Park, Rolland Moore Park and Edora Park. All Bids must be in accordance with the Contract Documents on file with The City of Fort Collins, 215 North Mason St., 2nd floor, Fort Collins, Colorado 80524. Contract Documents will be available December 7, 2006. A prebid conference and job walk with representatives of prospective Bidders will be held at 215 N. Mason Conference Room 2E, on December 14, 2006, at 10:00 a.m., Fort Collins. 07/2001 Section 00020 Page 2 The Contract Documents and Construction Drawings may be examined online at: 1. City of Fort Collins BuySpeed: https://secure2.fcgov.com/bso/login.jsp 2. Mercury-LDO Reprographics: www.mercury-ldo.com Copies of the Contract Documents, complete with Construction Specifications and Drawings, may be viewed and purchased at: 1. Mercury LDO Reprograhics: • FORT COLLINS: 422 S. Link Lane, Ft. Collins, CO 80524 Ph: 970-484-1201, Fax: 970-221-0404 • ENGLEWOOD: 9632 E. Arapahoe, Englewood, CO. 80112 Ph: 303-790-7169, Fax: 303-792-2936 • DENVER: 860 Bryant Street, Denver, CO. 80204 Ph: 303-893-8701, Fax: 303-893-0617 • COLORADO SPRINGS:11 E Las Vegas, Colorado Springs, CO. 80903 Ph: 719-231-8121, Fax: 719-633-5710 • LODO: 1660 Wynkoop Ste. 130, Denver, CO. 80202 Ph: 303-785-2520, Fax: 303-785-2522 • BOULDER: 2575 Pearl St. Unit C., Boulder, CO. 80302 Ph: 303-539-1350, Fax: 303-539-1356 2. Builders Exchange, 223 South Link Lane, Fort Collins, Colorado. 07/2001 Section 00020 Page 3 Construction Document Ordering Instructions (Download a complete PlanWell 4.0 Ordering Guide from www.planwell.com) 1. GO TO: www.mercury-ldo.com 2. SELECT: Denver Links: “Plan Well” 3. SELECT: Public Planroom: “GO” 4. SELECT: the desired “Project Number” from the list 07/2001 Section 00020 Page 4 5. CLICK: “Most Current Set” to View the list of documents available for the project 6. CLICK: Sheet No. to view 7. CLICK: to add a specific document to your “Shopping Cart” 8. CLICK: to place the order for printing 9. REGISTER –or- LOGIN 10. SELECT: Process-Media, Output Size and Binding options 11. ENTER: Job Number and PO information then click Next. 12. REVIEW: Recipient information. 13. ENTER: Quantities 14. CLICK: the down arrow to populate order. 15. SELECT: Delivery options and Due time. 16. ENTER: Your phone number in the special instructions box. 17. CLICK: Next. 18. REVIEW order 19. CLICK: SUBMIT Planwell contacts: Marie Owens 970-484-1201, mowens@mercury-ldo.com David Bacon-720-220-7683, dbacon@mercury-ldo.com 07/2001 Section 00020 Page 5 Prospective Bidders are invited to present their questions relative to this Bid proposal at this meeting. Bids will be received as set forth in the Bidding Documents. The Work is expected to be commenced within the time as required by Section 2.3 of General Conditions. Substantial Completion of the Work is required as specified in the Agreement. The successful Bidder will be required to furnish a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond guaranteeing faithful performance and the payment of all bills and obligations arising from the performance of the Contract. No Bid may be withdrawn within a period of forty-five (45) days after the date fixed for opening Bids. The OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any informalities and irregularities therein. Bid security in the amount of not less than 5% of the total Bid must accompany each Bid in the form specified in the Instructions to Bidders. Sales Prohibited/Conflict of Interest: No officer, employee, or member of City Council, shall have a financial interest in the sale to the City of any real or personal property, equipment, material, supplies or services where such officer or employee exercises directly or indirectly any decision-making authority concerning such sale or any supervisory authority over the services to be rendered. This rule also applies to subcontracts with the City. Soliciting or accepting any gift, gratuity favor, entertainment, kickback or any items of monetary value from any person who has or is seeking to do business with the City of Fort Collins is prohibited City of Fort Collins By ______________________________________ James B. O'Neill, II, CPPO, FNIGP Purchasing/Risk Management Director SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 12/03 Section 00100 Page 1 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1.0 DEFINED TERMS Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined in the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (No. 1910-8, 1990 ed.) have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. The term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid to OWNER, as distinct from a sub-bidder, who submits a Bid to Bidder. The terms "Successful Bidder" means the lowest, qualified, responsible and responsive Bidder to whom OWNER (on basis of OWNER's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The term "Bidding Documents" includes the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). 2.0 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2.1. Complete sets of Bidding Documents may be obtained as stated in the Invitation to Bid. No partial sets will be issued. The Bidding Documents may be examined at the locations identified in the Invitation to Bid. 2.2. Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing Bids; neither OWNER nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 2.3. The submitted Bid proposal shall include Sections 00300, 00410, 00420, and 00430 fully executed. 2.4. OWNER and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 3.0 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 3.1 To demonstrate qualifications to perform the Work, each Bidder must submit at the time of the Bid opening, a written statement of qualifications including financial data, a summary of previous experience, previous commitments and evidence of authority to conduct business in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. Each Bid must contain evidence of Bidder's qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the contract. The Statement of Qualifications shall be prepared on the form provided in Section 00420. 3.2. In accordance with Section 8-160 of the Code of the City of Fort 12/03 Section 00100 Page 2 Collins in determining whether a bidder is responsible, the following shall be considered: (1) The ability, capacity and skill of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the services required, (2) whether the bidder can perform the contract or provide the service promptly and within the time specified without delay or interference, (3) the character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience and efficiency of the bidder, (4) the quality of the bidder's performance of previous contracts or services, (5) the previous and existing compliance by the bidder with laws and ordinances relating to the contract or service, (6) the sufficiency of the financial resources and ability of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the service, (7) the quality, availability and adaptability of the materials and services to the particular use required, (8) the ability of the bidder to provide future maintenance and service for the use of the subject of the contract, and (9) any other circumstances which will affect the bidder's performance of the contract. 3.3. Each Bidder may be required to show that he has handled former Work so that no just claims are pending against such Work. No Bid will be accepted from a Bidder who is engaged on any other Work which would impair his ability to perform or finance this Work. 3.4 No Bidder shall be in default on the performance of any other contract with the City or in the payment of any taxes, licenses or other monies due to the City. 4.0 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 4.1. It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to familiarize himself with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the Work, (c) familiarize himself with federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations that may in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the Work, (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 4.2. Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of: Subsurface and Physical Conditions SC-4.2. 4.3. The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 12/03 Section 00100 Page 3 5.0 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA. 5.1. All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be submitted in writing to the Engineer and the OWNER. Interpretation or clarifications considered necessary in response to such questions will be issued only by Addenda. Questions received less than seven days prior to the date for opening of the Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 5.2. All questions concerning the scope of this project should be directed to the Engineer. Questions regarding submittal of bids should be directed to the City of Fort Collins' Purchasing Division. 5.3. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by OWNER or Engineer. 5.4. Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by the OWNER as having received the Bidding documents. 6.0 BID SECURITY 6.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to OWNER in the amount stated in the Invitation to Bid. The required security must be in the form of a certified or bank cashier's check payable to OWNER or a Bid Bond on the form enclosed herewith. The Bid Bond must be executed by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions for surety bonds. 6.2. The Bid Security of the successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required contract security, whereupon Bid Security will be returned. If the successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement and furnish the required contract security within 15 days of the Notice of Award, OWNER may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid Security of that Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes to have reasonable chance receiving the award may be retained by OWNER until the earlier of the seventh day after the effective date of the Agreement or the thirty-first day after the Bid Opening, whereupon Bid Security furnished by such Bidders will be returned. Bid Security with Bids which are not competitive will be returned within seven days after the Bid opening. 7.0 CONTRACT TIME. The number of days within which, or the date by which the Work is to be substantially complete and also completed and ready for Final Payment (the Contract Times) are set forth in the Agreement. 12/03 Section 00100 Page 4 8.0 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement. 9.0 SUBSTITUTE ("OR EQUAL") MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described on the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated on the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by CONTRACTOR if acceptable to Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the "effective date of the Agreement". The procedure for submittal of any such application by CONTRACTOR and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the General Conditions which may be supplemented in the General Requirements. 10.0 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 10.1. Each Bidder shall submit at the Bid opening to OWNER a list of principal subcontractors he proposes to use in the Work. Refer to Section 00430 contained within these Documents. 10.2. If OWNER or Engineer after due investigation has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, either may, before the Notice of Award is given, request the apparent successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Bid price. If the apparent successful Bidder declines to make any substitution, OWNER may award the contract to the next lowest responsive and responsible Bidder that proposes to use acceptable subcontractors. Subcontractors, suppliers, other persons or organization listed and to whom OWNER or Engineer does not make written objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER subject to revocation of such acceptance after the effective date of the Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. 10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any subcontractor, supplier or other persons or organizations against whom he has reasonable objection. The use of subcontractors listed by the Bidder and accepted by OWNER prior to the Notice of Award will be required in the performance of the Work. 11.0 BID FORM. 11.1. A copy of the Bid Form is bound in the Contract Documents which may be retained by the Bidder. A separate unbound copy is enclosed for submission with the Bid. 11.2. Bid Forms must be complete in ink or typed. All lump sum prices 12/03 Section 00100 Page 5 on the form must be stated in words and numerals; in case of conflict, words will take precedence. Unit prices shall govern over extensions of sums. 11.3. Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president (or other appropriate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the corporate name. 11.4. Bids by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner, his title must appear under his signature and the official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. 11.5. Bids by joint venture shall be signed by each participant in the joint venture or by an authorized agent of each participant. The full name of each person or company interested in the Bid shall be listed on the Bid Form. 11.6. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda (the numbers of which must be filled in on the Bid Form). 11.7. No alterations in Bids, or in the printed forms therefore, by erasures, interpolations, or otherwise will be acceptable unless each such alteration is signed or initialed by the Bidder; if initialed, OWNER may require the Bidder to identify any alteration so initialed. 11.8. The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid shall be shown. 12.0 BID PRICING. Bids must be priced as set forth in the Bid Schedule or Schedules. 13.0 SUBMISSION OF BIDS. 13.1. Bids shall be submitted at the time and place indicated in the Invitation to Bid and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope marked with the Project title, Bid No., and name and address of the Bidder and accompanied by the Bid Security, Bid Form, Bid Bond, Statement of Bidders Qualifications, and Schedule of Subcontractors as required in Section 00430. If the Bid is sent through the mail or other delivery system, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with the notation "BID ENCLOSED" on the face of it. 13.2. Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids indicated in the Invitation to Bid, or any extension thereof made by addendum. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. Bidder shall assume 12/03 Section 00100 Page 6 full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. 13.3. Oral, telephonic, telegraphic, or facsimile Bids are invalid and will not receive consideration. 13.4. No Bidder may submit more than one Bid. Multiple Bids under different names will not be accepted from one firm or association. 14.0 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS. 14.1. Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in a manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of Bids. 14.2. Bids may also be modified or withdrawn in person by the Bidder or an authorized representative provided he can prove his identity and authority at any time prior to the opening of Bids. 14.3. Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. 15.0 OPENINGS OF BIDS. Bids will be opened and (unless obviously non-responsive) read aloud publicly as indicated in the Invitation to Bid. An abstract of the amounts of the Base Bids and major alternates (if any) will be made available after the opening of Bids. 16.0 BIDS TO REMAIN OPEN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE. All Bids shall remain open for forty-five (45) days after the day of the Bid Opening, but OWNER may, in his sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid Security prior to that date. 17.0 AWARD OF CONTRACT. 17.1. OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work, to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder, and the right to disregard all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids. Also, OWNER reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder if OWNER believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by OWNER. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 12/03 Section 00100 Page 7 17.2. In evaluating Bids, OWNER will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award. 17.3. OWNER may consider the qualification and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work as to which the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations is submitted as requested by OWNER. OWNER also may consider the operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance data and guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the Notice of Award. 17.4. OWNER may conduct such investigations as OWNER deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of the Bidder's proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations to do the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to OWNER's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 17.5. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsive and responsible Bidder whose evaluation by OWNER indicates to OWNER that the award will be in the best interest of the OWNER. Award shall be made on the evaluated lowest base bid excluding alternates. The basis for award shall be the lowest Bid total for the Schedule or, in the case of more than one schedule, for sum of all schedules. Only one contract will be awarded. 17.6. If the Contract is to be awarded, OWNER will give the Successful Bidder a Notice of Award within forty-five (45) days after the date of the Bid opening. 18.0 CONTRACT SECURITY. The General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions set forth OWNER's requirements as to performance and other Bonds. When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to the OWNER, it shall be accompanied by the required Contract Security. 19.0 SIGNING OF AGREEMENT. When OWNER gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement with all other written Contract Documents attached. Within fifteen (15) days thereafter, CONTRACTOR shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to OWNER with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter, OWNER shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to CONTRACTOR. Each counterpart is to be accompanied by a complete set of the Drawings with appropriate identification. 12/03 Section 00100 Page 8 20.0 TAXES. OWNER is exempt from Colorado State Sales and Use Taxes on materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work. Said taxes shall not be included in the Contract Price. Reference is made to the General and Supplementary Conditions. 21.0 RETAINAGE. Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Agreement. 22.0 PURCHASING RESTRICTIONS. Purchasing restrictions: The Bidder's authorized signature of this Bid assures the Bidder's compliance with the City's purchasing restrictions. A copy of the resolutions are available for review in the Purchasing and Risk Management Division or the City Clerk's office. A. Cement Restrictions: City of Fort Collins Resolution 91-121 requires that suppliers and producers of cement or products containing cement to certify that the cement was not made in cement kilns that burn hazardous waste as a fuel. 23.0 COLLUSIVE OR SHAM BIDS. Any Bid deemed by the City in its sole discretion to be a collusive or sham Bid will be rejected and reported to authorities as such. Your authorized signature of this Bid assures that such Bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham Bid. 24.0 BID RESULTS. For information regarding results for individual Bids send a self- addressed, self-stamped envelope and a Bid tally will be mailed to you. Bid results will be posted in the Purchasing office seven (7) days after the Bid Opening. END OF SECTION SECTION 00300 BID FORM 7/96 Section 00300 Page 1 SECTION 00300 BID FORM PROJECT:6019 Community Parks Sidewalks Place Date 1. In compliance with your Invitation to Bid dated , and subject to all conditions thereof, the undersigned a (Corporation, Limited Liability Company, Partnership, Joint Venture, or Sole Proprietor) authorized to do business in the State of Colorado hereby proposes to furnish and do everything required by the Contract Documents to which this refers for the construction of all items listed on the following Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules. 2. The undersigned Bidder does hereby declare and stipulate that this proposal is made in good faith, without collusion or connection with any other person or persons Bidding for the same Work, and that it is made in pursuance of and subject to all the terms and conditions of the Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, the Agreement, the detailed Specifications, and the Drawings pertaining to the Work to be done, all of which have been examined by the undersigned. 3. Accompanying this Bid is a certified or cashier's check or standard Bid bond in the sum of ______________________________________________________ ($ ) in accordance with the Invitation To Bid and Instructions to Bidders. 4. The undersigned Bidder agrees to execute the Agreement and a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond for the amount of the total of this Bid within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date when the written notice of the award of the contract is delivered to him at the address given on this Bid. The name and address of the corporate surety with which the Bidder proposes to furnish the specified performance and payment bonds is as follows: _________________________________________________________. 5. All the various phases of Work enumerated in the Contract Documents with their individual jobs and overhead, whether specifically mentioned, included by implication or appurtenant thereto, are to be performed by the CONTRACTOR under one of the items listed in the Bid Schedule, irrespective of whether it is named in said list. 6. Payment for Work performed will be in accordance with the Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules subject to changes as provided in the Contract Documents. 7. The undersigned Bidder hereby acknowledges receipt of Addenda No. _______through . 7/96 Section 00300 Page 2 8. BID SCHEDULE (Base Bid) Bid Items are described in Section 01800 BID ITEM # DESCRIPTION ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT UNIT PRICE ITEM TOTAL 01 Mobilization 1 LS 02 Traffic control 1 LS CITY PARK 03 Remove curb and gutter 50 LF 04 Remove conc. walk/ramp 60 SF 05 Earthwork - Unclassified Excavation 45 CY 06 5" Concrete flatwork 3,510 SF 07 ADA Pedestrian ramps 3 Ea 08 Sod replacement 2,344 SF LEE MARTINEZ PARK 09 Remove curb and gutter 16 LF 10 Earthwork - Unclassified Excavation 116 CY 11 4" irrigation sleeve 3 Ea 12 5" Concrete flatwork 6,420 SF 13 ADA Pedestrian ramps 1 Ea 14 Sod replacement 4,280 SF EDORA PARK 15 Remove curb and gutter 40 LF 16 Remove and relocate existing frisbee golf tee 2 Ea 17 Earthwork - Unclassified Excavation 130 CY 18 4" irrigation sleeve 4 Ea 19 5" Concrete flatwork 7,122 SF 20 ADA Pedestrian ramps 2 Ea 21 Sod replacement 4,715 SF ROLLAND MOORE PARK 22 Remove curb and gutter 48 LF 23 Remove existing tree 1 Ea 24 Earthwork - Unclassified Excavation 232 CY 25 4" irrigation sleeve 3 Ea 26 5" Concrete flatwork 12,900 SF 27 ADA Pedestrian ramps 2 Ea 7/96 Section 00300 Page 3 BID ITEM # DESCRIPTION ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT UNIT PRICE ITEM TOTAL 28 Sod replacement 8,600 SF 29 Remove existing walk 1,620 SF 30 Remove & transport existing 35' bridge to storage yard 1 LS 31 Remove existing curb and gutter 90 LF 32 Earthwork - Excavation & Embankment 150 CY 33 Earthwork - Import Embankment C.I.P. 1,592 CY 34 Ped. Bridge Abutment w/ Helix pier system 2 Ea 35 60' Pedestrian Bridge Installation 1 Ea 36 8" PVC Culvert 172 LF 37 Culvert Headwall 2 Ea 38 Concrete channel and sidewalk culvert - 2' wide 2 Ea 39 4' Pan and Aprons 350 SF 40 ADA Pedestrian ramps 5 Ea 41 Curb and gutter w/ 1' pan 750 LF 42 5" Concrete flatwork 6,304 SF 43 6" Concrete flatwork - pad 20' x 24' 480 SF 44 6" Concrete Pavement - Parking Lot 13,500 SF 45 Asphalt Patching 600 SF 46 Topsoil - 4" all nonpaved areas 242 CY 47 Non-Irrigated Seed and mulch 21,395 SF 48 Striping 1 LS TOTAL OF BASE BID $ _______________________________________________________________Dollars (written) ________________________________ __________________ Contractor Date ________________________________ Signature 7/96 Section 00300 Page 4 9. PRICES The foregoing prices shall include all labor, materials, transportation, shoring, removal, dewatering, overhead, profit, insurance, etc., to cover the complete Work in place of the several kinds called for. Bidder acknowledges that the OWNER has the right to delete items in the Bid or change quantities at his sole discretion without affecting the Agreement or prices of any item so long as the deletion or change does not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the total Agreement Price. RESPECTFULLY SUBMITTED: ________________________________ __________________ Signature Date ________________________________ Title ________________________________ License Number (If Applicable) (Seal - if Bid is by corporation) Attest:___________________________ Address _____________________________________ _____________________________________ Telephone _____________________________________ 7/96 Section 00410 Page 1 SECTION 00400 SUPPLEMENTS TO BID FORMS 00410 Bid Bond 00420 Statement of Bidder's Qualifications 00430 Schedule of Subcontractors 7/96 Section 00410 Page 2 SECTION 00410 BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that we, the undersigned as Principal, and as Surety, are hereby held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins, Colorado, as OWNER, in the sum of $ ______________________ for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, successors, and assigns. THE CONDITION of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to the City of Fort Collins, Colorado the accompanying Bid and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a Construction Agreement for the construction of Fort Collins Project, 6019 Community Parks Sidewalks. NOW THEREFORE, (a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a Contract in the form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish a BOND for his faithful performance of said Contract, and for payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the Agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect, it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its BOND shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the OWNER may accept such Bid; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. Surety Companies executing bonds must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be accepted by the OWNER. 7/96 Section 00410 Page 3 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals this day of , 20__, and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, the day and year first set forth above. PRINCIPAL SURETY Name:_____________________________ __________________________________ Address:__________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ By:_______________________________ By: ______________________________ Title: ___________________________ Title:____________________________ ATTEST: By:_______________________________ (SEAL) (SEAL) 7/96 Section 00420 Page 1 SECTION 00420 STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS All questions must be answered and the data given must be clear and comprehensive. This statement must be notarized. If necessary, questions may be answered on separate attached sheets. The Bidder may submit any additional information he desires. 1. Name of Bidder: _________________________________________________ 2. Permanent main office address: __________________________________ 3. When organized: _________________________________________________ 4. If a corporation, where incorporated: ___________________________ 5. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your present firm or trade name?___________________________ 6. Contracts on hand: (Schedule these, showing the amount of each contract and the appropriate anticipated dates of completion.) _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ 7. General character of Work performed by your company: _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ 8. Have you ever failed to complete any Work awarded to you?________ If so, where and why?____________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ 9. Have your ever defaulted on a contract?__________________________ If so, where and why?____________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ 10. Are you debarred by any government agency? ______________________ If yes list agency name._________________________________________ 7/96 Section 00420 Page 2 11. List the more important projects recently completed by your company, stating the approximate cost of each, and the month and year completed, location and type of construction. _________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ 12. List your major equipment available for this contract. _________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ 13. Experience in construction Work similar in importance to this project: _________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ 14. Background and experience of the principal members of your organization, including officers: _________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ 15. Credit available: $______________________________________________________ 16. Bank reference:__________________________________________________________ 17. Will you, upon request, fill out a detailed financial statement and furnish any other information that may be required by the OWNER? _________________________________________________________________________ 18. Are you licensed as a General CONTRACTOR?________________________________ If yes, in what city, county and state? __________________________What class, license and numbers?______________________________________________ 19. Do you anticipate subcontracting Work under this Contract?_________________ If yes, what percent of total contract?__________________________________ and to whom?_____________________________________________________________ 20. Are any lawsuits pending against you or your firm at this time?__________ IF yes, DETAIL___________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ 7/96 Section 00420 Page 3 21. What are the limits of your public liability? DETAIL _________________________________________________________________________ What company?____________________________________________________________ 22. What are your company's bonding limitations?_____________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ 23. The undersigned hereby authorizes and requests any person, firm or corporation to furnish any information requested by the OWNER in verification of the recital comprising this Statement of Bidder's Qualifications. Dated at ________________ this ______ day of __________________, 20__. _____________________________________________ Name of Bidder By:__________________________________________ Title:_______________________________________ State of________________________ ) County of_______________________ ___________________________________being duly sworn deposes and says that he is ______________________of_____________________________ and that (name of organization) the answers to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained are true and correct. Subscribed and sworn to before me this _______ day of ____________, 20__. ___________________________________ Notary Public ___________________________________ ___________________________________ My commission expires _____________________________. 7/96 Section 00430 Page 1 SECTION 00430 SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS List all subcontractors for the work items listed below and all subcontractors performing over 10% of the contract. ITEM SUBCONTRACTOR ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ SECTION 00500 AGREEMENT FORMS 00510 Notice of Award 00520 Agreement 00530 Notice to Proceed 9/12/01 Section 00510 Page 1 SECTION 00510 NOTICE OF AWARD Date: TO: PROJECT: 6019 Community Parks Sidewalks OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS (hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER") You are hereby notified that your Bid dated ___________, 20__ for the above project has been considered. You are the apparent successful Bidder and have been awarded an Agreement for 6019 Community Parks Sidewalks. The Price of your Agreement is ________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ Three (3) copies of each of the proposed Contract Documents (except Drawings) accompany this Notice of Award. Three (3) sets of the Drawings will be delivered separately or otherwise made available to you immediately. You must comply with the following conditions precedent within fifteen (15) days of the date of this Notice of Award, that is by _________, 20__. 1. You must deliver to the OWNER three (3) fully executed counterparts of the Agreement including all the Contract Documents. Each of the Contract Documents must bear your signature on the cover of the page. 2. You must deliver with the executed Agreement the Contract Security (Bonds) as specified in the Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions (Article 5.1) and Supplementary Conditions. Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle OWNER to consider your Bid abandoned, to annul this Notice of Award and to declare your Bid Security forfeited. Within ten (10) days after you comply with those conditions, OWNER will return to you one (1) fully-signed counterpart of the Agreement with the Contract Documents attached. City of Fort Collins OWNER By:________________________________________ James B. O’Neill, II, CPPO, FNIGP Director of Purchasing & Risk Management 9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 1 SECTION 00520 AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the day of in the year of 20__ and shall be effective on the date this AGREEMENT is signed by the City. The City of Fort Collins (hereinafter called OWNER) and (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR) OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: ARTICLE 1. WORK CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is defined as the construction of the Bid 6019 Community Parks Sidewalks; concrete sidewalks, ADA access ramps, demolition, concrete parking lot, pedestrian bridge and foundations and related site work within four community parks: City Park, Lee Martinez Park, Rolland Moore Park and Edora Park and is generally described in Section 01100. ARTICLE 2. ENGINEER The Project has been designed by City of Fort Collins, CLRS Parks Planning and Development, who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who will assume all duties and responsibilities and will have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 3. CONTRACT TIMES 3.1 The Work shall be Substantially Complete within 90 calendar days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the General Conditions and completed and ready for Final Payment and Acceptance in accordance with the General Conditions within 105 calendar days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. 3.2. Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1. above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expenses and difficulties involved in proving in a legal proceeding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as penalty) 9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 2 CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER the amounts set forth hereafter. 1) Substantial Completion: Three Hundred Dollars ($300) for each calendar day or fraction thereof that expires after the Ninety (90) calendar day period for Substantial Completion of the Work until the Work is Substantially Complete. 2) Final Acceptance: After Substantial Completion, One Hundred Fifty Dollars ($150) for each calendar day or fraction thereof that expires after the Fifteen (15) calendar day period for Final Payment and Acceptance until the Work is ready for Final Payment and Acceptance. ARTICLE 4. CONTRACT PRICE 4.1. OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds as follows: ($ ), $ Dollars, in accordance with Section 00300, attached and incorporated herein by this reference. ARTICLE 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5.1. PROGRESS PAYMENTS. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER, once each month during construction as provided below. All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work measured by the schedule of values established in paragraph 2.6 of the General Conditions and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed, and in accordance with the General Requirements concerning Unit Price Work. 5.1.1. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be in the amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions. 90% of the value of Work completed until the Work has been 50% completed as determined by ENGINEER, when the retainage equals 5% of the Contract Price, and if the character and progress of the Work have been satisfactory to OWNER and ENGINEER, OWNER on recommendation of ENGINEER, may determine that as long as the character and progress of the Work remain satisfactory to them, there will be no additional retainage on account of Work completed in which case the remaining progress payments prior to Substantial Completion will be in an amount equal to 100% of the Work completed. 90% of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to OWNER as provided in paragraph 14.2 of the General Conditions) may be included in the application 9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 3 for payment. 5.1.2. Upon Substantial Completion payment will be made in an amount sufficient to increase total payments to CONTRACTOR to 95% of the Contract Price, less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine or OWNER may withhold in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions or as provided by law. 5.2. FINAL PAYMENT. Upon Final Completion and Acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 14.13 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 14.13. ARTICLE 6. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement, CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: 6.1. CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and with all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. 6.2. CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions. 6.3. CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraph 6.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as CONTRACTOR considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions; and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes. 6.4. CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provision of paragraph 4.3. of the General Conditions. 9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 4 6.5. CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, tests, reports and data with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 6.6. CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR. ARTICLE 7. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 7.1 The Contract Documents which comprise the entire Agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work consist of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, those items included in the definition of “Contract Documents” in Article 1.10 of the General Conditions, and such other items as are referenced in this Article 7, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. 7.2 Forms for use by CONTRACTOR in performing the Work and related actions in carrying out the terms of this Agreement are deemed Contract Documents and incorporated herein by this reference, and include, but are not limited to, the following: 7.2.1 Certificate of Substantial Completion 7.2.2 Certificate of Final Acceptance 7.2.3 Lien Waiver Releases 7.2.4 Consent of Surety 7.2.5 Application for Exemption Certificate 7.2.6 Application for Payment 7.3 Drawings, consisting of a cover sheet and sheets numbered as follows: CITY PARK SIDEWALK PLAN 1 LEE MARTINEZ PARK SIDEWALK PLAN 2 EDORA PARK SIDEWALK PLAN 3 ROLLAND MOORE SIDEWALK PLAN 4 ROLLAND MOORE BRIDGE PLAN AND PROFILE 5 ROLLAND MOORE PARKING LOT GRADING PLAN 6 ROLLAND MOORE HORIZONTAL CONTROL PLAN 7 BRIDGE FOUNDATION PLAN 8 SITE DETAILS 9 The Contract Drawings shall be stamped "Final for Construction" and dated. Any revisions made shall be clearly identified and dated. 7.4. Addenda Numbers to , inclusive. 9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 5 7.5. The Contract Documents also include all written amendments and other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the General Conditions. 7.6. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed or incorporated by reference in this Article 7. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 8. MISCELLANEOUS 8.1. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article I of the General Conditions shall have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 8.2. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but not without limitations, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or discharge that assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Document. 8.3. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, Agreement and obligations contained in the Contract Document. 9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 6 OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS CONTRACTOR: By: ____________________________ By:_______________________________ JAMES B. O’NEILL II, CPPO, FNIGP DIRECTOR OF PURCHASING __________________________________ AND RISK MANAGEMENT Title:____________________________ Date:___________________________ Date:_____________________________ (CORPORATE SEAL) Attest: ________________________ Attest:___________________________ City Clerk Address for giving notices: Address for giving notices: P. O. Box 580 __________________________________ Fort Collins, CO 80522 __________________________________ LICENSE NO.:______________________ Approved as to Form _______________________________ Assistant City Attorney 7/96 Section 00530 Page 1 SECTION 00530 NOTICE TO PROCEED Description of Work: 6019 Community Parks Sidewalks To: This notice is to advise you: That the contract covering the above described Work has been fully executed by the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER. That the required CONTRACTOR's Performance Bond and Payment Bond have been received by the OWNER. That the OWNER has approved the said Contract Documents. Therefore, as the CONTRACTOR for the above described Work, you are hereby authorized and directed to proceed within ( ) calendar days from receipt of this notice as required by the Agreement. Dated this day of , 20__. The dates for Substantial Completion and Final Acceptance shall be , and , 20__, respectively. City of Fort Collins OWNER By: Title: ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF NOTICE Receipt of the above Notice to Proceed is hereby acknowledged this day of , 20__. CONTRACTOR: By: Title: SECTION 00600 BONDS AND CERTIFICATES 00610 Performance Bond 00615 Payment Bond 00630 Certificate of Insurance 00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance 00650 Lien Waiver Release (CONTRACTOR) 00660 Consent of Surety 00670 Application for Exemption Certificate 7/96 Section 00610 Page 1 SECTION 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND Bond No. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that (Firm) (Address) (an Individual), (a Partnership), (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as the "Principal" and (Firm) (Address) hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto City of Fort Collins, 300 Laporte Ave, Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a (Municipal Corporation) hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER", in the penal sum of in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the day of , 20__, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins project, 6019 Community Parks Sidewalks. NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its duties, all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of said Agreement during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be granted by the OWNER, with or without Notice to the Surety and during the life of the guaranty period, and if the Principal shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such Agreement, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the OWNER from all cost and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the OWNER all outlay and expense which the OWNER may incur in making good any default then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. 7/96 Section 00610 Page 2 PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond; and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this day of , 20__. IN PRESENCE OF: Principal ______________________________ ________________________________________ ______________________________ ________________________________________ (Title) ________________________________________ (Address) (Corporate Seal) IN PRESENCE OF: Other Partners _____________________________ By:_____________________________________ _____________________________ By:_____________________________________ IN PRESENCE OF: Surety _____________________________ By:_____________________________________ _____________________________ By:_____________________________________ (Address) (Surety Seal) NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement. If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond. 7/96 Section 00615 Page 1 SECTION 00615 PAYMENT BOND Bond No. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that (Firm) (Address) (an Individual), (a Partnership), (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as the "Principal" and (Firm) (Address) hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins, 300 Laporte Ave., Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a (Municipal Corporation) hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER", in the penal sum of in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the day of , 20__, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins project, 6019 Community Parks Sidewalks. NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall make payment to all persons, firms, subcontractors, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the prosecution of the Work provided for in such Agreement and any authorized extension or modification thereof, including all amounts due for materials, lubricants, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools, consumed, rented or used in connection with the construction of such Work, and all insurance premiums on said Work, and for all labor, performed in such Work whether by subcontractor or otherwise, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. 7/96 Section 00615 Page 2 PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond; and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this day of , 20__. IN PRESENCE OF: Principal ______________________________ By:___________________________________ ______________________________ ______________________________________ (Title) ______________________________________ (Address) (Corporate Seal) IN PRESENCE OF: Other Partners ______________________________ ______________________________________ ______________________________ ______________________________________ IN PRESENCE OF: Surety ______________________________ By:___________________________________ ______________________________ By:___________________________________ (Address) (Surety Seal) NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement. If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond. 7/96 Section 00630 Page 1 SECTION 00630 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE CONTRACTOR shall insert his own standard form for Certificate of Insurance. 7/96 Section 00635 Page 1 SECTION 00635 CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION TO: CITY OF FORT COLLINS (OWNER) DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: PROJECT TITLE: 6019 Community Parks Sidewalks _____________________________ PROJECT OR SPECIFIED PART SHALL LOCATION: Fort Collins, Colorado INCLUDE: OWNER: City of Fort Collins ____________________________ ____________________________ CONTRACTOR: ______________________________ ____________________________ CONTRACT DATE:____________________________ The Work performed under this contract has been inspected by authorized representatives of the OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and the ENGINEER and the project (or specified part of the project, as indicated above) is hereby declared to be substantially completed on the above date. A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is appended hereto. This list may not be exhaustive, and the failure to include an item on it does not alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to complete all the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. _________________________________ ________________________________________ ENGINEER AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE The CONTRACTOR accepts the above Certificate of Substantial Completion and agrees to complete and correct the items on the tentative list within the time indicated. ________________________________ By: ________________________________________ CONTRACTOR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE The OWNER accepts the project or specified area of the project as substantially complete and will assume full possession of the project or specified area of the project at 12:01 a.m., on . The responsibility for heat, utilities, security, and insurance under the Contract Documents shall be as set forth under "Remarks" below. CITY OF FORT COLLINS, COLORADO By: ________________________________________ OWNER AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE REMARKS: 7/96 Section 00640 Page 1 SECTION 00640 CERTIFICATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE , 20__ TO: Gentlemen: You are hereby notified that on the day of , 20__, the City of Fort Collins, Colorado, has accepted the Work completed by for the City of Fort Collins project, 6019 Community Parks Sidewalks. A check is attached hereto in the amount of $________________________ as Final Payment for all Work done, subject to the terms of the Contract Documents which are dated ________________. In conformance with the Contract Documents for this project, your obligations and guarantees will continue for the specified time from the following date:___________________________. Sincerely, OWNER: City of Fort Collins By: Title: ATTEST: Title: 7/96 Section 00650 Page 1 SECTION 00650 LIEN WAIVER RELEASE (CONTRACTOR) TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado (OWNER) FROM: (CONTRACTOR) PROJECT: 6019 Community Parks Sidewalks 1. The CONTRACTOR acknowledges having received payment, except retainage from the OWNER for all work, labor, skill and material furnished, delivered and performed by the CONTRACTOR for the OWNER or for anyone in the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the above described project. 2. In consideration of such payment and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the CONTRACTOR voluntarily waives all rights, claims and liens, including but not limited to, mechanic's liens, Miller Act claims (40 U.S.C.A. 270 a and b), stop notices, equitable liens and labor and material bond rights which the CONTRACTOR may now or may afterward have, claim or assert for all and any work, labor, skill or materials furnished, delivered or performed for the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the above described project, against the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns, against any fund of or in the possession or control of the OWNER, against the project or against all land and the buildings on and appurtenances to the land improved by the project. 3. The CONTRACTOR affirms that all work, labor and materials, furnished, delivered or performed to or for the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the project were furnished, delivered or performed by the CONTRACTOR or its agents, employees, and servants, or by and through the CONTRACTOR by various Subcontractors or materialmen or their agents, employees and servants and further affirms the same have been paid in full and have released in full any and all existing or possible future mechanic's liens or rights or claims against the project or any funds in the OWNER'S possession or control concerning the project or against the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns arising out of the project. 4. The CONTRACTOR agrees to defend and hold harmless the OWNER, the lender, if any, and the Surety on the project against and from any claim hereinafter made by the CONTRACTOR'S Subcontractors, materialmen, employees, servants, agents or assigns against the project or against the OWNER or its officers, employees, agents or assigns arising out of the 7/96 Section 00650 Page 2 project for all loss, damage and costs, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred as a result of such claims. 5. The parties acknowledge that the description of the project set forth above constitutes and adequate description of the property and improvements to which this Lien Waiver Release pertains. It is further acknowledged that this Lien Waiver Release is for the benefit of and may be relied upon by the OWNER, the lender, if any, and Surety on any labor and material bonds for the project. Signed this day of , 20__. CONTRACTOR By: Title: ATTEST: Secretary STATE OF COLORADO ) )ss. COUNTY OF LARIMER ) Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 20__, by Witness my hand and official seal. My Commission Expires: . Notary Public 7/96 Section 00660 Page 1 SECTION 00660 CONSENT OF SURETY TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado (hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER") CONTRACTOR: PROJECT: 6019 Community Parks Sidewalks CONTRACT DATE: In accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as indicated above, for (Surety) on bond of hereby approves of the Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR, and agrees that Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR shall not relieve the Surety Company of any of its obligations to the OWNER, as set forth in the said Surety Company's Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand this day of , ____ . (Surety Company) By ATTACH: Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority of Attorney(s)-in- Fact. Section 00670 Page 1 SECTION 00670 APPLICATION FOR EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE Section 00670 Page 2 SECTION 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS SE SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 7/96 Section 00800 Page 1 SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Conditions of the Contract These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the General Conditions of the Construction Contract (EJCDC General Conditions 1910-8, 1990 edition with City of Fort Collins modifications) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. SC-4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions: A. Add the following language to paragraph 4.2.1 of the General Conditions. 4.2.1.1.1 The following report(s) of exploration and tests of subsurface conditions at the site of the Work: Geotechnical Investigation Rolland Moore Park Bridge Fort Collins, Colorado CTL Thompson Project No. FC03551-130-L2 Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in the geotechnical documents, but not upon nontechnical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or upon the completeness of any information in the report. B. 4.2.1.2.1 No drawing of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities referred to in Paragraph 4.3) which are at or contiguous to the site have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents, except the following: SC-5.4.8 Limits of Liability A. Add the following language at the end of paragraph 5.4.8. The limits of liability for the insurance required by the paragraph numbers of the General Conditions listed below are as follows: 7/96 Section 00800 Page 2 5.4.1 and 5.4.2 Coverage A - Statutory Limits Coverage B - $100,000/$100,000/$500,000 5.4.3 and 5.4.5 Commercial General Liability policy will have limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). This policy will include coverage for Explosion, Collapse, and Underground coverage unless waived by the Owner. 5.4.6 The Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance policy will have limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). 5.4.9 This policy will include completed operations coverage/product liability coverage with limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). 9/99 SECTION 00900 ADDENDA, MODIFICATIONS AND PAYMENT 00950 Contract Change Order 00960 Application for Payment 9/99 Section 00950 Page 1 SECTION 00950 CHANGE ORDER NO. PROJECT TITLE: CONTRACTOR: PROJECT NUMBER: DESCRIPTION: 1. Reason for change: 2. Description of Change: 3. Change in Contract Cost 4. Change in Contract Time: __ ORIGINAL CONTRACT COST $ .00 TOTAL APPROVED CHANGE ORDER 0.00 TOTAL PENDING CHANGE ORDER 0.00 TOTAL THIS CHANGE ORDER 0.00 TOTAL % OF THIS CHANGE ORDER TOTAL C.O.% OF ORIGNINAL CONTRACT ADJUSTED CONTRACT COST $ 0.00 (Assuming all change orders approved) _ ACCEPTED BY: DATE: Contractor's Representative ACCEPTED BY: DATE: __ Project Manager REVIEWED BY: DATE: Title: APPROVED BY: DATE: Title: APPROVED BY: DATE: Purchasing Agent over $30,000 cc: City Clerk Contractor Project File Architect Engineer Purchasing 9/997/96 Section 00960 Page 1 Section 00960 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PAGE 1 OF 4 OWNER: City of Fort Collins PROJECT: APPLICATION NUMBER: APPLICATION DATE: PERIOD BEGINNING: ENGINEER: CONTRACTOR: PERIOD ENDING: PROJECT NUMBER: CHANGE ORDERS Application is made for Payment as shown below in connection with Contract NUMBER DATE AMOUNT The present status of the account for this Contract is as follows: 1 2 Original Contract Amount: 3 Net Change by Change Order: Current contract Amount: $0.00 Total Completed and Stored to Date: Less Previous Applications: Amount Due this Application - Before Retainage: $0.00 Less Retainage: Net Change by Change Order $0.00 AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION: $0.00 CERTIFICATION: The undersigned CONTRACTOR certifies that all obligations of CONTRACTOR incurred in connection with the Work have been satisfied as required in Paragraph 14.3. of the General Conditions of the Contract. The above Amount Due This Application is requested by the CONTRACTOR. Date: By: Payment of the above Amount Due This Application is recommended by the ENGINEER. Date: By: Payment of the above Amount Due This Application has been reviewed by the OWNER'S Project Manager. Date: By: Payment of the above Amount Due This Application is approved by the OWNER. Date: By: 7/96 Section 00960 Page 2 CONTRACT AMOUNTS APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PAGE 2 OF 4 Work Completed Work Completed Work Completed Stored Bid This Month Previous Periods To Date Materials Total Item This Earned Percent Number Description Quantity Units Unit Price Amount Qty. Amount Qty. Amount Qty. Amount Period To Date Billed $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 TOTALS $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 7/96 Section 00960 Page 3 CHANGE ORDERS APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PAGE 3 OF 4 Work Completed Work Completed Work Completed Stored Bid This Month Previous Periods To Date Materials Total Item This Earned Percent Number Description Quantity Units Unit Price Amount Qty. Amount Qty. Amount Qty. Amount Period To Date Billed $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 TOTALS CHANGE ORDERS $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 PROJECT TOTALS $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 7/96 Section 00960 Page 4 STORED MATERIALS SUMMARY PAGE 4 OF 4 On Hand Received Installed On Hand Item Invoice Previous This This This Number Number Description Application Period Period Application $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 TOTALS $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 City of Fort Collins Table of Contents Park Planning and Development Page 1 of 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Schedule of Drawings Section 01000 Project Summary Section 01100 Summary of Work Section 01160 Site Conditions Section 01290 Measurement and Payment Section 01300 Coordination and Project Meetings Section 01310 Construction Schedules Section 01330 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples Section 01340 Survey Data Section 01450 Quality Control and Testing Section 01500 Temporary Controls Section 01510 Temporary Utilities Section 01570 Traffic Control Section 01600 Material and Equipment Section 01700 Contract Close-Out Section 01800 Definition of Bid Items DIVISION 2 SITEWORK Section 02100 Mobilization Section 02122 Tree Protection Section 02220 Demolition Section 02221 Trenching, Backfilling and Compaction Section 02230 Clearing and Grubbing Section 02240 Tree Removal Section 02250 Topsoil Section 02301 Earthwork and Grading Section 02304 Aggregate Base Course Section 02306 Recondition Subgrade Section 02315 Excavation and Embankment Section 02403 Hot Bituminous Pavement Section 02750 Portland Cement Concrete Paving Section 02810 Irrigation Installation Section 02922 Non-Irrigated Seed / Site Revegetation Section 02930 Sod Construction DIVISION 3 CONCRETE Section 03100 Concrete Formwork DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07900 Sealants and Joint Fillers APPENDIX A City of Fort Collins Table of Contents Park Planning and Development Page 2 of 2 Geotechnical Investigation Rolland Moore Park Bridge Fort Collins, Colorado CTL Thompson Project No. FC03551-130-L2 City of Fort Collins SECTION 01000 – PROJECT SUMMARY Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 4 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01000 – PROJECT SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Scope A. This section contains general requirements that are applicable to this project. 1.02 Description of Work A. The Contractor shall provide all labor, materials and equipment necessary to perform the work items called for on the bid schedule. 1.03 City Furnished Materials A. None. 1.04 Conditions of Work A. Area of Work: The Contractor shall confine his operations to the immediate work area. Material storage shall be confined to areas shown on the Drawings or designated by the City. B. Regulations: The Contractor shall comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local regulations pertaining to safety, traffic control, fire prevention, erosion control and environmental protection. C. Working Hours: The Contractor's working hours shall be between 7:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., with no work on weekends or Federal holidays, unless otherwise approved by the City. D. Material Storage: The Contractor's material and equipment storage site shall be limited to the area of the project site. The area shall be kept orderly and free of litter. 1.05 Project Cleanup A. The Contractor is responsible to maintain the construction site in a clean and orderly condition from the start of the project to completion. Daily cleanups are required. 1. The City may require Contractor to perform cleanup within 100 feet of the progress of the work and perform cleanup of the site daily prior to work stoppage. B. Store volatile wastes in covered containers and dispose off-site. 1. Provide on-site covered containers for the collection of waste materials, debris and rubbish. 2. Neatly store construction materials, such as concrete forms, when not in use. C. Wastes shall not be buried or burned on the site or disposed of into storm drains, sanitary sewers, streams or waterways. D. At project completion the Contractor shall remove all equipment, materials, and debris from the site including toilets and dumpsters. Areas around work sites shall be cleaned with dirt and grass surfaces raked clean of any slag from the Contractor's operations. Broom clean exterior paved surfaces. Remaining dirt and fill material shall be removed, or may be scattered, with the approval of the City. 1.06 Trash Removal A. All non-salvageable items and trash shall be hauled off the site and disposed of in accordance with applicable state and local regulations. Items shall be transported in tarp-covered or closed vehicles. Any materials dropped or blown off vehicles shall be picked up immediately by Contractor. City of Fort Collins SECTION 01000 – PROJECT SUMMARY Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 4 1.07 Verification of Dimensions A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination and proper relation of the work. He shall field verify all dimensions and advise the City of any discrepancies prior to proceeding with that phase of the work. 1.08 Fire Hydrants A. Fire Hydrant Connections: City’s permission is required for connection to fire hydrants. Only compatible adapters shall be utilized for hydrant connections. A gate valve shall be provided and installed by the Contractor between the hydrant and supply hoses to control flow. Connection shall include backflow protection. Temporary connections to fire hydrants shall he disconnected at the end of each working day. No quick closing valves such as plug or butterfly valves will he used. 1.09 Outages A. Utility outages necessitated by the work shall be requested in writing at least fifteen (15) working days prior to the proposed outage. The request shall be directed to the City and shall stipulate the specific utility system(s) and circuits to be affected, the location of the work, the time at which the shutdown will occur, and the duration of the outage for each system. Outages shall be kept to a minimum both in number and in duration. Where multiple outages are required, as many outages as can be accurately scheduled shall he submitted as a group. 1.10 Fill Material A. Excess fill material, including rock, gravel, sod, broken concrete or asphalt, plaster, etc., shall be hauled off the site and disposed of in accordance with applicable State and local regulations. B. Additional fill material, if required, shall be hauled to the site from off the site as a necessary part of the work. Material composition shall be subject to the requirements of the specifications. 1.11 Parking A. Parking of the Contractor's vehicles shall be restricted to an area designated by the City. 1.12 Telephone A. Business Telephone: At the beginning of construction, the Contractor shall provide the City with a telephone number at which the Contractor or his representative may be contacted at any time during regular working hours. The Contractor shall also provide a phone number or contact information for nonworking hours. 1.13 Sanitary Provisions A. The Contractor shall provide temporary toilets for the use of construction personnel. Location, type, proposed maintenance, etc., shall be approved by the City prior to placing toilets. Temporary toilets shall be removed at the completion of construction and the adjacent area restored to the condition existing prior to the start of construction or as indicated on the plans. 1.14 Pollution Abatement A. Transporting materials to or from the site shall be accomplished in a manner preventing materials or particles from becoming airborne. Earth materials shall be covered, wetted or otherwise protected. Gravel, sand and concrete shall be contained within vehicles to prevent spillage. B. Prevent the deposit of dirt, mud or debris on improved streets and roads, and remove all should such deposition occur. C. Burning of any material on site is prohibited. D. Stream beds, lakes, drainage ways, sanitary and storm sewers, etc., shall not be polluted by fuels, oils, bitumen, acids, or other harmful materials. Surface drainage from the construction site, which contains City of Fort Collins SECTION 01000 – PROJECT SUMMARY Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 4 harmful amounts of sediment, shall not be allowed to drain onto adjacent areas. All grading shall be accomplished to allow sedimentation to settle out prior to flowing onto adjacent areas. E. Flushing of concrete trucks is allowed only at the project site or the designated contractor storage area, with the responsibility of control and cleanup resting with the Contractor. F. Toxic, corrosive and flammable materials for construction other than specified shall not be used without prior approval of the City of Fort Collins. When approved, disposal of these materials or their containers will be off site and conform to state and federal regulations. 1.15 Protection of Property A. Initiate, maintain and supervise necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 1. The Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated in the project, whether in storage on or off the site: and 2. Property at the site or adjacent thereto, including fences, patios, driveways, sidewalks, pavement, trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, structures, utilities and underground facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. B. Maintain, protect, and support existing utilities and other appurtenances against damage by shoring, bracing, or other means. C. Do not stockpile excavated material against existing appurtenances. 1.16 Survey Requirements A. Contractor shall be responsible for construction staking necessary for proper and accurate completion of the work covered by this contract. The Contractor shall provide experienced instrument personnel, competent assistants, and such instruments, tools, stakes, and other materials required to complete the survey, layout, and measurement Work. Survey work shall be performed under the direction of a licensed professional surveyor in the State of Colorado. In addition, Contractor shall furnish, without charge, competent personnel and such tools, stakes, and other materials as Engineer may require in checking survey, layout, and measurement Work performed by the Contractor. B. All work shall be performed to the lines, grades, and elevations shown on the Drawings. When construction falls within the following tolerances, the installation will be acceptable to the Owner, with respect to the lines and grades. If the tolerances are not met, the Contractor shall be responsible for performing modifications to the facilities to bring the project components into the tolerances. Description: Maximum Permissible Deviation from Alignment and Elevation shown on the Drawings: Horizontal location of structures & playground features 0.05 feet Horizontal location of paved areas & underground installations 0.10 feet Horizontal location of grading & surface features (i.e. berms, swales, etc.) 0.10 feet Vertical elevation of structures & playground features 0.05 feet Vertical elevation of paved areas 0.05 feet Vertical elevation of underground installations 0.05 feet Vertical elevation of grading & surface features (i.e. berms, swales, etc.) 0.10 feet City of Fort Collins SECTION 01000 – PROJECT SUMMARY Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 4 C. Contractor shall remove and reconstruct Work that is improperly located. Horizontal and vertical alignments shall be checked regularly as the Work progresses. Contractor shall report results to the Engineer. D. If the construction survey uncovers any discrepancies, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, in writing, prior to construction proceeding. If the Contractor proceeds with work that includes apparent discrepancies without resolution by the Engineer, he assumes full responsibility for any subsequent necessary modifications. 1.17 Construction Superintendent A. The construction superintendent shall be at the job site any time work is being accomplished by any of the trades per General Conditions including, but not limited to, Article 6. PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01100 – SUMMARY OF WORK Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 2 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01100 - SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Description of Work A. The City of Fort Collins Community Park Sidewalks Project will include, bridge and parking lot construction , removal and replacement of curb and gutter, tree removal, earthwork, sub-grade prep, irrigation, new concrete sidewalks, concrete ADA accessible ramps, new pedestrian bridge w/ helical pier abutments, soil preparation and fine grading, sod, seeding, and landscape restoration for any areas disturbed by construction. B. Protection and Restoration. 1. Replace to equal or better conditions all items removed and replaced or damaged during construction. Restore all areas disturbed to match surrounding surface conditions. 1.02 Notices to Private Owners and Authorities A. Notify private owners of adjacent property, utilities, affected governmental agencies, and school district when execution of the work may affect them. B. Give notification 48 hours in advance to enable affected persons to provide for their needs when it is necessary to temporarily deny access or services. C. Contact utilities at least 48 hours prior to excavating near underground utilities. D. Contact all agencies at least 72 hours prior to start of construction. Notify all agencies of the proposed scope of work schedule and any items that would affect their daily operation. E. Names and telephone numbers of affected agencies and utilities in the area are listed below for Contractor's convenience. Water - City of Fort Collins, Colorado 221-6681 Storm Sewer - City of Fort Collins, Colorado 221-6605 Sanitary Sewer - City of Fort Collins, Colorado 221-6681 Electrical - City of Fort Collins, Colorado 482-5922, 221-8553 Gas - Public Service Company of Colorado 482-5922, 221-8553 Telephone - U.S. West Communications 484-0300, 226-6310 Roads - City of Ft. Collins, Colorado 221-6815 Cable Television – AT&T Cable Services 493-7400 Utility Locates - One-call System 1-800-922-1987 Safety - Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 844-3061 Fire - Poudre Fire Authority Non-Emergency 221-6581/ Emergency 911 Police - City of Fort Collins Police Department Non-Emergency 221-6550 / Emergency 911 Larimer County Sheriff's Department - Non-Emergency 221-7177 Postmaster - United States Postal Service 482-2837 Ambulance - Poudre Valley Hospital Non-Emergency 484-1227 / Emergency 911 Public Transportation - TransFort 221-6620 Traffic Control - Traffic Engineering 221-6815 City of Fort Collins SECTION 01100 – SUMMARY OF WORK Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 2 PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01160 – SITE CONDITIONS Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 3 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01160 – SITE CONDITIONS PART 1 - SITE INVESTIGATIONS AND REPRESENTATION 1.01 General Investigations A. The Contractor acknowledges that he has satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the general and local conditions, particularly those bearing upon access to the site; handling, storage, and disposal of materials; availability of water, electricity and roads; uncertainties of weather, or similar physical conditions at the site; the conformation and conditions of the ground; the equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the execution of the work; and all other matters which can in any way affect the work or the cost thereof under this Contract. 1.02 Soil Conditions A. The Contractor further acknowledges that he has satisfied himself as to the character, quality and quantity of surface and subsurface materials to be encountered from his inspection of the site and from reviewing any available records of exploratory work furnished by the Owner or included in these Documents. Failure by the Contractor to acquaint himself with the physical conditions of the site and all the available information will not relieve him from responsibility for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the work. 1.03 Contractor Representation A. The Contractor warrants that as a result of his examination and investigation of all the aforesaid data that he can perform the work in a good and workmanlike manner and to the satisfaction of the Owner. The Owner assumes no responsibility for any representations made by any of its officers or agents during or prior to the execution of this Contract, unless (1) such representations are expressly stated in the Contract and (2) the Contract expressly provides that the responsibility therefore is assumed by the Owner. PART 2 - INFORMATION ON SITE CONDITIONS 2.01 General Any information obtained by the Engineer regarding site conditions, subsurface information, groundwater elevations, existing construction of site facilities, and similar data will be available for inspection, as applicable, at the office of the Engineer upon request. Such information is offered as supplementary information only. Neither the Engineer nor the Owner assumes any responsibility for the completeness or interpretation of such supplementary information. A. Differing Subsurface Conditions: 1. In the event that the subsurface or latent physical conditions are found materially different from those indicated in these Documents, and differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the character of work covered in these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall promptly, and before such conditions are disturbed, notify the Owner in writing of such changed conditions. 2. The Engineer will investigate such conditions promptly and following this investigation, the Contractor shall proceed with the work, unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer. If the Engineer finds that such conditions do so materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost of or in the time required for performing the work, the Engineer will recommend to the Owner the amount of adjustment in cost and time he considers reasonable. The Owner will make the final decision on all Change Orders to the Contract regarding any adjustment in cost or time for completion. City of Fort Collins SECTION 01160 – SITE CONDITIONS Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 3 B. Underground Utilities: 1. Known utilities and structures adjacent to or encountered in the work are shown on the Drawings. The locations shown are taken from existing records and the best information available from existing utility plans, however, it is expected that there may be some discrepancies and omissions in the locations and quantities of utilities and structures shown. Those shown are for the convenience of the Contractor only, and no responsibility is assumed by either the Owner or the Engineer for their accuracy or completeness. PART 3 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY PROPERTIES AND SERVICE 3.01 General A. Where the Contractor's operations could cause damage or inconvenience to railway, telegraph, telephone, television, oil, gas, electricity, water, sewer, or irrigation systems, the operations shall be suspended until all arrangements necessary for the protection of these utilities and services have been made by the Contractor. B. Notify all utility offices which are affected by the construction operation at least 48 hours in advance. Under no circumstances expose any utility without first obtaining permission from the appropriate agency. Once permission has been granted, locate, expose, and provide temporary support for all existing underground utilities. C. The Contractor shall protect all utility poles from damage. If interference of power poles, telephone poles, guy wires, or anchors is encountered, notify the Owner’s Representative and the appropriate utility company at least 48 hours in advance of construction operations to permit the necessary arrangements for protection or relocation of the interfering structure. D. The Contractor shall be solely and directly responsible to the Owner and operators of such properties for any damage, injury, expense, loss, inconvenience, delay, suits, actions, or claims of any character brought because of any injuries or damage which may result from the construction operations under this Contract. E. Neither the Owner nor its officers or agents shall be responsible to the Contractor for damages as a result of the Contractor's failure to protect utilities encountered in the work. F. If the Contractor while performing the Contract discovers utility facilities not identified in the Drawings or Specifications, he shall immediately notify the Owners and the utility in writing. G. In the event of interruption to domestic water, sewer, storm drain, or other utility services as a result of accidental breakage due to construction operations, promptly notify the proper authority. Cooperate with said authority in the restoration of service as promptly as possible and bear all costs of repair. In no case shall interruption of any water or utility service be allowed to exist outside working hours unless prior approval is granted. H. The Contractor shall replace, at his own expense, any and all other existing utilities or structures removed or damaged during construction, unless otherwise provided for in these Contract Documents or ordered by the Engineer. 3.02 Interfering Structures A. Take necessary precautions to prevent damage to existing structures whether on the surface, aboveground, or underground. An attempt has been made to show major structures on the Drawings. The completeness and accuracy cannot be guaranteed, and it is presented simply as a guide to avoid known possible difficulties. 3.03 Field Relocation A. During the progress of construction, it is expected that minor relocations of the work will be necessary. Such relocations shall be made only by direction of the Owner’s Representative. If existing structures are encountered that prevent the construction, and that are not properly shown on the Drawings, notify the Owner’s Representative before continuing with the construction in order that the Owner’s Representative may make such field revision as necessary to avoid conflict with the existing structures. City of Fort Collins SECTION 01160 – SITE CONDITIONS Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 3 If the Contractor shall fail to so notify the Owner’s Representative when an existing structure is encountered, and shall proceed with the construction despite the interference, he shall do so at his own risk. 3.04 Easements A. Easements and permits will be obtained by the Owner where portions of the work are located on public or private property Easements will provide for the use of the property for construction purposes to the extent indicated on the easements. Copies of these easements and permits are available upon request to the Owner. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to determine the adequacy of the easement obtained in every case and to abide by all requirements and provisions of the easement. The Contractor shall confine his construction operations to within the easement limits or make special arrangements with the property owners or appropriate public agency for the additional area required. Any damage to property, either inside or outside the limits of the easements provided by the Owner, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor as specified herein. The Contractor shall remove, protect, and replace all fences or other items encountered on public or private property. Before final payment will be authorized by the Owner’s Representative, the Contractor will be required to furnish the Owner with written releases from property owners or public agencies where side agreements or special easements have been made by the Contractor or where the Contractor's operations, for any reason, have not been kept within the construction right-of-way obtained by the Owner. B. It is anticipated that the required easements and permits will be obtained before construction is started. However, should the procurement of any easement or permit be delayed, the Contractor shall schedule and perform the work around these areas until such a time as the easement or permit has been secured. 3.05 Land Monuments A. The Contractor shall notify the Owner’s Representative of any existing Federal, State, Town, County, and private land monuments encountered. Private monuments shall be preserved, or replaced by a licensed surveyor at the Contractor's expense. When Government monuments are encountered, the Contractor shall notify the Owner’s Representative at least two (2) weeks in advance of the proposed construction in order that the Owner’s Representative will have ample opportunity to notify the proper authority and reference these monuments for later replacement. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01290 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01290 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Description A. This section covers the methods employed in determining the payment due for work completed under this contract. B. The bid price should cover all work required by this contract based upon the quantities outlined in the bid form. C. Where actual quantities differ from those outlined in the bid form; unit prices as stipulated in the bid form shall be utilized to compute payment. D. Where unit prices are not set forth on specific work, that work shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor. E. Quantities given in the bid form are estimates for the purpose of evaluating bids consequently some difference may arise in actual and bid quantities. 1.02 Lump Sum Prices A. Where lump sum (LS) prices are given for an item in the bid schedule or for items added during construction by change order, the price will include all materials, labor, overhead and any other cost incurred to complete the construction of the item in accordance with the plans and specifications. B. All unit prices for each item shall include its pro rata share of profits, taxes, and overhead, and are for the items installed in place, maintained and guaranteed. Including these factors, unit prices must accurately reflect actual costs. Unit prices are to be valid for the life of the contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01300 – COORDINATION AND PROJECT MEETINGS Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01300 – COORDINATION AND PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 General A. In order to provide for an orderly progression of work, all parties involved in the construction will meet at various times during the project to discuss pertinent items regarding the work. B. Coordinate operations under contract in a manner that will facilitate progress of the Work. C. Conform to the requirements of public utilities and concerned public agencies in respect to the timing and manner of performance of operations that affect the service of such utilities, agencies, or public safety. 1.02 Conferences A. The pre-construction conference will be held at a time to be determined by the Owner, after the award of the contract and prior to the issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The meeting will involve the Owner, the Engineer, the Contractor and representatives of the owners of utilities and other properties that will be directly affected by the work. Among the Contractor’s representative on the site. The Contractor will have a complete construction schedule ready for review at the time of the pre-construction conference. B. Hold conferences for coordination of the Work when necessary. C. The City may hold coordination conferences to be attended by all involved when Contractor's operations affects, or is affected by, the work of others. 1.03 Progress Meetings A. Contractor and the City shall schedule and hold regular progress meetings at least weekly and at other times as requested by the City or required by the progress of the Work. B. Attendance shall include: 1. Contractor and Superintendent 2. Owners Representative 3. Landscape Architect 4. Others as may be requested by contractor, Landscape Architect or Owner C. Minimum Agenda shall include: 1. Review of work progress since last meeting 2. Identification and discussion of problems affecting progress 3. Review of any pending change orders 4. Revisions of Construction Schedule as appropriate 1.04 Job Site Administration A. Contract administration and construction observation services will be provided by the Owner. The Owner will make decisions regarding changes in the work and adjustments in contract quantities and/or unit prices. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01310 – CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 4 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01310 - CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 General A. It is the intent of the Owner to begin construction on approximately January 2007. The signing of the contract and issuance of a Notice to Proceed will be completed promptly to accomplish that objective. The Notice to Proceed will authorize the Contractor to begin project administration and construction work on the site. Construction work shall not begin on site prior to the pre-construction conference. B. The Contractor shall complete all work, including cleanup of the site by “Substantial Completion” date, specified in the Agreement, subject to the "Liquidated Damages" provision described under "Instructions to Bidders." C. Delays during project contract period outside control of the Contractor are subject to time extension consideration but not financial compensation unless such delay is significant enough to reasonably require Owner initiated work suspension (demobilization) as determined in the field by the Owner at the time of occurrence. See Paragraph 1.04 for requirements for modifying the Contract Time due to weather delays. D. Contractor shall plan and schedule his own work effort (personnel, equipment and material) to complete the project satisfactorily within the project time limits. Such schedule shall be in general conformance with the schedule submitted at the pre-construction conference. This includes the requirement that the Contractor conduct his operations to enable a shift of work effort from one part of the project to another to reasonably accommodate unexpected delays, and to conduct his daily operations so as to not create a public nuisance including but not limited to access or traffic obstruction, dust and mud generation, work outside of construction limits, noise, unsatisfactory cleanup or site restoration, unacceptable equipment/materials staging, flooding, etc. No work is to begin at the site until City's acceptance of the Construction Schedule. E. Contractor shall prepare and submit a Critical Path Method (CPM) schedule. The schedule shall show all work completed within the contract time and shall cover the time from the date of Notice to Proceed to the completion date. Contractor shall use Microsoft Project 2000 or approved equivalent to develop and manage the CPM schedule. F. Schedule shall include milestones that demonstrate the Contractor’s approach to completing the project within project time limits. Milestones shall be of sufficient number to indicate regular progress of work and shall identify major components of the work. Milestones are subject to Owner approval prior to work beginning at the site. If Contractor fails to meet a milestone, contractor shall submit an updated schedule subject to Owner approval and demonstrate how the remaining milestones will be met. The Owner may order work shut down or suspended for nonconformance with the approved schedule (See Paragraph G. below) G. Milestones (minimum required items) (1) Rolland Moore Parking Lot and Bridge – Completed by March 15, 2007 H. The Contractor may voluntarily shut down or suspend work due to conditions beyond his control provided a minimum of 24 hours notice is provided to the Owner together with the reasons for subject suspension of work. The Contractor shall leave the project conditions in such a way so as not to cause a public nuisance or a threat to public safety. Neither remobilization costs nor additional time will be allowed for such suspension unless agreed to in writing in advance. I. The Owner or Engineer may order work shut down or suspended for such nonconformance issues as unsafe conditions, nonconformance with schedule, cause of public nuisance, unnecessary private property disturbance, materials and labor unsuited to the task, nonconformance to technical specifications, failure to comply with permits, etc. The Owner or Engineer will give a written warning to the Contractor with a specified deadline during which time the Contractor shall remedy the cause(s) described on the warning. Failure to do so shall justify the Owner or Engineer to order work shut down City of Fort Collins SECTION 01310 – CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 4 or suspended. Such shutdown will not be compensated by cost reimbursement or time schedule adjustment. J. Failure to promptly execute the approved schedule in the judgment of the Owner will result in a written warning submitted to the Contractor explaining the specific compliance needed. Failure of the Contractor to remedy the noted items may be considered a breach of contract possibly leading to work shutdown for cause or contract termination. 1.02 Format and Submissions A. Prepare Construction and Procurement schedules in a graphic format suitable for displaying schedule and actual progress. B. Submit two copies of each schedule to owner for review. Owner will return one copy to contractor with revisions suggested or necessary for coordination of the Work with the needs of Owner or others. 1.03 Progress Revisions A. A schedule update shall be submitted to the Owner at each weekly progress meeting that will reflect work performed in the previous week and the upcoming two-(2) weeks. Schedule updates shall not change any Contract times. B. A complete schedule update shall be submitted with each application for progress payment. C. Show changes occurring since previous submission. 1. Actual progress of each item to date. 2. Revised projections of progress and completion. D. Provide a narrative report as needed to define: 1. Anticipated problems, recommended actions, and their effects on the schedule. 2. The effect of changes on schedules of other work. 1.04 Modifications to Time of Completion in the Approved Schedule A. The date of beginning and the times for completion of the work are essential conditions of the Contract Documents and the work embraced shall be commenced on a date specified in the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor will proceed with the work at such rate of progress to ensure full completion within the contract time. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the Contractor and the Owner that the contract time for the completion of the work described herein is a reasonable time, taking into consideration the climatic and other factors prevailing in the locality of the work. Every effort shall be made by the Contractor to complete the project within the "Contract Time" shown in the proposal. The "Contract Time" anticipates a “Normal” weather and climate condition in and around the vicinity of the Project site during the times of year that the construction will be carried out. Extensions of time based upon weather conditions shall be granted only if the Contractor demonstrates clearly that such conditions were "unusually severe," would not have been reasonably anticipated, and that such conditions adversely affected the Contractor’s work and thus required additional time to complete the work. B. The following specifies the procedure for the determination of time extensions for unusually severe weather. The listing below defines the anticipated number of calendar days lost to adverse weather for each month and is based upon National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) or similar data for the geographic location of the project. Monthly Anticipated Calendar Days Lost to Adverse Weather Conditions City of Fort Collins SECTION 01310 – CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 4 JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC (7) (4) (4) (4) (6) (3) (4) (2) (3) (3) (2) (5) The above schedule of anticipated adverse weather will constitute the base line for monthly (or portion thereof) weather time evaluations. Upon acknowledgment of the Notice to Proceed and continuing throughout the contract on a monthly basis, actual adverse weather days and the impact of adverse weather days that delay the work will be recorded on a day-to-day basis. It is assumed that the work will be carried out Mondays through Fridays (holidays excluded) unless an approved construction schedule or written authorization from the Owner indicates otherwise. The number of days of delayed work due to adverse weather or the impact thereof will then be compared to the monthly adverse weather schedule above. An actual adverse weather day must prevent work for 50 percent or more of the Contractor’s workday, delay work critical to the timely completion of the project, and be documented by the Contractor. The City Representative observing the construction shall determine on a daily basis whether or not work can proceed or if work is delayed due to adverse weather or the effects thereof. The Contractor shall notify the Construction Coordinator in writing of any disagreement as to whether or not work can proceed on a given date, within 2 calendar days of that date. The Owner will use the above written notification in determining the number of working days for which work was delayed during each month. C. At the end of each month, if the number of working days for which work was delayed due to adverse weather exceeds that shown in the above schedule, a Change Order will be executed which increases the Contract Time. The number of workdays delayed due to adverse weather or the impact thereof will then be converted to Calendar Days based on the contract completion day and date. This conversion assumes a 5-day work week, Mondays through Fridays, holidays excepted; should the Contractor have authorization to work weekends and/or holidays, then the method of conversion of workdays to calendar days would take this into consideration. The contract time period will then be increased by the number of calendar days calculated above and a new contract completion day and date will be set. D. The Contractor’s schedule must reflect the above-anticipated adverse weather delays on all weather- dependent activities. E. While extensions of time shall be granted for "unusually severe" weather or climate conditions, the Owner shall make no monetary compensation for any costs to the Contractor arising out of such delays. The Contractor shall comply with the portions of the Contract Documents relating to his project schedule and amendments thereto which result from the "unusually severe" weather condition. F. Breakdowns in equipment or lack of performance by the Contractor will not be considered justification for an extension of time. Liquidated damages will be assessed as delineated elsewhere. G. The Contractor shall not be charged with liquidated damages or any excess cost when the delay in completion of the work is due to the following, and the Contractor has promptly given written notice of such delay to the Owner or Engineer. 1. To any preference, priority, or allocation order duly issued by the Owner. 2. To unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, including but not restricted to, acts of God, or of the public enemy, acts of the Owner, acts of another Contractor in the performance of a contract with the Owner, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, and abnormal and unforeseeable weather as provided above; and 3. To any delays of Subcontractors occasioned by any of the causes specified in paragraphs 1 and 2, above. 1.05 City's Responsibility A. City's review is only for the purpose of checking conformity with the Contract Documents and assisting Contractor in coordinating the Work with the needs of the Project. City of Fort Collins SECTION 01310 – CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 4 B. It is not to be construed as relieving Contractor from any responsibility to determine the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction as provided in the General Conditions. PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01330 – SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 3 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01330 – SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Shop Drawings A. Submit newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as the basis of Shop Drawings. Standard information prepared without specific reference to the Project is not a Shop Drawing. B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation Drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates, and similar Drawings. Include the following information: 1. Dimensions. 2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number. 3. Compliance with specified standards. 4. Notation of coordination requirements. 5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. 6. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns and similar full-size Drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 24 by 36 inches. 7. Submittal: Submit 3 blue- or black-line prints and 2 additional prints where required for maintenance manuals, plus the number of prints needed by the Contractor for distribution. The Owner’s Representative will retain 2 prints and return the remainder. a. One of the prints returned shall be marked up and maintained as a “Record Document.” 8. Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action taken. 1.02 Product Data A. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. Product Data includes printed information, such as manufacturer’s installation instructions, catalog cuts, standard color charts, roughing-in diagrams and templates, standard wiring diagrams, and performance curves. 1. Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printed Product Data includes information on several products that are not required, mark copies to indicate the applicable information. Include the following information: a. Manufacturer’s printed recommendations. b. Compliance with trade association standards. c. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards. d. Application of testing agency labels and seals. e. Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement. f. Notation coordination requirements. 2. Do not submit Product Data until compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents has been confirmed. 3. Preliminary Submittal: Submit a preliminary single copy of Product Data where selection of options is required. City of Fort Collins SECTION 01330 – SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 3 4. Submittals: Submit 2 copies of each required submittal; submit 4 copies where required for maintenance manuals plus additional copies as needed by the Contractor for distribution. The Owner will retain one and will return the other marked with action taken and corrections or modifications required. 5. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittal to installers, subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators, and others required for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. a. Do not proceed with installation until a copy of Product Data is in the Installer’s possession. b. Do not permit use of unmarked copies of Product Data in connection with construction. 1.03 Samples A. Submit full-size, full-fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical with the material or product proposed. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture, and pattern. 1. Mount or display Samples in the manner to facilitate review of qualities indicated. Include the following: a. Specification Section number and reference. b. Generic description of the Sample. c. Sample source. d. Product name or name of the manufacturer. e. Compliance with recognized standards. f. Availability and delivery time. 2. Submit Samples for review of size, kind, color, pattern, and texture. Submit Samples for a final check of these characteristics with other elements and a comparison of these characteristics between the final submittal and the actual component as delivered and installed. a. Where variation in color, pattern, or other characteristic is inherent in the material or product represented, submit at least 3 multiple units that show approximate limits of the variations. b. Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements for Samples that illustrate workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of assembly, connections, operation, and similar construction characteristics. c. Refer to other Sections for Samples to be returned to the Contractor for incorporation in the Work. Such Samples must be undamaged at time of use. On the transmittal, indicated special requests regarding disposition of Sample submittals. d. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as the Owner’s property, are the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site prior to Substantial Completion. 3. Preliminary Submittals: Submit a full set of choices where Samples are submitted for selection of color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics from a range of standard choices. The Owner will review and return preliminary submittals with the Owner’s notation, indicating selection and other action. 4. Submittals: Except for Samples illustrating assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and similar characteristics, submit 3 sets. The Owner will return one set marked with the action taken. 5. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at the Project Site, for quality comparisons throughout the course of construction. City of Fort Collins SECTION 01330 – SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 3 a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is observed, the submittal may serve as the final submittal. b. Sample sets may be used to obtain final acceptance of the construction associated with each set. B. Distribution of Samples: Prepare and distribute additional sets to subcontractors, manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers, installers, and others as required for performance of the Work. Show distribution on transmittal forms. 1.04 Quality Assurance Submittals A. Submit quality-control submittals, including design data, certifications, manufacturer’s instructions, manufacturer’s field reports, and other quality-control submittals as required under other Sections of the Specifications. B. Certifications: Where other Sections of the Specifications require certification that a product, material, or installation complies with specified requirements, submit a notarized certification from the manufacturer certifying compliance with specified requirements. 1. Signature: an officer of the manufacturer or other authorized individual shall sign Certification documents. C. Inspection and Test Reports: Requirements for submittal of inspection and test reports from independent testing agencies are specified in Division 1 Section “Quality Control and Testing,” and in the applicable technical specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01340 – SURVEY DATA Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01340 - SURVEY DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Survey Requirements A. Contractor is responsible for the layout of the Work. The City will not provide surveying. B. Perform layout of the Work with qualified personnel. PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01450 – QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 2 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01450 - QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 General A. Provide such equipment and facilities as the City may require for conducting field tests and for collecting and forwarding samples. Do not use any materials or equipment represented by samples until tests, if required, have been made and the materials or equipment are found to be acceptable. Any product that becomes unfit for use after approval hereof shall not be incorporated into the work. B. All materials or equipment proposed to be used may be tested at any time during their preparation or use. Furnish the required samples without charge and give sufficient notice of the placing of orders to permit the testing. Products may be sampled either prior to shipment or after being received at the site of the work. C. Tests shall be made by an accredited testing laboratory selected by the Owner. Except as otherwise provided, sampling and testing of all materials and the laboratory methods and testing equipment shall be in accordance with the latest standards and tentative methods of the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM). D. Where additional or specified information concerning testing methods, sample sizes, etc., is required, such information is included under the applicable sections of the Specifications. Any modification of, or elaboration on, these test procedures which may be included for specific materials under their respective sections in the Specifications shall take precedence over these procedures. 1.02 Test Reports A. Submit 2 copies of the reports of all tests made by testing laboratories, plus copies to be returned to the contractor. 1.03 City's Responsibilities A. City of Fort Collins shall be responsible for and shall pay all costs in connection with the following testing: 1. Soils compaction tests. 2. Pipe and structural bedding 3. Tests not called for by the Specifications of materials delivered to the site. 4. Concrete tests. 1.04 Contractor’s Responsibilities A. In addition to those inspections and tests called for in the General Conditions, Contractor shall also be responsible for and shall pay all costs in connection with testing required for the following: 1. All performance and field testing specifically called for by the specifications. 2. All re-testing for Work or materials found defective or unsatisfactory, including tests covered under 1.03 above. 3. Testing of pipe. 4. Vacuum testing of manholes. 5. Concrete materials and mix designs. 6. Gradation tests for embedment, fill and backfill materials. 7. Irrigation mainline pressure test and operational test. City of Fort Collins SECTION 01450 – QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 2 8. Material Substitution - any test for basic material or fabrication of equipment offered as a substitution for a specified item on which a test may be required in order to prove it compliant with the specifications. Nothing contained herein is intended to imply that the Contractor does not have the right to have tests performed on any material at any time for his/her own information and job control so long as the Owner does not assume responsibility for the cost or for giving them consideration when appraising quality materials. 1.05 Transmittal of Test Reports A. Submit 2 copies of each report of tests and engineering data furnished by the Contractor for City Representative’s review. The Owner’s Representative will retain one and will return the other marked with action taken and corrections or modifications required. B. The testing laboratory retained by the Owner will furnish three (3) copies of a written report of each test performed by laboratory personnel in the field or laboratory. Two (2) copies of each test report will be transmitted to the City Representative and one (1) copy to the Contractor within seven (7) days after each test is completed. 1.06 Contractor's Quality Control System A. General: The Contractor shall establish a quality control system to perform sufficient inspection and tests of all items of work, including that of his subcontractors, to ensure conformance to the functional performance of this project. This control shall be established for all construction except where the Contract Documents provide for specific compliance tests by testing laboratories or engineers employed by the City. Contractor's control system shall specifically include all testing required by the various sections of the Specifications. B. Contractor's quality control system is the means by which he assures himself that his construction complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Controls shall be adequate to cover all construction operations and should be keyed to the proposed construction schedule. C. Records: maintain correct records on an appropriate form for all inspections and tests performed, instructions received from the City and actions taken as a result of those instructions. These records shall include evidence that the required inspections or tests have been performed (including type and number of inspections or test, nature of defects, causes for rejection, etc.) proposed or directed remedial action, and corrective action taken. Document inspections and tests as required by each section of the Specifications. Provide copies to City in a reasonable time. D. Pipe alignment and grade is to be maintained through the use of suitable surveying instruments or laser equipment operated continuously during construction. Horizontal tolerances of + 0.3 feet and vertical tolerances of + 0.1 feet maximum deviation from plan and construction staking are to be maintained, except that visible “snaking” of the horizontal alignment and changes in directions of slope will not be permitted. PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01500 – TEMPORARY CONTROLS Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY CONTROLS 1.01 Noise Control A. Take reasonable measures to avoid unnecessary noise when construction activities are being performed in populated areas. B. Construction machinery and vehicles shall be equipped with practical sound muffling devices, and operated in a manner to cause the least noise consistent with efficient performance of the work. C. Cease operation of all machinery and vehicles between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. 1.02 Dust Control A. Dusty materials in piles or in transit shall be covered to prevent blowing. B. Earth and road surfaces subject to dusting due to construction activities and detouring of traffic shall be kept moist with water or by application of a chemical dust suppressant. 1. Chemical dust suppressant shall not be injurious to existing or future vegetation. 1.03 Pollution Control A. Prevent the pollution of drains and watercourses by sanitary wastes, concrete, sediment, debris and other substances resulting from construction activities. 1. Retain all spent oils, hydraulic fluids and other petroleum fluids in containers for disposal off the site. 2. Prevent sediment, debris or other substances from entering sanitary sewers, storm drains and culverts. 1.04 Erosion Control A. Take such measures as are necessary to prevent erosion of soil that might result from construction activities. 1. Measures in general will include: a. Control of runoff. b. Trapping of sediment. c. Minimizing area and duration of soil exposure. d. Temporary materials such as hay bales, sandbags, plastic sheets, riprap or culverts to prevent the erosion of banks and beds of watercourses or drainage swales where runoff will be increased due to construction activities. B. Preserve natural vegetation to the greatest extent possible. C. Locate temporary storage and route construction traffic so as to preserve vegetation and minimize erosion. D. Comply with the City of Fort Collins' Storm Drainage Erosion Control Manual. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01510 - TEMPORARY UTILITIES Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01510 - TEMPORARY UTILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Utilities A. Furnish all utilities necessary for construction including, but not limited to temporary electric power and pay all cost associated with utilities during and used for the contract period. All temporary utilities installation shall meet the construction safety requirements of OSHA, State and local governing agencies. 1.02 Water A. Contractor is responsible for obtaining water for construction and shall pay all costs associated with establishing a temporary meter used during construction. 1.03 Sanitary Facilities A. Furnish temporary sanitary facilities at the site in the vicinity of the construction for the needs of construction workers and others performing work or furnishing services on the Project. B. Properly maintain sanitary facilities of reasonable capacity throughout construction periods. C. Enforce the use of such sanitary facilities by all personnel at the site. D. Obscure sanitary facilities from public view to the greatest extent practical. PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01570 - TRAFFIC CONTROL Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 2 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01570 - TRAFFIC CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 General A. Traffic Control necessary to complete the project as depicted in the plans and specifications will be provided by the Contractor and will not be paid for separately. B. The Contractor must submit traffic control plans and coordinate all traffic control with the City's Traffic Control Coordinator. The traffic control plans must be submitted and approved 72 hours prior to starting construction and before making each modification. C. Conformance: City of Fort Collins Work Area Traffic Control Handbook, Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (U.S. Dept. of Transportation), or applicable statutory requirements of authority having jurisdiction. D. Limited closures may be permitted for short periods up to three days to allow installation of concrete pavement. Closures must be requested and approved 72 hours prior to the anticipated closure. E. Limited alternating one-way traffic operation may be permitted during the hours from 9:00 A.M. to 3:30 P.M. One-way traffic operation must be requested and approved 72 hours prior to anticipated operation. F. At all times, Contractor must maintain two-way traffic with a minimum of one lane of traffic in each direction. Limited closures may be allowed. G. The Contractor must coordinate with adjacent residents to provide and maintain them sufficient access during the duration of the project. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate and communicate with the residents during construction. H. Keep traffic areas free of excavated material, construction equipment, pipe, and other materials and equipment. I. Keep fire hydrants and utility control devices free from obstruction and available for use at all times. J. Conduct operations in a manner to avoid unnecessary interference with public and private roads and drives. K. Provide and maintain temporary approaches or crossings at streets, businesses, and residences. L. Keep roads open and in acceptable condition, unless closure or detour has been approved by City's Traffic Control Coordinator 72 hours prior to closure or detour. M. Define a temporary pedestrian access route for children coming from the surrounding neighborhoods. This pedestrian access route shall be located outside of the project limits. The pedestrian access route shall be kept free of excavated material, construction equipment, pipe, and other materials. 1.02 Traffic Control Plan A. Submit a detailed traffic control plan to Traffic Control Coordinator for review and acceptance. Plan must be accepted 72 hours prior to work commencing at the site. Maintain the accepted plan throughout all phases of construction. Provide copy to Owner prior to submittal. 1. Notify police, sheriff, ambulance services, and fire authorities of traffic control plan and the schedule of it. Distribute copies if requested. 1.03 Flagmen A. Required where necessary to provide for public safety, or the regulation of traffic, or by jurisdictional authorities. City of Fort Collins SECTION 01570 - TRAFFIC CONTROL Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 2 B. Shall be properly equipped and licensed. 1.04 Warning Signs and Lights A. Provide suitable barricades and warning signs for: 1. Open trenches and other excavations. 2. Obstructions, such as material piles, equipment, piled embankment. B. Illuminate by means of warning lights all barricades and obstructions from sunset to sunrise. C. Protect roads and driveways by effective barricades on which are placed acceptable warning signs. 1.05 Parking A. Provide suitable parking areas for the use of all construction workers and others performing work or furnishing services in connection with the Project so as to avoid interference with private property, public traffic, City's operations, or construction activities. Such parking shall occur on the project site or another suitable location, approved by the City. 1.06 Roadway Usage between Operations A. At all times when Work is not actually in progress, Contractor shall make passable and shall open to traffic such portions of the Project and temporary roadways or portions thereof as may be agreed upon between Contractor and City and all authorities having jurisdiction over any properties involved. PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01600 – MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 3 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01600 – MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 Summary A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing the Contractor’s selection of products for use in the Project. 1.03 Definitions A. Definitions used in this Article are not intended to change the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents, such as “specialties,” “systems,” “structure,” “finishes,” “accessories,” and similar terms. Such terms are self-explanatory and have well-recognized meanings in the construction industry. 1. “Products” are items purchased for incorporation in the Work, whether purchased for the Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term “product” includes the terms “material,” “equipment,” “systems,” and terms of similar intent. 2. “Materials” are products substantially shaped, cut, worked, mixed, finished, refined, or otherwise fabricated, processed, or installed to form a part of the Work. 3. “Equipment” is a product with operational parts, whether motorized or manually operated, that requires service connections, such as wiring or piping. 1.04 Submittals A. Product List: Prepare a list showing products specified in tabular form acceptable to the Owner. Include generic names of products required. Include the manufacturer’s name and proprietary product names for each item listed. 1. Coordinate product list with the Contractor’s Construction Schedule and the Schedule of Submittals. 2. Form: Prepare product list with information on each item tabulated under the following column headings: a. Related Specifications Section number. b. Generic name used in Contract Documents. c. Proprietary name, model number, and similar designations. d. Manufacturer’s name and address. e. Supplier’s name and address. f. Installer’s name and address. g. Projected delivery date or time span of delivery period. 3. Initial Submittal: Within 30 days of date commencement of the Work, submit 3 copies of an initial product list. Provide a written explanation of omissions of data and for known variations from Contract requirements. 4. Complete List: Within 60 days after date of commencement of the Work, submit 3 copies of the completed product list. Provide a written explanation for omissions of data and for known variations from Contract requirements. City of Fort Collins SECTION 01600 – MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 3 5. Owner’s Action: The Owner will respond in writing to Contractor within 2 weeks of receipt of the completed product list. No response within this period constitutes no objection to listed manufacturers or products, but does not constitute a waiver of the requirement that products comply with Contract Documents. The Owner’s response will include a list of unacceptable product selections, containing a brief explanation of reasons for this action. 1.05 Quality Assurance A. Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same kind from a single source. B. Compatibility of Options: When the Contractor is given the option of seeking between 2 or more products for use on the Project, the product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. C. Foreign Product Limitations: Except under one or more of the following conditions provide domestic products, not foreign products, for inclusion in the Work: 1. Not available domestic product complies with the Contract Documents. 2. Domestic products that comply with the Contract Documents are available only at prices or terms substantially higher than foreign products that comply with the Contract Documents. 1.06 Product Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Delivery, store, and handle products according to the manufacturer’s recommendations, using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at the site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to assure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Delivery products to the site in an undamaged condition in the manufacturer’s original sealed container or other packaging system complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. 5. Store products at the site in a manner that will facilitate inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 6. Store heavy materials away from the Project structure in a manner that will not endanger the supporting construction. 7. Store products subject to damage by the elements above ground, under cover in a weather-tight enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Product Selection A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, new at the time of installation. B. Product Selection procedures: The Contract Documents and governing regulations govern product selection. Procedures governing product selection include the following: 1. Proprietary Specification Requirements: Where Specifications name only a single product or manufacturer, provide the product indicated. No substitutions will be permitted. 2. Semi proprietary Specification Requirements: Where Specifications name 2 or more products or manufacturers or where Specifications specify products or manufacturers by name, accompanied City of Fort Collins SECTION 01600 – MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 3 by the term “or equal” or “or approved equal,” provide one of the products listed or comply with the Contract Document provisions concerning “substitutions” or obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. 3. Nonproprietary Specification Requirements: When Specifications list products or manufacturers that are available and may be incorporated in the Work, but do not restrict the Contractor to use these products only, the Contractor may propose any available product that complies with Contract requirements. Comply with Contract Document provisions concerning “substitutions” to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. 4. Descriptive Specification Requirements: Where Specifications describe a product or name, provide a product or assembly that provides the characteristics and otherwise complies with Contract requirements. 5. Compliance with Standards, Codes, and Regulations: Where Specifications only require compliance with an imposed code, standard, or regulation, select a product that complies with the standards, codes, or regulations specified. 6. Visual Matching: Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, the Owner’s decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches satisfactorily. 7. Visual Selection: Where specified product requirements include the phrase “… as selected from manufacturer’s standard colors, patterns, textures…” or a similar phrase, select a product and manufacturer that complies with other specified requirements. The Owner will select the color, pattern, and texture from the product line selected. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Installation of Products A. Comply with manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations for installation of products in the applications indicated. Anchor each product securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other Work. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01700 – CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 5 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01700 – CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including general and supplementary conditions and other Division 1 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.02 Summary A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Project record document submittal. 3. Operation and maintenance manual submittal. 4. Submittal of warranties. 5. Final cleaning. B. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate Sections in Divisions 2 through 16. 1.03 Substantial Completion A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. 1. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 2. Advise the Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 5. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, final project photographs, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items. 7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and transmit keys to the Owner. Advise the Owner’s personnel of changeover in security provisions. 8. Complete startup testing of systems and instruction of the Owner’s operation and maintenance personnel. Discontinue and remove temporary facilities from the site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 9. Complete final cleanup requirements, including touchup painting. 10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes. B. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Owner will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Owner will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection or advise the Contractor of construction that must be City of Fort Collins SECTION 01700 – CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 5 completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued. 1. If the Owner’s Representative determines that the work is not substantially complete at the time of review or that deficiencies remain at time of compliance review, the Contractor shall pay for the additional review(s) by Owner’s Representative. 2. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance. 1.04 Status after Substantial Completion A. The date of substantial completion marks the beginning of the maintenance period defined in Section 02970 – Planting Maintenance. B. During maintenance period, the following conditions hold: 1. Insurance: Same as during construction. 2. Electricity and Irrigation Water: Supplied by Owner, as installed by Contractor under this contract. 3. Bonds: Remain in effect. 4. Retainage: Same as during construction. 1.05 Final Acceptance A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. 1. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required. 2. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum. 3. Submit a certified copy of the Owner’s final inspection list of items to be completed or corrected, endorsed and dated by the Owner. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance and shall be endorsed and dated by the Owner. 4. Submit final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of the date of Substantial Completion or when the Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 5. Submit consent of surety to final payment. 6. Submit a final liquidated damages settlement statement. 7. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. B. Reinspection Procedure: The Owner will reinspect the Work upon receipt of notice that the Work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections, has been completed, except for items whose completion is delayed under circumstances acceptable to the Owner. 1. Upon completion of reinspection, the Owner will prepare a certificate of final acceptance. If the Work is incomplete, the Owner will advise the Contractor of Work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance. 2. If necessary, reinspection will be repeated. 1.06 Record Document Submittals A. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Protect record documents from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire-resistant location. Provide access to record documents for the Owner’s reference during normal working hours. B. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white-prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where the installation varies City of Fort Collins SECTION 01700 – CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 5 substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark which drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately. Where Shop Drawings are used, record a cross-reference at the corresponding location on the Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. 1. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the Work. 2. Mark new information that is important to the Owner but was not shown on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings. 3. Note related change-order numbers where applicable. 4. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets. Bind sets with durable-paper cover sheets; print suitable titles, dates, and other identification on the cover of each set. 5. Prior to Contract Closeout, obtain from the Owner a reproducible Mylar copy of the Drawings. Using technical drafting pen, duplicate information contained on the Record Drawings maintained on site. Label each sheet “Record Drawing.” On the first sheet, the Contractor or resident Superintendent shall execute the following statement: Having reviewed this document and all attachments, I affirm that, to the best of my knowledge, the information presented here is true and accurate. Signed: Date: Position: C. Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of the Project Manual, including addenda. Include with the Project Manual one copy of other written construction documents, such as Change Orders and modifications issued in printed form during construction. 1. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual Work performed in comparison with the text of the Specifications and modifications. 2. Give particular attention to substitutions and selection of options and information on concealed construction that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. 3. Note related record drawing information and Product Data. 4. Upon completion of the Work, submit record Specifications to the Owner. D. Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each Product Data submittal. Note related Change Orders and markup of record drawings and Specifications. 1. Mark these documents to show significant variations in actual Work performed in comparison with information submitted. Include variations in products delivered to the site and from the manufacturer’s installation instructions and recommendations. 2. Give particular attention to concealed products and portions of the Work that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. 3. Upon completion of markup, submit complete set of record Product Data to the Owner. E. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements of miscellaneous record keeping and submittals in connection with actual performance of Work. Immediately prior to the date or dates of Substantial Completion, complete miscellaneous records and place in good order. Identify miscellaneous records properly and bind or file, ready for continued use and reference. Submit to the Owner. City of Fort Collins SECTION 01700 – CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 5 F. Maintenance Manuals: Organize operation and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind properly indexed data in individual, heavy-duty, 2-inch (51-mm), 3-ring, vinyl-covered binders, with pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. Include the following types of information: 1. Emergency instructions. 2. Spare parts list. 3. Copies of warranties. 4. Wiring diagrams. 5. Recommended “turn-around” cycles. 6. Inspection procedures. 7. Shop Drawings and Product Data. 8. Fixture lamping schedule. 1.07 Warranties and Bonds A. Provide duplicate notarized copies. Maintain copies of all Contractors’ submittals and assemble documents executed by subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. Provide table of contents and assemble in binder with durable plastic cover. B. Submit material prior to final application for payment. For items of Work delayed materially beyond date of substantial completion, provide updated submittal within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. 1.08 Final Payment A. At the end of maintenance period, submit written certification that Contract Documents Work has been reviewed and that Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Owner Representative’s review. B. In addition to submittals required by the conditions of the Contract provide submittals required by governing authorities, and submit a final statement of accounting giving total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments and sum remaining due. C. Owner’s Representative will issue a final Change Order reflecting approved adjustments to Contract Sum not previously made by Change Order. D. Retainage will be held until advertisement for liens and encumbrances is completed. PART 2 – PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 Closeout Procedures A. Operation and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each Installer of equipment that requires regular maintenance to meet with the Owner’s personnel to provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance. Provide instruction by manufacturer’s representatives if installers are not experienced in operation and maintenance procedures. Include a detailed review of the following items: 1. Maintenance manuals. 2. Record documents. 3. Spare parts and materials. 4. Tools. 5. Lubricants. 6. Fuels. 7. Identification systems. 8. Control sequences. 9. Hazards. City of Fort Collins SECTION 01700 – CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Park Planning & Development Division Page 5 of 5 10. Cleaning. 11. Warranties and bonds. 12. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments. B. As part of instruction for operating equipment, demonstrate the following procedures: 1. Startup. 2. Shutdown. 3. Emergency operations. 4. Noise and vibration adjustments. 5. Safety procedures. 6. Economy and efficiency adjustments. 7. Effective energy utilization. 3.02 Final Cleaning A. General: The General Conditions require general cleaning during construction. Regular site cleaning is included in Division 1. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to the condition expected in a normal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer’s instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion. C. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the Work during construction. 1. Remove labels that are not permanent labels. 2. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. 3. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dust-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. Leave concrete floors broom clean. 4. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication and other substances. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean light fixtures and lamps. 5. Clean the site, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, litter, and other foreign substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean; remove stains, spills, and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds that are neither paved nor planted to a smooth, even-textured surface. D. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner’s property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of lawfully. 1. Where extra materials of value remain after completion of associated Work, they become the Owner’s property. Dispose of these materials as directed by the Owner. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 01800 - Definition of Bid Items Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 4 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01800 – DEFINITION OF BID ITEMS The following items describe the scope of work for this contract and are further clarified through limit-of-work lines, notes on the drawings and specifications. The work described in each Bid Item may contain work from one or several technical specifications sections. The contractor shall refer to the technical specifications that apply to the individual components. Bid Item 01 - Mobilization This work includes the mobilization of personnel, equipment and supplies at the project site in preparation for work on the project, as well as the establishment of the Contractor's offices, buildings and other necessary facilities, and all other costs incurred or labor and operations which must be performed prior to beginning the other items under the Contract. This item shall also include marshalling, disassembly and security of all items indicated on the plans or specifications. Payment will be made as Work progresses. Payment for this item will follow in accordance with CDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, Section 626. The total amount for mobilization shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the total bid. Bid Item 02 - Traffic Control Contractor shall prepare and submit a traffic control plan per the specifications for review and approval prior to construction operations. Contractor shall also provide all necessary work area Traffic Control Devices in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications and current City Standards. Bid Item 03, 09, 15, 22, 31 - Remove Curb and Gutter Contractor shall remove curb and gutter and access ramp as shown on the drawings. Bid amount includes labor, equipment and hauling for a complete item in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid Item 04, 29 - Remove Concrete Walk/Ramp Contractor shall remove access ramp as shown on the drawings. Bid amount includes labor, equipment and hauling for a complete item in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid Item 05, 10, 17, 24 – Earthwork - Unclassified Excavation Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment for site excavation including topsoil stripping, excavation stockpiling, distribution, rough grading, fine grading and haul and disposing of all excess material per Drawing and Specifications. Bid Item 06, 12, 19, 26, 42 - 5” Concrete Flatwork Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment, sub-grade preparation, installation, concrete and earthwork to construct flatwork for a complete item. The price bid shall also include: Furnishing and placing the concrete; forming; furnishing and applying curing compounds; finishing and edging the concrete surfaces; joints and joint materials, and all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to construct the flatwork areas in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid Item 07, 13, 20, 27, 40 - ADA Pedestrian Ramp The price bid for this item shall include: Furnishing and placing the concrete; forming; furnishing and applying curing compounds; finishing and edging the concrete surfaces; joints and joint materials; furnishing and compacting base course as required for preparation of a stable subbase; and all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to construct the flatwork areas in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid Item 08, 14, 21, 28 - Sod Replacement Contractor shall provide all soil preparation, sod labor and equipment to install bluegrass/rye sod on disturbed areas. Work does not include soil amendment. Maintenance of new sod shall be coordinated with City crews. City will mow and water sod with regular park operations. Bid Item 11, 18, 25 - Irrigation Sleeves City of Fort Collins Section 01800 - Definition of Bid Items Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 4 Contractor shall install 4” schedule 40 PVC irrigation sleeves, 1.5 feet below the surface the width of the sidewalk. Bid amounts include all labor, material, equipment, trenching, backfilling, compacting, fine grading and all other related work for a complete item in accordance with Drawings and Specifications. Bid Item 16 - Remove and Relocate Frisbee Golf Tee Box Contractor shall remove existing concrete Frisbee Golf tee box and relocate a new tee box as shown on the drawings. The price bid shall include: Furnishing and placing the concrete; forming; furnishing and applying curing compounds; finishing and edging the concrete surfaces and joints; fine grading and replacing old tee box area with sod and all other related work for a complete item in accordance with Drawings and Specifications. Bid Item 23 - Tree and Stump Removal Contractor shall remove Mugo Pine tree and stump as shown on the drawings. Bid amount includes labor, equipment and hauling for a complete item in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid Item 30 - Remove & transport existing 35' bridge to storage yard Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and materials to remove and transport the existing 35 feet long pedestrian bridge from the project site to the City’s storage yard. The storage yard is located along the west side of Timberline Road, approximately ¼ of a mile south of Prospect Road. The removal and transport shall not result in any damage occurring to this bridge nor to any other property. The unit price bid for this item shall include all of the CONTRACTOR'S costs of whatsoever nature. Bid Item 32 – Earthwork - Excavation & Embankment Contractor shall provide all labor and equipment for site earthwork including stockpiling; distributing; excavation; filling; rough grading; grading for pavement; and all related work for a complete item in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Work shall be constructed with moisture and density control and includes placement of fill at 95% of proctor density in all structural and paved areas and 90% of proctor density in non-structural areas. Bid Item 33 – Earthwork - Import Embankment C.I.P. Contractor shall provide all labor and equipment and material for site earthwork including stockpiling; distributing; excavation; filling; rough grading; grading for pavement; and all related work for a complete item in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Import material shall meet all requirements per the project Specifications. Work shall be constructed with moisture and density control and includes placement of fill at 95% of proctor density in all structural and paved areas and 90% of proctor density in non-structural areas. Bid Item 34 – Ped. Bridge Abutment w/ Helix pier system Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and materials for installation of the helix pier abutment as shown on the plans and in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Contractor is responsible for verifying all dimensions and information necessary to the successful installation of the abutment(s) and bridge. Bid Item 35 – 60' Pedestrian Bridge Installation Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and materials for installation of the 60’ pedestrian bridge in the location shown on the plans and in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. The bridge is supplied by the City and is currently located on site in the proposed parking lot area. Contractor is responsible for verifying all dimensions and information necessary to the successful installation of the abutment(s) and bridge. Bid Item 36 – 8" PVC Culvert Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and materials to install an 8" SDR 35 PVC culvert in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid Item 37 – Culvert Headwall Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and materials to install a culvert headwall in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. City of Fort Collins Section 01800 - Definition of Bid Items Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 4 Bid Item 38 – Concrete channel and sidewalk culvert - 2' wide Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and materials to construct the concrete channel and sidewalk culvert. The price bid shall include: Furnishing and placing the concrete; forming; furnishing and applying curing compounds; finishing and edging the concrete surfaces; joints and joint materials; base course as required under the sidewalk culvert, and all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to construct the concrete channel and sidewalk culvert in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid Item 39 – 4' Pan and Aprons Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and materials to construct the concrete pan and apron. The price bid shall include: Furnishing and placing the concrete; forming; furnishing and applying curing compounds; finishing and edging the concrete surfaces; joints and joint materials; base course as required under the sidewalk culvert, and all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to construct the concrete pan and apron in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid Item 41 - Curb and Gutter Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and materials to construct curb and gutter. The unit price bid for this item shall include all of the CONTRACTOR'S costs of whatsoever nature. The price bid shall include: Furnishing and placing the concrete; forming; furnishing and applying curing compounds; finishing and edging the concrete surfaces; joints and joint materials; base course as required under the curb and gutter, and all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to construct the curb and gutter in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid Item 43 - 6” Concrete Flatwork – pad 20’ x 24’ Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment, sub-grade preparation, installation, concrete and earthwork to construct flatwork for a complete item. The price bid shall also include: Furnishing and placing the concrete; forming; furnishing and applying curing compounds; finishing and edging the concrete surfaces; joints and joint materials; base course as required under the flatwork areas, and all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to construct the flatwork areas in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid Item 44 – 6” Concrete Pavement – Parking Lot Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment, sub-grade preparation, installation, and concrete to construct flatwork for a complete item. The price bid shall also include: Furnishing and placing the concrete; forming; furnishing and applying curing compounds; finishing and edging the concrete surfaces; joints and joint materials; base course as required under the concrete pavement areas, and all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to construct the concrete pavement areas in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid Item 45 – Asphalt Patching The price bid for this item shall include all of the Contractor’s costs of whatsoever nature including furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, pavement cutting, excavation, haul, disposal, surface preparation, and bituminous materials, complete in place and any other miscellaneous items and work shown or reasonably implied on the Drawings, in the Specifications and in current City asphalt patching standards for this work. Bid Item 46 - Topsoil - 4" all non-paved areas Contractor shall remove, stockpile and replace topsoil (4" depth) from limits of grading. Bid amount includes all labor, material and equipment for a complete item in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid Item 47 - Non-Irrigated Seed & Mulch Contractor shall provide all soil preparation (no amendment), fertilizer, herbicide, seed, materials, labor and equipment to seed areas disturbed by construction. This work includes drill seeding and hydro-mulching disturbed areas. No extended warranty period. Bid Item 48 - Striping City of Fort Collins Section 01800 - Definition of Bid Items Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 4 Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and materials for pavement markings and striping as shown on the plans and in accordance with City of Fort Collins standards. END OF SECTION END OF DIVISION 1 City of Fort Collins Section 02100 – Mobilization Park Planning and Development Division Page 1 of 2 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02100 - MOBILIZATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Work Included A. Prepare the site for construction. B. Move in and move out personnel and equipment. C. Set up and remove temporary offices, buildings, facilities and utilities. 1.02 Site Conditions A. The City has provided the right-of-way, easement or project site for all permanent access or permanent construction for the project. Any additional access, access right-of-way, construction areas, or additional needed land which may be involved in the construction of this project shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. B. The land owned by the City may be used as site headquarters, storage yard, or base of operations provided that the use of said land meets with all of the requirements and restrictions imposed by the City at the time of usage. 1.03 Site Preparation for Contractor Occupancy A. The Contractor shall provide all temporary facilities as required for performing the work. The Contractor shall secure and maintain proper storage areas for equipment and materials in locations she/he may deem necessary for the proper execution of the job as approved by the City Representative. No storage yard or project headquarters site may be utilized in conflict with objections from the adjacent property owners unless the Contractor obtains from the City specific written permission for such objectionable use. No objectionable material will be allowed to blow from, wash off or drain off of any storage yard on to adjacent property. B. The Contractor shall maintain all storage yards in as neat and orderly a manner as possible, allowing no accumulation of waste materials or disposal piles. The Contractor may construct a temporary security fence for the protection of materials, tools, and equipment. The fence shall be maintained during the construction period. Upon completion of work, the security fence shall be removed from the site. The Contractor shall provide adequate parking facilities within the designated area for personnel working on the project. C. The Contractor shall obtain the necessary permits for connection to necessary services provided by utility companies serving the project area. D. Materials, equipment, and work required for temporary storm water management during the construction period shall be provided by the Contractor as required to ensure public safety and to protect the work in progress and materials stored on site. 1.04 Damage or Use-Fee Claims A. Any damage or use-fee claims filed against the Contractor may become a part of the final settlement of this project and may be cause for delay of final acceptance or delay of final payment. City of Fort Collins Section 02100 – Mobilization Park Planning and Development Division Page 2 of 2 PART 2 - NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Obstructions A. The location of some utilities and obstructions may not be shown. Bidders are advised to carefully inspect the existing facilities before preparing their proposals. The removal and replacement of minor obstructions such as electrical conduits, air, water, and waste piping and similar items shall be anticipated and accomplished, even though not shown or specifically mentioned. Major obstructions encountered that are not shown on the Contract Drawings or could not have been foreseen by visual inspection of the site prior to bidding should immediately be brought to the attention of the City Representative. The City Representative will make a determination for proceeding with the work. If the City Representative finds that the obstruction adversely affects the Contractor's costs or schedule for completion, a proper adjustment to the Contract will be made in accordance with the General Conditions. 3.02 Demolition A. Any pipes or existing structures encountered during construction shall be preserved until accepted for removal by the City Representative. The Contractor shall be required to repair pipes or structures in use that are damaged during construction at no cost to the City. The removal of abandoned pipes shall be reviewed by the City Representative. 3.03 Removal and Salvage of Materials A. The Contractor shall carefully remove materials specified to be reused or salvaged so as not to damage the material. Reuse by the Contractor of salvaged material will not be permitted, except as specifically shown or specified herein. Existing materials to be removed or replaced and not specifically designated for salvage shall become the property of the Contractor. Provide and maintain dust tight temporary partitions, bulkheads, or other protective devices during the construction to permit normal operation of the existing facilities. Construct partitions of plywood, insulating board, plastic sheets, or similar material. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02122 - Tree Protection Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 2 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02122 - TREE PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL Description of Work A. The Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to perform the work items called for on the bid schedule. B. The Contractor shall perform tree protection regardless of the type, nature, or condition of trees encountered, as specified or required in order to accomplish the construction. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 Temporary Fencing A. Orange construction fencing, five feet or greater in height as required to fulfill the intent of this section. B. Fencing anchors for small trees shall be T posts. Anchors for fencing within the drip line of large trees shall be dual-socket portable concrete pier blocks sufficient to secure the fence in a vertical position for the construction period. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 General A. Prior to and during construction, barriers shall be erected around all protected existing trees. Barriers shall be orange construction fencing located no closer than six (6) feet to the surface of the trunk or one-half (½) of the drip line radius, whichever is greater. Posts shall be anchored in movable concrete blocks so as not to require excavation within the tree’s drip line. There shall be no storage or movement of equipment, material, debris, or fill within the fenced tree protection zone. The drip line is defined as the area on the ground covered by the spread of branches. B. There shall be no cleaning of equipment or material or the storage and disposal of waste material such as paints, oils, solvents, asphalt, concrete, motor oil or any other material harmful to the life of a tree within the drip line of any protected tree or group of trees. C. No attachment, wires, signs, or permits may be fastened to any protected tree. D. Large areas containing clumps, groves, or copses of protected trees which are naturally separated from construction or land clearing areas, road rights-of-way and utility easements may be “ribboned off,” rather than erecting protective fencing around each tree as required above. This may be accomplished by placing metal t-post stakes a maximum of thirty (30) feet apart and tying ribbon or rope from stake-to-stake along the outside perimeters of such areas being cleared. E. The temporary fencing shall be removed by the Contractor only after all heavy equipment has been permanently withdrawn from the site. 3.02 Excavation A. Install shoring or other protective support systems to minimize sloping or benching of excavations. City of Fort Collins Section 02122 - Tree Protection Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 2 B. Do not excavate within the tree drip line, unless otherwise indicated. Where excavation for new construction is required within tree drip lines, hand excavate to minimize damage to root systems. Use narrow-tine spading forks and comb soil to expose roots. C. Relocate roots in backfill areas wherever possible. If encountering large, main lateral roots, expose beyond excavation limits as required to bend and relocate without breaking. If encountered immediately adjacent to location of new construction and relocation is not practical, cut roots approximately 3 inches back from new construction. D. After excavation outside the drip line of trees, any severed roots should be cut again smoothly with flush cuts. E. Do not allow exposed roots to dry out before placing permanent backfill. Provide temporary earth cover or pack with compost and wrap with burlap. Water and maintain in a moist condition and temporarily support and protect roots from damage until they are permanently relocated and covered with earth. F. Root Pruning: Do not cut main lateral roots or tap roots; cut only smaller roots that interfere with installation of new work. Cut roots with sharp pruning instruments; do not break or chop. Roots 1 inch and larger shall be painted with two coats of Tree Seal or approved equal. G. Trenching should be done outside the drip line of trees. The installation of utilities, irrigation lines, or any underground fixture requiring excavation deeper than six inches shall be accomplished by boring under the root system of protected existing trees at a minimum depth of 24 inches. The auger distance is established from the face of the tree (outer bark) and is scaled from tree diameter at breast height as described in the chart below. Tree Diameter at Breast Height (Inches) Auger Distance from Face of Tree (Feet) 0-2 1 3-4 2 5-9 5 10-14 10 15-19 12 Over 19 15 3.03 Tree Repair and Replacement A. Promptly repair trees damaged by construction operations to prevent progressive deterioration. B. Remove and replace dead and damaged trees that the City Forester determines to be incapable of restoring to a normal growth pattern. 1. Provide new trees of same size and species as those being replaced. Plant and maintain as specified herein. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02220 - Demolition Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02220 - DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Description of Work A. Demolition or salvage and removal of boulders (if found) for re-use in landscape; and remove fencing, other plant material, and debris or other items on the site necessary for the construction of the project. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Standards listed hereunder and referenced elsewhere in these specifications shall become a part of this specification and are incorporated herein by reference. The latest edition, amendment or supplements thereto in effect thirty (30) days before date of invitation shall apply. 1. City of Fort Collins, Street Cut and Excavation Repair Standards 2. City of Fort Collins, Stormwater Drainage Design and Construction Standards PART 2 - MATERIALS - Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Inspection and Reviews A. Schedule site meeting with Owner’s Representative to verify and mark limits of demolition. 3.02 Protection A. Refer to the General Requirements for site protection and temporary controls. B. Erect barriers and warning signs as necessary to prevent injury to the public and construction personnel. C. Protect features and areas not marked for demolition. Limit use of site to the delineated areas. D. Use of explosives is prohibited. 3.03 Demolition and Removal A. Items listed for salvage remain the property of the City. Items listed for demolition become the property of the Contractor. B. Remove from site items shown on demolition plan. C. Arrange for and pay costs associated with off-site disposal. 3.04 Hidden Conditions A. A hidden condition is any feature that could not be discovered or reasonably inferred from a careful inspection of the site prior to demolition. B. Promptly report hidden conditions to the Owner’s Representative. C. Hidden conditions may cause damage to features that are to remain in a finished work if demolition operations continue. Stop demolition operations affected by hidden conditions until a determination is made by the Engineer. D. Hidden conditions may cause a change in contract time or price; refer to the General Conditions. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02220 - Demolition Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02220 - DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Description of Work A. Demolition or salvage and removal of boulders (if found) for re-use in landscape; and remove fencing, other plant material, and debris or other items on the site necessary for the construction of the project. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Standards listed hereunder and referenced elsewhere in these specifications shall become a part of this specification and are incorporated herein by reference. The latest edition, amendment or supplements thereto in effect thirty (30) days before date of invitation shall apply. 1. City of Fort Collins, Street Cut and Excavation Repair Standards 2. City of Fort Collins, Stormwater Drainage Design and Construction Standards PART 2 - MATERIALS - Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Inspection and Reviews A. Schedule site meeting with Owner’s Representative to verify and mark limits of demolition. 3.02 Protection A. Refer to the General Requirements for site protection and temporary controls. B. Erect barriers and warning signs as necessary to prevent injury to the public and construction personnel. C. Protect features and areas not marked for demolition. Limit use of site to the delineated areas. D. Use of explosives is prohibited. 3.03 Demolition and Removal A. Items listed for salvage remain the property of the City. Items listed for demolition become the property of the Contractor. B. Remove from site items shown on demolition plan. C. Arrange for and pay costs associated with off-site disposal. 3.04 Hidden Conditions A. A hidden condition is any feature that could not be discovered or reasonably inferred from a careful inspection of the site prior to demolition. B. Promptly report hidden conditions to the Owner’s Representative. C. Hidden conditions may cause damage to features that are to remain in a finished work if demolition operations continue. Stop demolition operations affected by hidden conditions until a determination is made by the Engineer. D. Hidden conditions may cause a change in contract time or price; refer to the General Conditions. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02221 – Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 2 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02221 – TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Scope Furnish all labor, materials, and equipment, and perform all operations to complete trenching, including excavation, subgrade preparation, drainage, filter fabric installation, bedding, backfilling, compacting, and finish grading for underground pipelines, service lines, sleeving, and appurtenances as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 Related Work A. Section 02200 – Earthwork and Grading. B. Section 02520 – Portland Cement Concrete Paving. C. Section 02600 – Domestic Water Supply. D. Section 02700 – Sanitary Sewerage Systems. E. Section 02810 – Irrigation. F. Section 16000 – General Electrical. 1.03 Protection A. Obtain utility locations before commencing work. Protect all existing underground utilities, above ground structures or plantings, or repair to original condition. PART 2 MATERIALS: 2.01 Trench Backfill Material A. Trench excavation or imported material free from frozen material, stumps, roots, brush, other organic matter, cinders or other corrosive material, debris, and rocks or stones greater than 2 inches in any dimension. 2.02 Other A. Bedding, piping, filter fabric, and other materials specified on the drawings and in related sections. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Preparation A. Remove and stockpile topsoil from areas to be disturbed by construction. Keep topsoil segregated from non-organic trench excavation materials and debris. 3.02 Trenching A. Excavate trenches by open cut methods. Segregate suitable backfill. Rough trench excavation will leave trench with uniform width and vertical sidewalls from an elevation one foot above the top of installed pipe to the bottom of pipe. B. Minimum trench width will provide 6 inch space between pipe wall and side of trench. Maximum trench width will be shown on the drawings or in the appropriate pipeline section. If not specified elsewhere the maximum trench width is the pipe O.D. plus 20 inches. City of Fort Collins Section 02221 – Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 2 C. Grade trench bottom to provide uniform clearance for bedding material. De-water trench. Remove loose material and foreign objects. When required, install filter fabric per manufacturer’s specifications. D. Unstable subgrade is not expected. If unstable subgrade material is encountered, report the condition to the Owner. Remedy and payment for subgrade stabilization will be based on the actual conditions encountered. 3.03 Bedding A. Pipe will be bedded in accordance with the detailed drawings or the appropriate pipeline specification. 3.04 Backfilling and Compaction A. Backfill trench promptly after completion of pipe bedding. B. Deposit material in uniform layers with thickness commensurate with the soil encountered and the compaction equipment used. C. Compaction requirements will be made at the moisture content and will meet the densities, by zone, specified in Section 02200 – Earthwork and Grading. D. Coordinate and schedule compaction tests with City Representative. 3.05 Surface Restoration A. Restore pavements according to City of Fort Collins Standards. B. Restore landscaped areas according to Section 02900 – Landscaping. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02230 – Clearing and Grubbing Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 2 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02230 — CLEARING AND GRUBBING PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 Description of work A. This work shall consist of clearing, grubbing, removing, and disposing of all vegetation and debris within the limits of the project and such other areas as may be SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. This work shall also include preservation of vegetation and objects designated to remain from injury or defacement. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the procurement of all applicable licenses, permits, and fees related to Forestry work in the City of Fort Collins as required for the specified work. PART 2 – MATERIALS – Not used PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 Protection of Existing Improvements A. Provide protection necessary to prevent damage to existing improvements indicated to remain in place. B. Protect improvements on adjoining properties and on City's property. C. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, acceptable to parties having jurisdiction. D. Protect existing trees and other vegetation indicated to remain in place, against unnecessary cutting, breaking or skinning of roots, skinning and bruising of bark, smothering of trees by stockpiling construction material or excavated material within drip line, excess foot or vehicular traffic, or parking of vehicles within drip line. Provide temporary guards to protect trees and vegetation to be left standing. E. Water trees and other vegetation to remain within limits of contract work as required to maintain their health during course of construction operations. F. Provide protection for roots over 1-1/2" diameter cut during construction operations. Coat cut faces with emulsified asphalt, or other acceptable coating, formulated for use on damaged plant tissues. Temporarily cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying out; cover with earth as soon as possible. G. Repair or replace trees and vegetation indicated to remain which are damaged by construction operations, in a manner acceptable to parties having jurisdiction. Employ qualified tree surgeon to repair damages to trees and shrubs. Replace trees which cannot be repaired and restored to full growth status, as determined by the City. 3.02 Site Clearing A. Site clearing consists of removing and properly disposing of ground vegetation, shrubs, bushes, downed trees, and debris within the project area. B. Branches on remaining trees and bushes in the way of construction shall be trimmed outside the collar and branch bark ridge of the limb. C. Cultured shrubs, bushes, and other vegetation to remain shall be protected. D. Use only hand methods for grubbing inside drip line of trees indicated to be left standing. City of Fort Collins Section 02230 – Clearing and Grubbing Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 2 E. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material, unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated. F. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding 12" loose depth, and thoroughly compact to a density equal to adjacent ground. 3.03 Individual Stump Removal A. Removal of stumps will require the removal of all roots over three inches in diameter to a minimum depth of six inches below subgrade. Roots over three inches in diameter protruding from an excavated slope shall be cut flush with the excavated slope surface. 3.04 Disposal A. Disposal of clearing debris, waste materials and unsuitable or excess topsoil shall be off site at an area provided by the Contractor, at Contractor's expense, unless otherwise SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. B. Burning of debris on City property is not allowed. C. Remove debris from site in a timely manner. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02240 – Tree Removal Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 2 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02240 – TREE REMOVAL PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 Description of Work A. Individual trees to be removed SHALL BE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. 1.02 Quality Standards A. If you do not currently have a Fort Collins Arborist License, submit three references with the bid. You must obtain a license from the City Forester to be qualified to bid on this job. B. The contractor must have at lease three (3) years of experience removing trees larger than 20 inches in diameter, or have successfully completed a job similar to this bid in size and condition in the past three (3) years. C. The City Forester can further examine a contractor’s qualifications through a “PRE-AWARD SURVEY”. D. The contractor can dispose of or use brush and logs in any acceptable manner except brush or logs of the elm genus (Ulmus) which must be hauled to the County Landfill. Log size material for species other than Ulmus, can be deposited at the City Forestry woodpile at the Hoffman site arranged by the Assistant City Forester. E. Provide the assistant City Forester with a schedule and timetable of all work. F. The contractor is expected to fully cooperate and coordinate all work activities with the residents and owners of the adjacent properties. Failure to do so shall be grounds for termination of the contract. PART 2 – MATERIALS – Not used PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 Standards for Workmanship A. Authorized work in this job neither expresses nor implies a right to violate any law of the land while in process of performing such work. B. All such work shall be conducted in a manner as to cause the least possible interference with, or annoyance to others. C. Inadequately or improperly trained personnel shall not be utilized for work on or with trees or shrubs beyond their known capacity or ability to perform properly or safely. D. A qualified supervisor shall be present at all times when work is being performed except that he may be absent for short periods during the day when necessary because of emergencies or other urgent matters. E. Any injury to persons or damages to any improvement, tree, shrub, or structure while working on this job shall be promptly reported to the Assistant City Forester. F. Any use of tools or equipment in unsafe conditions or any application of techniques or methods deemed unsafe to life, limb or property is forbidden. G. Pedestrians and vehicular traffic shall be allowed to pass through the work areas only under conditions of safety and with as little inconvenience and delay as possible. City of Fort Collins Section 02240 – Tree Removal Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 2 H. Adequate barricades and warning devices shall be placed and flagpersons shall be stationed as necessary for the safety of persons and vehicles. I. Qualified street and sidewalk warning devices shal be in position as required at all time while work on this job is being performed. J. Whenever electric or telephone lines, gas lines, water lines, or other improvements, public or private, will be implicated or jeopardized by any authorized tree or shrub activity and all requested precautions by any such authority shall be complied with. K. It shall be unlawful for any person to engage in the business of planting, cutting, trimming, pruning, removing, spraying, or otherwise treating trees, shrubs, or vines within the City without first procuring a license therefore from the City. L. All motor vehicles and other major equipment or any licensed person used in conducting the licensed business shall be clearly identified with the name of the licensee. 3.02 Standards of Workmanship for Tree Removal A. Cleanup of branches, logs or any other debris resulting from any tree removal shall be promptly and properly accomplished. The work area shall be kept safe at all times until the cleanup operation is completed. Under no circumstances shall the accumulation of brush, limbs, logs, or other debris be allowed in such a manner as to result in a hazard. B. The use of climbing spurs or spike shoes in the act of trimming the tree are prohibited, but are permitted for removal. C. Under no condition shall it be considered proper to leave any severed or partially cut limbs in the upper portion of any tree being worked on after the tree workers leave the scene of operation. D. Whenever large tree sections are being cut in a treetop which may endanger people or property, such materials shall be secured by ropes and lowered safely in a controlled manner. E. Stump removal is required as part of the work. Grind stumps to 12-14 inches below finish grade. Woody debris shall be removed from site and disposed of . F. At least one responsible tree worker shall serve to coordinate safe operations on the ground at all times when work operations are in progress. G. The contractor is responsible for providing all necessary traffic control to assure the safety of motorists, pedestrians, and bicyclists. The traffic control shall be provided by and maintained by an ATSSA certified Traffic Control Supervisor, TCS. All traffic control devices shall meet or exceed the minimum standards set forth in the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices, MUTCD. The contractor must submit traffic control plans and coordinate all traffic control with the City’s Traffic Control Coordinator. The traffic control plans must be submitted 72 hours prior to starting tree operations and prior to any modification to the traffic control plan. If the plan is not submitted and approved, or if the traffic control devices are not provided according to the plan, the project will be shut down immediately until the situation can be corrected. Flaggers must be used to close the street and for on lane traffic operation. The flaggers must be certified and under the supervision of a certified TCS. H. Sidewalks must be properly barricaded to protect pedestrians during actual removal operations. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02250 – Topsoil Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 2 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02250 – TOPSOIL PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 Scope A. This work shall consist of excavating, stockpiling, and placing topsoil on the project site ( and/or furnishing, hauling, and stockpiling) and placing topsoil from approved sources. This work shall also include preservation of vegetation and objects designated to remain from injury or defacement. PART 2 – MATERIALS 2.01 Topsoil A. Topsoil shall consist of the organic growing layer of soil which is reasonably free of admixtures of subsoil, refuse, stumps, roots, rocks, brush, weeds, heavy clay, hard clods, toxic substances or other material which would be detrimental to proper development of vegetative growth. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 Protection of Existing Improvements A. Provide protection necessary to prevent damage to existing improvements indicated to remain in place. B. Protect improvements on adjoining properties and on City’s property C. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, acceptable to parities having jurisdiction. D. Protect existing trees and other vegetation indicated to remain in place, against unnecessary cutting, breaking, or skinning of roots, skinning and bruising of bark, smothering of trees by stockpiling construction materials or excavated material within drip line, excess foot or vehicular traffic, or parking of vehicles within drip line. Provide temporary guards to protect trees and vegetation to be left standing. E. Water trees and other vegetation to remain within limits of contract work as required to maintain their health during the course of construction operations. F. Provide protection for roots over 1-1/2” diameter cut during construction operations. Temporarily cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying out; cover with earth as soon as possible. G. Repair or replace trees and vegetation indicated to remain which are damaged by construction operations, in a manner acceptable to parties having jurisdiction. Employ qualified tree surgeon to repair damages to trees and shrubs. Replace trees which cannot by repaired and restored to full growth status, as determined by the City. 3.02 Construction Requirements A. Materials selected for topsoil shall be excavated and stockpiled (and/or furnished, hauled, and stockpiled) and placed at the site and graded. Topsoil shall be placed directly upon constructed cut and fill slopes without the use of stockpiles whenever conditions and the progress or work will permit. B. Strip topsoil to whatever depths encountered in a manner to prevent intermingling with underlying subsoil or other objectionable material. City of Fort Collins Section 02250 – Topsoil Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 2 C. Limit stripping to limits of construction shown on the drawings; or to as small an area as practical within the right-of-way or limits of construction. D. Remove heavy growths of grass from areas before stripping. E. Where trees or bushes are indicated to be left standing, stop topsoil stripping a sufficient distance form the trees or bushes to prevent damage to main root system. F. Stockpile topsoil in storage areas designated or agreed to prior to starting work. Construct storage piles to freely drain surface water. Cover storage piles if required to prevent wind-blown dust. Maintain topsoil free from contamination. G. The area where topsoil shall be removed are: 1. Where final contours on the drawings indicate excavation or filling. 2. Under all asphalt pavement. 3. Under all walkways. 4. Under all graveled driveways and storage areas. 5. Under all new building sites. H. Topsoil shall be placed and graded in landscaped areas. Placement shall not impede drainage patterns. Topsoil shall not be placed until the areas to be covered have been properly prepared and grading operations in the area have been completed. END OF SECTION Spring Canyon Community Park SECTION 02301 – EARTHWORK Page 1 of 7 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02301 – EARTHWORK AND GRADING PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 Summary A. Provide earthwork as shown and as specified. This work shall consist of excavation, embankment fill, disposal of excess material, shaping, and compaction of all material encountered within the limits of work, including excavation and backfill for structures. The excavation shall include, but is not limited to, the native soils which must be excavated for the project work. All work shall be completed in accordance with these Specifications and the lines and grades on the Drawings. All excavation will be classified, "unclassified excavation", or "muck excavation" or "rock excavation", as hereafter described. All embankment will be classified "embankment material" as hereafter described. 1.02 Related Sections A. Section 02230 – Clearing and Grubbing B. Section 02221 – Trenching, Backfill, and Compaction 1.03 Definitions A. Unclassified Excavation shall consist of the excavation of all materials on site to final earthwork grades. Excavation of unsuitable material will only be paid for if it is found to be unsuitable in its original state. B. Muck Excavation shall consist of the removal and disposal of mixtures of soils and organic matter not suitable for foundation material and replacement with approved material. Material damaged due to rain or weather will not be paid for as Muck excavation and is entirely the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. C. Rock Excavation shall consist of igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary rock which cannot be excavated without the use of rippers, and all boulders or other detached stones each having a volume of 1/2 cubic yard or more, as determined by physical or visual measurement. It shall also include replacement with approved material as required. D. Embankment (Complete in Place): shall consist of placing all excavated material, except material being hauled and disposed, as embankment and compacted to final grades as specified in the Contract Documents and on the Drawings. 1.04 Submittals A. Test Reports: Submit reports for laboratory and field tests required under "Testing" article. Test reports for footing, slab, and pavement subgrades shall be submitted prior to placing concrete or paving materials. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330. 1.05 Testing A. Contractor will arrange and owner shall pay for soil sampling and testing. Contractor shall extend full cooperation to Owner and testing agency in obtaining samples and performing tests. Where soil materials do not conform to type or density specified, soil shall be replaced or reworked to conform. The cost of the initial test will be paid by the owner, while all additional tests for replaced or reworked areas shall be paid for by the Contractor. Spring Canyon Community Park SECTION 02301 – EARTHWORK Page 2 of 7 PART 2 – MATERIALS 2.01 Soil Materials, General A. Soil materials shall be free of organic matter, debris, frozen soils, ice, and other objectionable materials. Rock particles larger than maximum size specified shall be removed prior to placement of soil. B. Select existing material from required excavations may be used for fill or backfill if it meets the specified material requirements. If necessary, furnish additional approved material from suitable off-site sources. C. Muck excavation shall also include the replacement of excavated muck with uniformly graded rock, riprap, on-site or imported soils, or other material whichever is most suitable for the specific situation encountered. The ENGINEER will determine which type of aggregate or other material which shall be used after observing the specific site conditions. 2.02 Granular Fill, Bedding, and Backfill A. Select soils complying with ASTM D2487 soil classification groups GW (well-graded gravel), GP (poorly-graded gravel), SW (well-graded sand), or SP (poorly-graded sand). Aggregate shall pass a 3/4-inch sieve and not more than 35% shall be retained on a No. 10 sieve. Maximum 5% by weight shall pass a No. 200 sieve. 2.03 Fill and Backfill A. Previously excavated soils, free of aggregate larger than 3 inches, and suitable for intended purpose PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 Preparation A. Prepare site for work in accordance with Section 02110. Layout and stake work to be performed. 3.02 General Excavation A. The excavation and embankment for the project work shall be finished to reasonably smooth and uniform surfaces. Variation from the subgrade plane shall not be more than .08 feet in soil or more than .08 feet above or .50 below in rock. Where bituminous or concrete surfacing materials are to be placed directly on the subgrade, the subgrade plane shall not vary more than 0.04 feet. Materials shall not be wasted without permission of the ENGINEER. Excavation operations shall be conducted so that material outside of the limits of slopes will not be disturbed. Prior to beginning grading operations in any area, all necessary clearing and grubbing in that area shall have been performed in accordance with Section 02110 of these Specifications. When the CONTRACTOR’s excavating operations encounter remains of pre-historic people’s dwelling sites or artifacts of historical or archaeological significance, the operations, shall be temporarily discontinued. The ENGINEER will contact archaeological authorities to determine the disposition thereof. When directed, the CONTRACTOR shall excavate the site in such a manner as to preserve the artifacts encountered and shall remove them for delivery to the custody of the proper state authorities. Such excavation will be considered and paid for as extra work. B. For footings and foundations, take care not to disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate to final grade just before concrete is placed. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid, undisturbed base to receive granular fill, base course, or concrete as shown. 3.03 Excavation for Embankments A. Unclassified: All excess suitable material excavated from the project site and not used for embankment shall be removed from the project site and become the property of the CONTRACTOR. Where material encountered within the limit of the work is considered unsuitable for embankment (fills) on any portion of this project work, such material shall be excavated as directed by the ENGINEER and replaced with suitable fill material. All unsuitable Spring Canyon Community Park SECTION 02301 – EARTHWORK Page 3 of 7 excavated material from excavation consisting of any type of debris (surface or buried), excavated rock, bedrock or rocks larger than 6 inches in diameter and boulders shall be hauled from the project site and disposed of. Debris is defined as "anything that is not earth which exists at the job site". B. Muck: Where excavation to the finished grade section results in a subgrade or slopes of unsuitable soil, the ENGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR to remove the unsuitable materials and backfill to the finished graded section with approved material. Disposal of the material shall be at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. Good surface drainage shall be provided around all permanent cuts to direct surface runoff away from the cut face. C. Rock: Unless otherwise specified, rock shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 0.5 feet below subgrade within the limits of the channel area, and the excavation shall be backfilled with material shown on the Drawings or as designated by the ENGINEER. Disposal of material and replacement with suitable approved material shall be at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. 3.04 Embankment Construction A. Embankment construction shall consist of constructing all fill areas, including preparation of the areas upon which they are to be placed, and the placing and compacting of embankment material in holes, pits and other depressions within the project area. Only approved materials shall be used in the construction of embankments and backfills. Approved materials shall consist of clean on-site cohesive soils or approved imported soils. On- site cohesive soils are suitable for use as compacted fill provided the following recommendations are met: Excavation and Embankment will only be paid when a significant change in grade is required, as determined by the ENGINEER. Minor cuts and fills will be considered incidental to the work, and will not be paid for separately under this section. Percent Finer by Weight Gradation (ASTM C136) 1/2-Inch 100 3/8-Inch 70 – 100 No. 4 Sieve 50 – 100 No. 200 Sieve 60 (min • Liquid Limit • Plasticity Index • In-Situ Coefficient of Permeability 30 (min 15 (min) 1x10-6cm/sec (max) On-site cohesive soils or imported soils should be placed and compacted in thin, horizontal lifts, not to exceed 8 inches in thickness (measured prior to compaction), using equipment and procedures that will produce recommended moisture contents and densities throughout the lift and embankment height. On-site or imported cohesive soils should be compacted within a moisture content range of optimum to 3% above optimum moisture content and compacted to 95% of the Maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698). When embankment is to be placed and compacted on hillsides, or when new embankment is to be compacted against existing embankments, or when embankment is built 1/2 width at a time, the slopes that are steeper than 4:1 when measured longitudinally or at right angles to the adjacent ground shall be continuously benched over those areas where it is required as the work is brought up in layers. Benching shall be well keyed and where practical a minimum of 8 feet. Each horizontal cut shall begin at the intersection of the original ground and the vertical sides of the Spring Canyon Community Park SECTION 02301 – EARTHWORK Page 4 of 7 previous cuts. Material thus cut out shall be recompacted along with the new embankment material at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. The ground surface underlying all fills shall be carefully prepared by removing all organic matter, scarification to a depth of 8 inches and recompacting to 95% of the Maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698) at optimum moisture content + or - 2% prior to fill placement. Embankment material shall be placed in horizontal layers not exceeding 8 inches (loose measurement) and shall be compacted to 95% of the Maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698) at optimum moisture content + or - 2%. Effective spreading equipment shall be used on each lift to obtain uniform thickness prior to compacting. As the compaction of each layer progresses, continuous leveling and manipulating will be required to assure uniform density. A moisture density determination shall be made for each soil type encountered. Unless directed by the geotechnical engineer, the standard Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D 698) shall apply. For embankments which serve as berms, the downstream portion shall be "keyed" into the subsurface soils a minimum of 3 feet to enhance the stability of the slope. Materials which are removed from excavations beneath the water table may be over the acceptable moisture content range and will require that they be dried out prior to reusing them. Cross hauling or other action as appropriate will be ordered when necessary to insure that the best available material is placed in critical areas of embankments, including the top 2 feet of all embankments. No additional payment will be made for cross hauling ordered by the ENGINEER. Frozen materials shall not be used in construction of embankments and embankments shall not be constructed on frozen materials. During the construction of the channels, the channel bottom shall be maintained in such condition that it will be well drained at all times. Excavation or Embankment (Fill), and Structural Backfill work either completed or in a stage of completion that is either eroded or washed away or becomes unstable due to either rains, snow, snow melt, channel flows or lack of proper water control shall be either removed and replaced, recompacted or reshaped as directed by the ENGINEER and in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications at the CONTRACTOR’s sole expense. Removed unsuitable materials shall be hauled away and disposed of at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. Placing of replacement materials for removed unsuitable materials shall be purchased, placed and compacted at the CONTRACTOR’ expense. B. Proofrolling with a heavy rubber tired roller will be required, if designated on the Drawings or when ordered by the ENGINEER. Proof rolling shall be done after specified compaction has been obtained. Areas found to be weak and those areas which failed shall be ripped, scarified, wetted if necessary, and recompacted to the requirements for density and moisture at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. Proof rolling shall be done with equipment and in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER. Proof rolling as shown on the Drawings or as ordered by the ENGINEER shall not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the unit prices bid for the work. 3.05 Excavation and Backfill for Structures A. Poor foundation material for any of the work shall be removed, by the CONTRACTOR, as directed by the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR will be compensated for removal and replacement of such materials in accordance with Muck Excavation. The CONTRACTOR is cautioned that construction equipment may cause the natural soils to pump or deform while performing excavation work inside and on footings, structural floor slabs, or other structure foundation areas. Spring Canyon Community Park SECTION 02301 – EARTHWORK Page 5 of 7 Foundation materials which are: a) saturated by either surface or subsurface flows due to the lack of adequate water control or dewatering work by the CONTRACTOR; b) frozen for any reason; or, c) that are disturbed by the CONTRACTOR’s work or caused to become unacceptable for foundation material purposes by means of the CONTRACTOR’s equipment, manpower, or methods of work shall be removed and replaced by the CONTRACTOR at his expense. Dewatering should not be conducted by pumping from inside footing, structural floor slab, or other structure foundation limits. This may decrease the supporting capacity of the soils. Care should be taken when excavating the foundations to avoid disturbing the supporting materials. Excavation by either hand or careful backhoe soil removal, may be required in excavating the last few inches of material to obtain the subgrade of any item of the concrete work. Any over-excavated subgrades that are due to the CONTRACTOR’s actions, shall be brought back to subgrade elevations by the CONTRACTOR and at his expense in the following manner: 1. For over-excavations of 2 inches or less, either: Backfill and compact with an approved granular materials; backfill with 1/2 inch crushed rock; or fill within concrete at the time of the appurtenant structure concrete pour. 2. For over-excavations greater than 2 inches, backfill and compact with an approved granular material. All granular footings, structural floor slabs, or other structure areas shall be compacted with a vibratory plate compactor prior to placement of concrete, reinforcing, or bedding materials. B. Backfill, and fill within 3 feet adjacent to all structures and for full height of the walls, shall be selected non-swelling material. It shall be granular, well graded, and free from stones larger than 2 inches. Material may be job excavated, but selectivity will be required as determined by the ENGINEER. Refer to the Plans for job specific requirements. Stockpiled material, other than topsoil from the excavation shall be used for backfilling unless an impervious structural backfill is specified. The backfill material shall consist of either clean on-site granular materials free of stones larger than 2 inches in diameter with no more than 20% passing the No. 200 sieve, or equivalent imported materials. All backfill around the structures shall be consolidated by mechanical tamping. The material shall be placed in 6-inch loose lifts within a range of 2% above to 2% below the optimum moisture content and compacted to 95% of Maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698) for sand soils, or to 75% relative density as determined by the relative density of cohesionless soils test, ASTM D4253. When specified on the Drawings or as required by the ENGINEER, Class I structural backfill shall meet the following gradation requirements: Sieve Size % by Weight Passing Square Mesh Sieves 2-Inch 100 No. 4 30 – 100 No. 50 10 – 60 No. 200 5 – 20 In addition, this material shall have a liquid limit not exceeding 35 and a plasticity index of not over 6. Impervious structural backfill, where shown or specified, shall consist of material having 100% finer than 2 inches in diameter and a minimum of 30% passing a No. 200 U.S. Standard Sieve. The material shall be placed in 6-inch loose lifts within a range of 2% above to 2% below the optimum moisture content and compacted to 95% of Maximum Standard Proctor Density for cohesive soils as determined by ASTM D698. Spring Canyon Community Park SECTION 02301 – EARTHWORK Page 6 of 7 3.06 Trenching A. Prepare Excavate trenches so that pipe can be laid safely and accurately to required line and grade. Hand excavate for bells, fittings and projections to allow for proper jointing and to insure that pipe rests evenly along barrel and is not resting on bell. B. In sand and gravel soils, bottom of trench may be shaped to fit bottom 1/3 of pipe. In silt or clay soils, bottom of trench shall be 4 in. below pipe barrel and 3 in. below bell. Under foundations and footings, bottom of trench shall be 8 in. below pipe. Bedding will be uniformly graded material conforming to CDOT #67 granular bedding unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or as approved by the Engineer. 3.07 Unauthorized Excavation A. Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated elevations or side dimensions without specific direction of Engineer. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work, shall be at Contractor's expense. Notify Owner if unauthorized excavations are made. B. Backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified for authorized excavations of same classification, unless otherwise directed. 3.08 Stability of Excavations A. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in a safe condition until completion of backfilling. Slope sides of excavations to angle of repose of material excavated; otherwise, shore and brace where sloping is not possible either because of space restrictions or stability of material excavated. Comply with applicable codes and ordinances. 3.09 Dewatering A. Perform earthwork in a manner to prevent surface water and ground water from flowing into excavations. Promptly remove water from excavations using pumps, sumps, and dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations. If underground springs are encountered, notify Owner before proceeding. 3.10 Stockpiling A. Stockpile excavated materials meeting the requirements for fill and backfill where directed until required for the work. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles for proper drainage. Locate stockpiles a sufficient distance from edge of excavations to prevent such material from falling or sliding into excavations and to prevent cave-ins. 3.11 Cold Weather Protection A. Protect excavation bottoms against freezing when atmospheric temperature is less than 35°F by covering with dry insulating materials of sufficient depth to prevent frost penetration. 3.12 Grading A. Grade area within project limits by cutting and/or filling as necessary to achieve lines and grades shown. Grade areas adjacent to structure lines to drain away from structure to prevent ponding. Finish surface to be reasonably smooth and free from irregular surface changes. Tolerance for areas to receive topsoil shall be 0.3 ft above or below established grade, less allowance for topsoil. Tolerance for areas to be paved shall be 0.1 ft above or below established pavement subgrade. Tolerance for turf areas shall be 0.025 as per Owner. 3.13 Disposal of Excess and Waste Materials A. Remove excess excavated material, trash, debris, and other waste materials and legally dispose of them off-site. 3.14 Field Quality Control A. Moisture and density tests are required and are the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be performed by a private Geotechnical Consultant. Contractor is responsible for all coordination of Spring Canyon Community Park SECTION 02301 – EARTHWORK Page 7 of 7 testing. Owner will pay for first test while additional testing shall be paid for by contractor. The following minimum tests should be expected to be performed. 1. Embankment subgrade – 1 per 500 lineal feet. 2. Embankment fill – 1 per 500 lineal feet of embankment alternating leftand right of centerline or as directed by the geotechnical engineering, ENGINEER, or OWNER. 3. Compaction tests, as specified above, shall be performed for each vertical foot of compacted embankment. B. Field tests will be conducted to determine compliance of moisture/density testing methods with specified density in accordance with ASTM D2922. C. Test results shall be submitted to the Engineer by the Contractor or the Geotechnical Consultant for approval by the Owner prior to acceptance of the pipeline and shall be made available on the day of the test. D. All failed test areas shall be recompacted and retested at Contractor’s expense. E. All compacted material shall be within 2% (+/-) of the optimum moisture content of the soil as determined by ASTM D698. Water shall be added to the material, or the material shall be harrowed, disced, bladed, or otherwise worked to ensure a uniform moisture content as specified. F. Sect Final topography and/or cross-sections will be surveyed of areas that are to finished grade and compared to the design section for accuracy. Final grade shall match design grades within the tolerances discussed in PART 3 EXECUTION. PART 4 – SCHEDULES 4.01 Compaction Schedule (unless otherwise stated on the drawings or Other Specifications Location Lift Thickness(1) Compaction(2) Below foundations, slabs, pavements, walks, and other designated areas 6" 95% Unpaved areas 15 feet or less outside structure line 8" 95% Embankments and berming 8" 95% Unpaved areas more than 15 feet outside structure line 12" 90% (1)Place manually compacted materials in maximum 4-inch layers. (2) Percent of maximum density determined in accordance with ASTM D1557 (Modified Proctor test). END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02304 – Aggregate Base Course Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02304 – AGGREGATE BASE COURSE PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 Description of work A. The current edition of the Colorado Department of Transportation Standard Specification Booklet is referenced into these specifications. PART 2– REVISIONS A. Subsection 304.01 is revised to include the following: This work shall consist of placing Aggregate Base (Class 5) over previously prepared subgrade approved by the Engineer. Aggregate Base will be used as fill under the curb, gutter, and sidewalks if there is not any acceptable material onsite. The proposed material shall meet the following minimum requirements: LL Maximum: 30 PI Maximum: 6 “R” Value Minimum: 78 The minimum strength coefficient of the Class 5 Aggregate Base shall be 0.12. B. Subsection 304.07 is revised to include the following: Aggregate Base Course will be measured by the ton at proper moisture. Quality will be adjusted accordingly if moisture is too high. Haul and water necessary to bring mixture to optimum moisture will not be measured paid for separately, but shall be included in the price for Aggregate Base. C. Subsection 304/08 is revised to include the following: The accepted qualities of Aggregate Base Course will be paid for at the contract price per ton. D. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit 304-01 A.B.C. (C-5) Tons The above prices and payments shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all work involved in placing Aggregate Base Course including haul and water, complete-in-place, as shown on the plans, as specified in the specifications, and as directed by the Engineer. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02306 – Recondition Subgrade Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02306 – RECONDITION SUBGRADE PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 Scope A. This work shall consist of blading, shaping, wetting, and compacting the subgrade with moisture density control, in accordance with these specifications, at locations and in reasonably close conformity with the details shown on the plans or as staked. PART 2 – MATERIALS – Not used PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 Construction Requirements A. The top 6 inches of the entire subgrade, UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS shall be reconditioned by scarifying, blading, and rolling. Sufficient water shall be added to meet the density requirements as specified on the plans. The reconditioned surface shall not vary above or below the lines and grades as staked by more than 0.08 foot. The surface shall be tested prior to the application of any base course material. Where bituminous surfacing materials are to be placed directly on the subgrade, the subgrade plane shall not vary more than .04 foot. All defective work shall be corrected as directed. The surface shall be satisfactorily maintained until base course has been placed. B. Compaction shall be 95% of ASTM D698 UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02315 – Excavation and Embankment Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 4 DIVISION 3 SECTION 02315 - EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This work shall consist of excavation, embankment fill, disposal of excess material, shaping, and compaction of all material encountered within the limits of work, including excavation and backfill for structures. The excavation shall include, but is not limited to, the native soils which must be excavated for the project work. All work shall be completed in accordance with these Specifications and the lines and grades on the Drawings. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Unclassified Excavation shall consist of the excavation of all materials on site to final grades, excluding the bid items included in section 02220. Excavation of unsuitable material will only be paid for if it is found to be unsuitable in its original state. B. Muck Excavation shall consist of the removal and disposal of mixtures of soils and organic matter not suitable for foundation material and replacement with approved material. Material damaged due to rain or weather will not be paid for as Muck excavation and is entirely the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. C. Rock Excavation shall consist of igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary rock which cannot be excavated without the use of rippers, and all boulders or other detached stones each having a volume of 1/2 cubic yard or more, as determined by physical or visual measurement. It shall also include replacement with approved material as required. D. Embankment (Complete in Place): shall consist of placing all excavated material, except material being hauled and disposed, as embankment and compacted to final grades as specified in the Contract Documents and on the Drawings. 1.03 DESCRIPTION A. This work shall consist of excavation, disposal, placement, and compaction of all material encountered within the limits of the work, and not being completed under some other item, necessary for the construction of the project in accordance with the Specifications and the lines, grades, and typical cross-sections shown on the Drawings. All excavation will be classified, “unclassified excavation”, or “muck excavation” or “rock excavation”, as hereafter described. All embankment will be classified “embankment material” as hereafter described. 1.04 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02240 – Water Control and Dewatering 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Final topography and/or cross-sections will be surveyed of areas that are to finished grade and compared to the design section for accuracy. Final grade shall match design grades within the tolerances discussed in PART 3 EXECUTION. City of Fort Collins Section 02315 – Excavation and Embankment Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 4 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Embankment material may consist of approved material acquired from excavations or material hauled from outside the project limits. Suitable material identified on-site shall be used first for embankments and backfill. Excess excavated native soils which are not used as embankment or backfill shall become the property of the CONTRACTOR and shall be disposed of off-site by the CONTRACTOR, in a location acceptable to the ENGINEER. B. Muck excavation encountered in all areas other then within the lakes shall also include the replacement of excavated muck with uniformly graded rock, riprap, on-site or imported soils, or other material whichever is most suitable for the specific situation encountered. The ENGINEER will determine which type of aggregate or other material which shall be used after observing the specific site conditions. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL EXCAVATION/EMBANKMENT A. General: The excavation and embankment for the project work shall be finished to reasonably smooth and uniform surfaces. Variation from the subgrade plane shall not be more than .08 feet in soil or more than .08 feet above or .50 below in rock. Materials shall not be wasted without permission of the ENGINEER. Excavation operations shall be conducted so that material outside of the limits of slopes will not be disturbed. B. When the CONTRACTOR’s excavating operations encounter remains of pre-historic people’s dwelling sites or artifacts of historical or archaeological significance, the operations, shall be temporarily discontinued. The ENGINEER will contact archaeological authorities to determine the disposition thereof. When directed, the CONTRACTOR shall excavate the site in such a manner as to preserve the artifacts encountered and shall remove them for delivery to the custody of the proper state authorities. Such excavation will be considered and paid for as extra work. C. Excavation: 1. Unclassified: All excess suitable material excavated from the project site and not used for embankment shall be removed from the project site and become the property of the CONTRACTOR. Where material encountered within the limit of the work is considered unsuitable for embankment (fills) on any portion of this project work, such material shall be excavated as directed by the ENGINEER and replaced with suitable fill material. All unsuitable excavated material from excavation consisting of any type of debris (surface or buried), excavated rock, bedrock or rocks larger than 6 inches in diameter and boulders shall be hauled from the project site and disposed of. Debris is defined as “anything that is not earth which exists at the job site”. 2. Muck: Where excavation to the finished grade section results in a subgrade or slopes of unsuitable soil, the ENGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR to remove the unsuitable materials and backfill to the finished graded section with approved material. Disposal of the material shall be at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. Good surface drainage shall be provided around all permanent cuts to direct surface runoff away from the cut face. Rock: Unless otherwise specified, rock shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 0.5 feet below subgrade within the limits of the channel area, and the excavation shall be backfilled with material shown on the Drawings or as designated by the ENGINEER. Disposal of material and replacement with suitable approved material shall be at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. City of Fort Collins Section 02315 – Excavation and Embankment Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 4 D. Embankment Construction: Embankment construction shall consist of constructing all fill areas, including preparation of the areas upon which they are to be placed, and the placing and compacting of embankment material in holes, pits and other depressions within the project area. Only approved materials shall be used in the construction of embankments and backfills. Approved materials shall consist of clean on-site cohesive soils or approved imported soils. On-site cohesive soils are suitable for use as compacted fill provided the following recommendations are met: Excavation and Embankment will only be paid when a significant change in grade is required, as determined by the ENGINEER. Minor cuts and fills will be considered incidental to the work, and will not be paid for separately under this section. Percent Finer by Weight Gradation (ASTM C136) ½-Inch 100 3/8-Inch 70 – 100 No. 4 Sieve 50 – 100 No. 200 Sieve 60 (min) Percent Finer by Weight Gradation (ASTM C136) • Liquid Limit 35 (max) • Plasticity Index 20 (max) • In-Situ Coefficient of Permeability 1x10-6 cm/sec On-site cohesive soils or imported soils should be placed and compacted in horizontal lifts, using equipment and procedures that will produce recommended moisture contents and densities throughout the lift and embankment height. On-site or imported cohesive soils should be compacted within a moisture content range of 2% below, to 2% above optimum moisture content and compacted to 95% of the Maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698). When embankment is to be placed and compacted on hillsides, or when new embankment is to be compacted against existing embankments, or when embankment is built 1/2 width at a time, the slopes that are steeper than 4:1 when measured longitudinally or at right angles to the adjacent ground shall be continuously benched over those areas where it is required as the work is brought up in layers. Benching shall be well keyed and where practical a minimum of 8 feet. Each horizontal cut shall begin at the intersection of the original ground and the vertical sides of the previous cuts. Material thus cut out shall be recompacted along with the new embankment material at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. The ground surface underlying all fills shall be carefully prepared by removing all organic matter, scarification to a depth of 8 inches and recompacting to 95% of the Maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698) at optimum moisture content + or - 2% prior to fill placement. Embankment material shall be placed in horizontal layers not exceeding 8 inches (loose measurement) and shall be compacted to 95% of the Maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698) at optimum moisture content + or - 2%. Effective spreading equipment shall be used on each lift to obtain uniform thickness prior to compacting. As the compaction of each layer progresses, continuous leveling and manipulating will be required to assure uniform density. For embankments which serve as berms, the downstream portion shall be “keyed” into the subsurface soils a minimum of 3 feet to enhance the stability of the slope. Materials which are removed from excavations beneath the water table may be over the optimum moisture content and will require that they be dried out prior to reusing them. City of Fort Collins Section 02315 – Excavation and Embankment Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 4 Cross hauling or other action as appropriate will be ordered when necessary to insure that the best available material is placed in critical areas of embankments, including the top 2 feet of all embankments. No additional payment will be made for cross hauling ordered by the ENGINEER. Frozen materials shall not be used in construction of embankments. During the construction of the channels, the channel bottom shall be maintained in such condition that it will be well drained at all times. Excavation or Embankment (Fill), and Structural Backfill work either completed or in a stage of completion that is either eroded or washed away or becomes unstable due to either rains, snow, snow melt, channel flows or lack of proper water control shall be either removed and replaced, recompacted or reshaped as directed by the ENGINEER and in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications at the CONTRACTOR’s sole expense. Removed unsuitable materials shall be hauled away and disposed of at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. Placing of replacement materials for removed unsuitable materials shall be purchased, placed and compacted at the CONTRACTOR’ expense. E. Proof rolling with a heavy rubber tired roller will be required, if designated on the Drawings or when ordered by the ENGINEER. Proof rolling shall be done after specified compaction has been obtained. Areas found to be weak and those areas which failed shall be ripped, scarified, wetted if necessary, and recompacted to the requirements for density and moisture at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. Proof rolling shall be done with equipment and in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER. Proof rolling as shown on the Drawings or as ordered by the ENGINEER shall not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the unit prices bid for the work. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02403 – Hot Bituminous Pavement Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 2 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02403 – HOT BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 Scope A. The current edition of the Colorado Department of Transportation Standard Specification Booklet is referenced into these specifications. PART 2 – REVISIONS 2.01 Subsection 403.1 is revised to include the following: A. This work shall consist of placing the specified depth of Hot Bituminous pavement (Grading C) over existing pavement or subgrade surfaces previously prepared by the Contractor or City of Fort Collins crews. 2.02 Subsection 403.2 is revised to include the following: A. The job mix formula shall be determined by the Contractor and submitted to the City Representative for approval a minimum of one week prior to the beginning of construction. The Contractor shall provide the City Representative with a report from an independent testing laboratory acceptable to the City Representative. The report shall state the job mix formula, optimum, oil content and recommended mixing and placing temperatures. The proposed material shall meet the minimum requirements as specified in the City of Fort Collins Design Criteria and Standards for Streets, revised July 1996. B. Reclaimed materials will not be allowed in Hot Bituminous Pavement Grading C. 2.03 Subsection 401.03 is revised to include the following: A. Regardless of the delivery temperature, the mixture shall not be placed for use on the roadway at a temperature lower than 225 degrees F. B. Emulsified Asphalt for tack coat shall be Grade CSS-1h. The tack coat shall consist of a 1:1 dilution (One (1) part emulsified asphalt to one (1) part water). The application rate for tack coat shall be approximately 0.1 gallons per square yard. C. The Contractor shall use an approved anti-stripping additive. The amount of the additive used shall be a minimum of 0.5% by weight of asphalt cement. The additive shall be added at the refinery or at the hot plant. If added at the plant, an approved in-line blender must be used. The blender shall be in line from the storage tank to the drier drum or pugmil. The blender shall apply sufficient mixing action to thoroughly mix the asphalt cement and anti-stripping additive. D. The existing pavement shall be broomed and cleaned to be free of dirt, water, vegetation and other deleterious matter immediately prior to commencing paving operation. Edges of the area to be patched shall be sawcut vertically and perpendicular or parallel to the roadway, as directed by the City Representative. Tack coat shall be placed against clean, vertical edges on all sides of the area to be patched. E. Hot Bituminous Pavement Grading C shall be placed in equal lifts not exceeding two and one half (2 ½”) inches. The minimum lift thickness shall be one and one half (1 ½”) inches. Overlaying layers of Hot Bituminous Pavement shall not be placed until the lower layer has cooled sufficiently to provide a stable material which will support the equipment without rutting, shoving or moving in any manner. Tack coat shall be placed between all lifts. City of Fort Collins Section 02403 – Hot Bituminous Pavement Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 2 F. Any leveling courses placed shall be paid for at the contract unit price for Hot Bituminous Pavement. 2.04 Subsection 403.04 shall include the following: A. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit 403.20 HBP – Grading C Ton B. Hot Bituminous Pavement (Grading C) will be measured by the ton and paid for at the Contract Unit Price for Hot Bituminous Pavement. Haul and bituminous materials will not be measured or paid for separately, but shall be included in the contract price for Hot Bituminous Pavement. C. Load slips shall be consecutively numbered for each day and shall include batch time. D. The above prices and payment shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in Hot Bituminous pavement (Grading C), including haul and bituminous materials, complete in place, as shown on these plans, as specified in these specifications and as directed by the City Representative. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02750 – Portland Cement Concrete Paving Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 11 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02750 – PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Scope A. Furnish all labor, materials, supplies, equipment, transportation, and perform all operations in connection with and reasonably incidental to complete installation of concrete paving as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. Items of work specifically included are: B. Subgrade preparation for plazas, walks, ramps, playground curbs and headers. C. Form work. D. Reinforcement. E. Surface finish. F. Construction, expansion and control joints. G. Curing. H. Concrete plazas, sidewalks, ramps, playground curbs and headers. I. Interior slabs-on-grade in restroom, etc. 1.02 Work Not Included A. Items of work specifically excluded or covered under other sections: B. Excavation and backfill. C. Earthwork and grading. D. Cast-in-place structural concrete or precast concrete, such as foundations, drainage appurtenances, and pad and building. E. Joint sealers. 1.03 Related Work A. Division 2 – Site Work: 1. Section 02050 – Demolition. 2. Section 02200 – Earthwork/Grading. 3. Section 02220 – Trenching, Backfilling, and Compaction. B. Division 3 – Concrete 1. Section 03100 – Concrete Formwork 2. Section 03200 – Concrete Reinforcing 3. Section 03300 – Cast-in-Place Concrete C. Division 7 – Thermal and Moisture Protection: 1. Section 07900 – Joint Sealers. 1.04 References A. ACI 301 – Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. City of Fort Collins Section 02750 – Portland Cement Concrete Paving Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 11 B. ASTM C33 – Concrete Aggregate. C. ASTM C150 – Portland Cement. D. ASTM C260 – Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. E. ASTM C309 – Liquid Membrane – Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. F. ACI 304 – Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete. G. ACI 305R – Hot Weather Concreting. H. ACI 306R – Cold Weather Concreting. I. ACI 308 – Standard Practice for Curing Concrete. J. ACI 309 – Recommended Practice for Consolidation of Concrete. K. ACI 318-89 – Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 1.05 Regulatory Requirements A. Conform to applicable code of governing authority for paving work within public right-of-way. 1.06 Tests A. Submit proposed mix design to testing laboratory for review prior to commencement of work. For standard premix concrete mixes, the supplier’s quality control records may be substituted for job mix testing. B. Refer to Division 1, Section 01450 Quality Control and Testing. C. Coordinate and schedule sampling testing during concrete placement with City Representative. 1.07 Submittals A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01600 – Materials and Equipment. B. Submit data on admixtures and curing compounds. C. Submit a ten pound sample of aggregate for exposed aggregate finish. D. Submit manufacturer’s data on leave-in-place construction joint form. E. Submit sample chips of specified colors indicating pigment number and required dosage rate. Submittals are for general verification of color and may vary somewhat from concrete finished in field according to Specifications. F. Submit samples of colored sealers. 1.08 Test Panels A. Provide a 3’ x 3’ test panel for finish and tooling of joints for Owner approval. Provide one panel for each pavement type specified. In casting the panels, use personnel and methods to be employed on the work. B. If sample disapproved, cast additional samples until approval is obtained. Maintain test panel on site until finished work is accepted. Test panel will represent minimum workmanship standard. C. Work completed prior to test panel approval shall be subject to removal and replacement at Owner’s request. City of Fort Collins Section 02750 – Portland Cement Concrete Paving Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 11 PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 Concrete Materials A. General: Provide materials of same brand and source throughout the project unless otherwise noted. B. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I or Type I/II, gray color. C. Aggregates: ASTM C33, normal weight. In addition, the combined aggregate shall comply with the following gradation, shown in percent passing. Sieve Size ¾-Inch Nominal Maximum Size ¾ Inch 90 – 100 3/8 Inch 60 – 80 No. 4 40 – 60 No. 8 30 – 45 No. 16 20 – 35 No. 30 13 – 23 No. 50 5 – 15 No. 100 0 – 5 D. Fly Ash and Water: Upon approval based on a satisfactory trial mix, the CONTRACTOR shall have the option of substituting approved fly ash for Portland cement, up to a maximum of 20 percent by weight. The total weight of cement and fly ash shall not be less than the specified mix design. 1. Fly ash for concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 618, Class C or Class F. All chemical requirements of ASTM C 618 Table 1-A shall apply with the exception of footnote A. Class C fly ash will not be permitted where sulfate resistant cement is required. The CONTRACTOR shall submit certified laboratory test results for the fly ash. Test results that do not meet the physical and chemical requirements may result in the suspension of the use of fly ash until the corrections necessary have been taken to insure that the material meets the specifications. 2. Water used in mixing or curing shall be clean and free of oil, salt, acid, alkali, sugar, vegetable, or other substance injurious to the finished product. Water will be tested in accordance with, and shall meet the suggested requirements of AASHTO T 26. Water known to be of potable quality may be used without test. Where the source of water is relatively shallow, the intake shall be so enclosed as to exclude silt, mud, grass, or other foreign materials. E. Coarse Aggregate for Exposed Aggregate Finish: 5/8-inch maximum size; rounded shape, ratio of maximum to minimum dimensions not to exceed 2.5:1; color to be tan to brown, no more than 2% white or black combined, no pink, no red, no green. F. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. 2.02 Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete A. Manufacturer: 1. Davis Colors manufactured by Davis Colors: phone (213) 269-7311. 2. Substitutions: Comply with Section 01600 for substitution request procedures. B. Materials: Pigments shall contain pure, concentrated mineral pigments especially processed for mixing into concrete and complying with ASTM C979. City of Fort Collins Section 02750 – Portland Cement Concrete Paving Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 11 C. Packaging: If pigments are to be added to mix at Site, furnish pigments in pre-measured Mix- Ready disintegrating bags to minimize job site waste. D. Colors: Concrete mix shall contain the dosage rate of pigments indicated in this specification. Dosage rate shall be based on weight of Portland cement, fly ash, silica fume, lime and other cementitious materials but not aggregate or sand. Refer to the site plans for locations of the various colors of concrete. 2.03 Form Materials A. Slab Edges: Two by lumber permitted for surfaces not exposed to view in the final work. Use concrete-form grade hardboard, “plyform” grade plywood, or metal for forming surfaces exposed to view. Forms shall be straight and sufficiently stiff and well braced to meet line tolerances specified in Part 3. B. Keyed Joint Form: Wooden key or leave-in-place metal construction joint form. C. Form Coatings: Commercial form-coating compounds that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 2.04 Reinforcement A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615; 60 ksi yield grade; deformed billet-steel bars, uncoated finish. B. Fibermesh: Bundled, fibrillated, virgin polypropylene fibers manufactured for use in premix concrete and having the following characteristics: 1. Special Gravity: 0.91. 2. Tensile Strength: 70 to 100 ksi. 3. Fiber Lengths: ½ inch, ¾ inch. 4. Accepted Materials: “Fibermesh” by Fibermesh Company of Chattanooga, TN; or “Forta CR” by Forta Corporation of Groove City, PA. C. Dowels: ASTM A615; 40 or 60 ksi yield grade, plain steel, uncoated finish; matched sleeve and cap one end. Provide dowel basket to hold dowels in parallel alignment. 2.05 Admixtures A. General: Unless specified in the mix or directed in Part 3, no admixtures shall be used without approval of the Owner’s Representative. Do not use admixtures that would result in mixing water with a concentration of more than 150 ppm of chloride ion. B. Air Entraining: ASTM C260. C. Water Reducing: ASTM C494, Type A. D. Accelerator: Nonchloride, ASTM C494, Type C or E. E. Retarder: ASTM C494, Type B or D. F. Color Agent: Davis Colors of Los Angeles, California. 2.06 Related Materials A. Expansion Joint Filler: ASTM D1752, closed cell polyethylene, ½ inch thickness. B. Joint Sealant: See Section 07900. C. Surface Retardant: Surface retarding agent intended for exposed aggregate. Retardx-SR0” by Prokrete of Denver, Colorado, or approved equal. City of Fort Collins Section 02750 – Portland Cement Concrete Paving Park Planning & Development Division Page 5 of 11 D. Curing Compound for Standard Non-Colored Walks, Curbs, Gutters, Etc: White pigmented, wax- resin based compound, ASTM C309, Type I, Class A. Recommended by manufacturer for use on exterior sidewalks and driveways. E. Curing Compound for Concrete with Coloring Agent: Davis Seal Color to match colored concrete. F. Curing Compound and Sealer for Exposed Aggregate Concrete: Acryseal by Prokete Industries of Denver, Colorado. G. Curing Compound for Interior Slabs: Protex Promulsion 100 or equal. H. Interior Floor Sealer: Protex Triple Seal or equal. 2.07 Concrete Mix A. Mix concrete in accordance with ASTM C94. 1. Provide non-colored concrete for exterior slabs on grade, sidewalks, curb and gutter, walls, aprons and ramps (except panel inserts) with the following characteristics: Unit Measurement a. 28-Day Field Compressive 4,000 psi Strength b. Cement/Fly Ash 615 lbs./cu. yd. Min. c. Max. Water/Cement Ratio 0.44 d. Air Content % Range 5-8 e. Maximum Slump 4” f. Fine Aggregate 50% (max. % of total Aggregate) 2. Provide colored concrete for plazas, ramps and other flatwork with the following characteristics: Unit Measurement a. 28-Day Field Compressive 4,000 psi Strength b. Cement/Fly Ash 615 lbs./cu. yd. Min. c. Max. Water/Cement Ratio 0.44 d. Air Content % Range 5-8 e. Maximum Slump 4” f. Fine Aggregate 50% (max. % of total Aggregate) g. Coloring Agent Per manufacturer’s recommendations (refer to Definition of Bid Items and/or Drawings for designated colors) B. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather as directed in Part 3. C. Use set-retarding admixture during hot weather as directed in Part 3. D. Water reducing agent is permitted. 2.08 Selection of Proportions A. Mix Design: Cost of concrete mix design is responsibility of Contractor. B. Selection of Proportions: Use method of ACI 301 3.9. Proportioning base on method of ACI 301 3.10 not allowed. City of Fort Collins Section 02750 – Portland Cement Concrete Paving Park Planning & Development Division Page 6 of 11 1. Field test records used for documentation of the average strength produced by a propos mix in accordance with ACI 301 3.9.3.2 shall, in addition to the requirements listed, comply with the following: a. The test record shall represent production concrete from a single design mix produced during the past year. b. The test record shall represent concrete proportioned to produce the maximum slur allowed by these specifications, and for air-entrained concrete, within a +0.5% of t maximum air content allowed. 2. Mixes proportioned on the basis of trial mixtures shall meet the provisions of ACI 301 3.9.3.3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Subgrade Preparation A. Shape and compact subgrade to match appropriate detail. Compact to 95% density as measured by ASTM D698. Coordinate with Section 02200 – Earthwork, Article 3.05, Compaction. B. Where subgrade cannot be compacted, remove subgrade. Replace with bed course. Compact to 95% density as measured by ASTM D698. C. Moisten subgrade to minimize absorption of water from fresh concrete. Subgrade shall not be muddy, soft, frozen, or covered with standing water when concrete is placed. 3.02 Form Work A. General: Design, construct, and brace forms in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 347. In addition to those requirements, forms shall be placed and braced so the finished edges and joints meet the tolerances listed later in this section. B. Preparation of Form Surfaces: 1. Clean reused forms of concrete matrix residue; repair and patch as required to return forms to acceptable surface condition. 2. Coat contact surfaces of forms with specified form-coating compound before reinforcement is placed. Apply form-coating compound according to manufacturer’s instructions. Do not allow excess form-coating material to accumulate in forms or to come in contact with concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. C. Slipforming: Slipforming of vertical curb and gutter sidewalks is permitted. D. For Surfaces Exposed To View: Form faces shall be free from raised grain, tears, worn edges, patches, dents, or other defects which would impair texture of the concrete surfaces. Minimize number of seams in form material, and arrange seams in an orderly manner. 3.03 Reinforcement and Embedments A. General: 1. Fabricate, position, and secure reinforcement and embedded items according to ACI 301 and ACI 315. Coordinate with other sections for locations, instructions, or equipment for embedded items. 2. Shop drawings are not required. 3. Welding reinforcement is not permitted. 4. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner’s Representative. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. City of Fort Collins Section 02750 – Portland Cement Concrete Paving Park Planning & Development Division Page 7 of 11 B. Field-Bending of Reinforcement: Reinforcement partially embedded in concrete shall not be field-bent, except as noted on the drawings or specifically permitted by the Owner’s Representative. C. Inspection of Reinforcement: Completed installation of concrete reinforcement must be reviewed by the Owner’s Representative before depositing concrete. D. Unless otherwise indicated, place reinforcement where required at top of slabs on grade. Provide ½-inch minimum cover over reinforcement. E. Dowels: Grease sleeves, insert dowels and through form, secure dowel basket against movement. F. Notches for Sleeving: Notch both vertical sides of walk or slab where sleeving occurs. G. Welded wire fabric shall be overlapped one full mesh and tied. H. Fibrous Reinforcement: 1. Add fibrous concrete reinforcement to concrete materials at the time concrete is batched in amounts in accordance with approved submittals for each type of concrete required. 2. Mix batched concrete in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations for uniform and complete dispersion. 3.04 Joints A. General: Place joints in accordance with ACI 301. Conform to the tolerances listed later in Part 3. B. Isolation/Expansion Joints: Isolation joint and expansion joint are synonymous for concrete paving. 1. Place isolation joints where work abuts existing walls, curbs and structures, and where shown on the drawings. 2. Interrupt reinforcement at isolation joint. Install dowels only where indicated on drawings. 3. Joint filler shall extend full depth of the slab. Hold back filler from top of slab as required for sealant. Attach joint filler to first placement. 4. Seal all expansion joints and joints between concrete and asphalt per Section 07900. C. Keyed/Construction Joints: Keyed joint and construction joint are synonymous for concrete paving. 1. Reinforcement, if required, shall continue through the joint. 2. Install where indicated on drawings, or where required by concrete delivery or finishing rate. 3. Key first placement. Key shall be 1½ inches wide and ¾ inches deep. 4. After first placement has hardened, clean and roughen face. Install control joint form at top of slab. 5. Subject to Owner’s Representative approval; manufactured leave-in-place cold joint form may be used. D. Control/Score Joint: Control joint and score joint are synonymous for concrete paving. 1. Control joints shall penetrate 1/3 of slab thickness. 2. Sawn Joints: Control joints on play area curb shall be sawn. Kerf shall be 3/16-inch wide. Start cutting as soon as concrete is able to be sawn without dislodging aggregate. Complete cutting before shrinkage cracks occur. Joints perpendicular to walls may be less than required depth within 6 inches of the wall, and may stop 2 inches from the wall. Wash slurry from concrete to avoid staining of slab. City of Fort Collins Section 02750 – Portland Cement Concrete Paving Park Planning & Development Division Page 8 of 11 3. Tooled Joints: Control joints may be cut into the plastic concrete during finishing operations. Tooled joints shall have ¼ radius, and shall not incorporate a troweled edge unless specifically noted on the drawings. 4. Formed control joints are permitted only in conjunction with keyed joints. 5. Unless otherwise indicated, provide control joints at the following intervals: Use Type Maximum Spacing Uncolored Exterior & Tooled broom Symmetrically placed: Interior Slabs, Sidewalks over joint 10’ maximum or 1 ½ times width of walk, whichever is smaller Curb and Gutter Tooled joints 10’ maximum Pans Tooled joints 15’ maximum Play Area Curb & Header Tooled joints 10’ maximum Concrete Tooled joints 10’ maximum 3.05 Concrete A. Preplacement Inspection: Form work installation, reinforcing steel placement, and installation of all items to be embedded or cast in, to be verified by the Owner’s Representative prior to placement. B. General: Comply with ACI 301, ACI 304, and as herein specified. C. Added Water: Concrete mix has been designed to a specific water cement ratio in order to enhance durability of the final product. Do not add water at the job site or concrete will not be accepted. D. Cold Weather Placement: When depositing concrete after the first frost or when the mean daily temperatures area below 40 degrees, follow recommendations of ACI 306 as modified herein. Use specified accelerator. Maintain concrete temperature at a minimum of 55 degrees for not less than 72 hours after depositing. Do not place concrete without approval of the Owner’s Representative on days when temperature at 9:00 a.m. is below 30 degrees. Job-cured cylinders for verification of strength and/or the adequacy of the Contractor’s protective methods will be required. E. Hot Weather Placement: When depositing concrete in hot weather, follow recommendations of ACI 305 as modified herein. When the air temperature is expected to exceed 90 degrees, the Contractor shall obtain acceptance from the Civil Engineer or Owner’s Representative of the procedures to be used in protecting, depositing, finishing, and curing the concrete. The temperature of concrete at the time of placement shall not exceed 90 degrees. Protect to prevent rapid drying. Start finishing and curing as soon as possible. Specified water reducing retarding admixture may be used. The use of continuous wetting or fog sprays may be required by the Owner’s Representative for 24 hours after depositing. F. Placing: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within the limits of construction joints, until the placing of a panel or section is completed. Deposit concrete as nearly as practicable in its final location to avoid segregation. G. Consolidation: Consolidate concrete with internal vibrators with a minimum frequency of 7,000 rpm. Maintain one standby vibrator for every three vibrators used. Consolidate according to ACI 309. Do not transport concrete with vibrators. Work concrete into corners and around embedments and reinforcement. H. Surface Leveling: Strike off and level surface with screed of sufficient length to span the slab. On slabs greater than 15 feet wide, use intermediate screed strips. City of Fort Collins Section 02750 – Portland Cement Concrete Paving Park Planning & Development Division Page 9 of 11 I. Integral colored concrete: Add color by weight directly into the mixer along with the aggregate, cement and water while the mixer is operating at mixing speed. Continue mixing for 5-10 minutes or from 50 – 100 revolutions. 3.06 Finishes A. Float Finish: After surface stiffens enough to support the operation, float with hand floats or powered disc floater. Use magnesium float; do not use wood float on air entrained concrete. Check surface planeness with a 10-foot straight edge, applied at not less than two different angles. Cut down high spots and fill low spots to produce a surface with Class B tolerance. Refloat the slab to a uniform sandy texture. B. Broom Finish: Concrete flatwork shall receive a heavy broom finish applied at a right angle to the direction of travel. The plaza area shall have smooth troweled joints, 1½ inches from the centerline of the joint, to result in a total trowel width of 3 inches. All other flatwork shall have broom finish over joints. C. Exposed Aggregate Finish: Immediately after floating, apply surface retardant. Apply retardant uniformly. Cover with polyethylene sheet to retain moisture. When mortar is hard enough to retain aggregate but soft enough to be removed by brushing, wash the surface with water and remove mortar from surface aggregate by brushing. Do not dislodge aggregate. D. Coordinate rate of concrete placement with pace of washing crew. E. Formed Finishes: 1. Surfaces Not Exposed to View: Patch tie holes and defects. Chip off fins greater than ¼ inch in height. 2. Surfaces Exposed to View: Patch tie holes and defects. Completely remove fins. F. Schedule of Finishes: 1. Curbs, gutters, ramps within ROW – per City Specifications. 2. Sidewalk – heavy broom finish. 3. Plaza paving – as shown on plans. 4. Playground curbs and header – exposed aggregate finish. 5. Interior slabs at restroom – medium broom finish. G. Notch both vertical sides of concrete flatwork to indicate location of irrigation sleeves. 3.07 Curing/Sealing A. Apply curing compound within 30 minutes of completing finish. Follow manufacturer’s recommendations for applying compound. Reapply in areas exposed to rain within 3 hours of initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during 7-day curing period. Follow manufacturer’s instructions for sealing interior slabs. B. Integral colored concrete is to be cured with the matching Davis Color Seal. Follow manufacturer’s recommendations for application. 3.08 Tolerances A. Surface Planeness: Unless otherwise specified, produce slabs with a Class B tolerance. 1. Finishes with Class B tolerances shall be true planes within ¼ inch in 10 feet, as determined by a 10-foot straight edge placed anywhere on the slab in any direction. 2. Slope interior slabs to drains as indicated. City of Fort Collins Section 02750 – Portland Cement Concrete Paving Park Planning & Development Division Page 10 of 11 B. Formed Surfaces, Joints, and Embedments: Unless otherwise specified, the finished work shall meet the following tolerances: 1. Variations of formed, or cut or tooled linear element: a. In 20 feet: ½ inch. b. For entire length: 1 inch. 3.09 Field Quality Control A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Paragraph 1.06, Tests, and as specified below. B. Concrete Tests: 1. Shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be accordance with requirements of ACI 301, Chapter 16 – Testing, except as noted or modified in this section. a. Strength test. i. Mold and cure four cylinders from each sample. ii. Test one at 7 days and one at 14 days for information and one at 28 days for acceptance. Keep the remaining one as a spare to be tested as directed by the Owner. b. Minimum samples. i. Collect the following minimum samples for each 28-day strength concrete used in the work for each day’s placing: Quantity Number of Samples 50 cubic yards or less one 50 to 100 cubic yards two 100 cubic yards or more two plus one sample for each additional 100 cubic yards c. Sample marking. ii. Mark or tag each sample of compression test cylinders with date and time of day cylinders were made. iii. Identify location in work where concrete represented by cylinders was placed. iv. Identify delivery truck or batch number, air content, and slump. d. Slump test. Conduct test for each strength test sample and whenever consistency of concrete appears to vary. e. Air content. Conduct test from one of first three batches mixed each day and for each strength test sample. C. Acceptance of Concrete: 1. If the average of three consecutive 7-day tests falls below the specified 7-day strength, the Owner shall have the right to require conditions of temperature and moisture necessary to secure the required strength and may require core tests in accordance with ASTM C-42. 2. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory so long as average of all sets of three consecutive strength test results equals or exceeds specified 28-day strength and no individual strength test result falls below specified strength by more than 500 psi. D. Failure of Test Cylinder Results: 1. Upon failure of the 28-day test cylinder results, Owner may require Contractor, at his expense, to obtain and test at least three cored samples from area in question. City of Fort Collins Section 02750 – Portland Cement Concrete Paving Park Planning & Development Division Page 11 of 11 2. Concrete will be considered adequate if average of three core tests is at least 85 percent of, and if no single core is less than 75 percent of the specified 28-day strength. 3. Upon failure of core test results, Owner may require Contractor, at his expense, to perform load tests as specified in ACI 318, Chapter 2. 4. In the event an area is found to be structurally unsound, the Owner may order removal and replacement of concrete as required. The costs of the core tests, the load test and the structural evaluation shall be borne by the Contractor. 5. Fill all core holes with a non-shrink grout as Master Builders Masterflo 713 or approved equal. E. Maintain records of placed concrete items. Record date, location of pour, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 00000 – Section Name Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 7 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02810 – IRRIGATION PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 Work Included Furnish labor, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation, and perform operations in connection with and reasonably incidental to complete installation of the irrigation system, and guarantee/warranty as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 Related Work Refer to System Plans and Installation Detail drawings. 1.03 Submittals A. Materials List: Submit materials list for all components to be used in the irrigation system. B. Weekly redline drawings of changes made in irrigation system installation from those on construction plans and drawings. 1.04 Handling and Storage A. Protect materials used for construction from damage, deterioration, sun exposure, or loss while in storage and during construction. 1.05 Reviews A. Reviews of the irrigation installation will be ongoing during the contract. Reviews shall be made of irrigation mainline, lateral, head, valve and other equipment locations prior to installation. B. Review of head coverage as zones are completed will be ongoing. Any changes of head locations or nozzles shall be completed immediately. C. Other reviews shall take place as outlined under Execution. D. Submit redline installation drawings with changes made in installation from those on plans every week to City representative and/or General Contractor. 1.06 Environmental Conditions A. Irrigation installation shall be only when weather and soil conditions permit and in accordance with locally accepted practices, and as reviewed by the owner’s representative. 1.07 Guarantee/Warranty and Replacement The purpose of this guarantee/warranty is to insure that the Owner receives materials of prime quality, installed and maintained in a thorough and careful manner. A. Guarantee/warranty materials and workmanship against defects due to any cause for a period of two years from the date of substantial completion of all work. B. This guarantee/warranty will not be enforced should defects be due to improper maintenance procedures carried out by Owner involving watering, mower damage, improper operation of system, fire, flood or damage, or other similar circumstances beyond the control of the Contractor. City of Fort Collins Section 00000 – Section Name Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 7 C. Replace components when they are no longer in satisfactory condition as determined by the Owner’s representative for the duration of the guarantee/warranty period. Make replacements within seven days of notification from the Owner’s representative. D. Replacements shall be of the same kind and size as originally specified and shall be installed as described in the contract documents. Repairs and replacements shall be made at no expense to the Owner. E. Guarantee/warranty shall apply to originally specified and installed materials, and any replacements made during the guarantee/warranty period. PART 2 – MATERIALS 2.01 Quality A. All materials used for construction shall be new and without flaws or defects of any type, and shall be the best of their class and kind. 2.02 Mainline A. Mainline shall be PVC Class 200, NSF approved pipe. 3” and larger pipe shall be ringtite pipe. 2 ½” and smaller pipe shall be glued joint. 2.03 Laterals A. 2" or larger: Class 200 PVC, NSF approved. B. 1 ½" or 1": Class 200 PVC, NSF approved. C. No laterals smaller than 1" are permitted. Trickle tubing shall be weather and UV resistant material. D. ¾” & ½”Polyethylene Drip Pipe: NSF approved, SDR pressure rated pipe, only as approved for drip applications. 2.04 Pipe Fittings A. Funny Pipe (pop-up spray turf heads only): to be compatible to the elbows needed for head installation, maximum length is 3 feet. B. Lateral fittings: Schedule 40, Type 1, PVC solvent weld with ASTM Standards D2466 and D1784. C. Wrought copper or cast bronze fittings, soldered or threaded per installation details for all copper pipes. D. Mainline fittings: Ductile Iron for 3" and larger, PVC Schedule 80 for 2 1/2" and smaller. 2.05 Sleeves A. Ductile Iron Pipe or CL 200 PVC under all paved surfaces. B. Sizes to be a minimum of two sizes larger than the pipe being sleeved. Minimum 2" diameter or larger for irrigation lines. C. Wires to be in separate sleeve from pipe, 2" min. size pipe for control wire sleeves. D. Sleeves shall have marker tape on upper side and both ends for future locates. Install per drawing details. 2.06 Valves A. Remote Control Zone Valves: Electrically operated, appropriate for the water supply, with manual bleed device and flow control stem. Shall have a slow-opening and slow-closing action for City of Fort Collins Section 00000 – Section Name Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 7 protection against surge pressure. Brand and model to be Rainbird PESB or 300BPE valves with Dial Pressure regulator size as shown on plans. B. Isolation Gate Valves: Kennedy 1571X or Matco #100M, able to withstand a continuous operating pressure of 150 psi. Clear waterway equal to full diameter of pipe. Resilient wedge gate valve conforming to AWWA C-509 standards Shall be opened by turning 2” square nut to the left (wheel opening is unacceptable). C. Manual Drain Valve: 3/4" ball valve with tee handle. Watts, #B-6000, or approved equal. D. Quick Coupling Valves: 1" brass, Rainbird #5RC units with rubber cover. Keys Rainbird 55K 1" brass key. 2.07 Valve Boxes A. House valves in valve box with matching locking cover (AMETEK brand only). Only one valve per box. Install in box sizes to allow work on components. B. Install ¾” drip tubing ends with end closure in 10” round valve box with cover at end of each run. 2.08 Control System A. Use Irritrol MC-24 Plus-B controller. Mount terminal strips in the pedestal to change from 14 gauge field wire to 18 gauge wire for run into controller. B. Surge Protection: 8 foot copper grounding rod, #4 solid copper wire, grounding buss receptacle, ground terminal strip and/or as recommended by manufacturer. C. Install Hunter Wireless Rain Clik rain sensor (one per controller) at location near the controller but not where it will receive precipitation from the irrigation system. Owner must approve location. D. Provide Eicon remote receiver and field transmitter with frequency as specified by Owner. 2.09 Electric Control Wiring A. #14 feed wire and #14 common wire solid copper direct burial UF or PE cable, UL approved, or larger, per system design and manufacturer's recommendations. B. Five wires with consistent color scheme throughout: 1. Red = live (one per valve) 2. White = ground 3. Black, blue and green = extra from controllers to furthest extent of mainlines. C. Wire connectors and waterproofing sealant to be used to join control wires to remote control valves. D. Run wire for remaining zones on controller to the end of the mainline that the controller supports. 2.10 Sprinkler Heads A. All heads shall be of the same manufacturer as specified on the plans, and marked with the manufacturer's name and model in such a way that materials can be identified without removal from the system. Owner will specify brand and models to match other equipment in use in public system in the vicinity. B. Gear driven Rotor heads: Rainbird. C. Pop-Up Spray heads: Rainbird. D. Xeri-Pop Heads: Rainbird. City of Fort Collins Section 00000 – Section Name Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 7 2.11 Backflow Device A. Backflow device shall be Febco 2 ½” Reduced Pressure Principle device installed in a Guard Shack enclosure (per manufacturer’s recommendations). PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 Pipe trenching A. Install pipe in open cut trenches of sufficient width to facilitate thorough tamping/puddling of suitable backfill material under and over pipe. B. Trench depths: 1. Mainline - Minimum of 24" deep from top of pipe to finished grade for 6” and under mainline. Minimum of 32” deep from top of pipe to finished grade for 8” and larger. 2. Lateral - Minimum of 16" deep from top of pipe to finished grade. ¾” drip pipe 8” deep from top of pipe except in shrub beds. 3. Sleeves - Install sleeves at a depth, which permits the encased pipe or wiring to remain at the specified burial depth. 3.02 Sleeves A. Boring shall not be permitted unless obstruction in pipe path cannot be moved, or pipe cannot be re-routed. B. Mainline installed in existing sleeves at greater depth than adjacent pipe, shall have a manual drain valve at each end if the sleeve is longer than 20 feet, or at one end if the sleeve is less than 20 feet. C. Install sleeve so ends extend past edge of curb, gutter, sidewalk, bikepath or other obstruction, a minimum of 2 feet. D. Mark sleeves with an "x" chiseled in walk (or other surface) directly over sleeve location. E. Sleeves installed for future use shall be capped at both ends. F. Separate sleeve (2" min. size) shall be used for all wiring. G. Sleeves shall not have joints. If joints are necessary, only solvent welded joints are allowed. H. Compaction of backfill for sleeves shall be 95% of Standard Proctor Density, ASTM D698-78. Use of water puddling around sleeves for compaction will not be allowed. 3.03 Pipe Installation A. Use Teflon tape on all threaded joints; only schedule 80 pipe may be threaded. B. Reducing pipe size shall be with reducing insert couplings: at least 6" beyond last tee of the larger pipe. C. Snake PVC lateral pipe from side to side within trench. D. Backfill shall be free from rubbish, stones larger than 2" diameter, frozen material and vegetative matter. Do not backfill in freezing weather. If backfill material is rocky, the pipe shall be bedded in 2" of fill sand covered by 6" of fill sand. E. After puddling or tamping, leave all trenches slightly mounded to allow for settling. F. Compact to proper densities depending on whether surface area over the line will be paved or landscaped. City of Fort Collins Section 00000 – Section Name Park Planning & Development Division Page 5 of 7 3.04 Thrust Blocks A. Shall be installed where PVC mainline (2 ½" or larger) changes direction over 20 degrees. B. Use ThrustFORM standard fitting configurations for changes in direction in main line. See installation details for Thrust Form Blocks. C. ThrustFORM Systems, P.O. Box 2717, Georgetown, TX, Tel: (866) 306-3676, Fax: (512) 528- 1671. D. Keep pipe joint clean of concrete. Do not encase. E. Place wiring away from thrust block to avoid contact with the concrete. Use clear plastic sheeting to isolate the concrete from other materials. 3.05 Valve Installation A. Install at least 12" from and align with adjacent walls or paved edges. B. Automatic Remote Valves: Install in such a way that valves is accessible for repairs. Make electrical connection to allow pigtail so solenoid can be removed from valve with 24" (min.) slack to allow ends to be pulled 12" above ground. 1. Flush completely before installing valve. Thoroughly flush piping system under full head of water for three minutes through furthest valve, before installing heads. 2. Valve assembly to include ball valve and union for ease of maintenance and repair. 3. Install in valve box per details. C. Quick Coupler Valve: Install in 10" round locking valve box. Flush completely before installing valve. Thoroughly flush piping system under full head of water for three minutes through furthest valve. D. Isolation Gate Valves: Install in valve box as per detail. E. Valve Boxes: 1. Brand all valve boxes with the following codes: "SV" and the controller valve number per as built plans for all remote control valves; "DV" for all drain valves; "GV" for all isolation valves; "DRGV" for all drip system isolation valves; "QC" for all quick coupling valves; "WA" for all winterization assemblies; "FM" for all flow meter assemblies; and "MV" for all master valve assemblies. Use a branding iron stamp with 3" high letters. 2. Valve box shall NOT rest on mainline. Use brick or other non-compressible material per detail. Top of valve box to be flush with finish grade. Use add-ons to depth of valve gravel. 3. Install valves in box with adequate space to access valves with ease. Valves shall not be too deep to be inaccessible for repairs. 3" depth of 3/4" washed gravel to be placed in the bottom of each valve box with enough space to fully turn valve for removal (see detail). 3.06 Head Installation A. Set heads plumb and level with finish grade. In sloped area, heads to be tilted as necessary to provide full radius spray pattern. B. Flush lateral lines before installing heads. Thoroughly flush piping system under full head of water for three minutes through furthest head, before installing heads. Cap risers if delay of head installation occurs. C. Survey and stake head locations along the edge of the baseball infield to establish a smooth arc. The arc of the infield shall be established as a line between turf and infield mix. See Section - Turf Seed Construction. City of Fort Collins Section 00000 – Section Name Park Planning & Development Division Page 6 of 7 D. Pop-Up Heads along walks and bikeways: Install heads in 6" layer of sand under the base of the head. E. Nozzles: Supply appropriate nozzle for best performance. F. Adjustment: Adjust nozzles and radius of throw to minimize overspray onto hard surfaces. 3.07 Backflow Device A. Install and test backflow preventer in compliance with the Colorado Primary Drinking Water Regulations. 3.08 Controller Installation A. To be installed in a building or an above ground location suitable to prevent vandalism and provide protection from adverse weather conditions, and per Owner direction. All exposed wiring to and from the controller shall be encased in galvanized metal conduit. Exterior controllers to be installed per manufacturer recommendations. B. Install Controller(s) at eye level. C. Install Controller per Owner direction and in accordance with manufacturers’ specifications. Install surge protection, grounding rods and other accessory components as specified. D. Attach wire markers to the ends of control wires inside the controller unit. Label wires with the identification number of the remote control valve activated by the wire. 3.09 Wiring A. Comply with local electrical codes. B. Power source brought to controller to a ground fault receptacle installed within controller casing. C. String control wires as close as possible to mainline, consistently along and slightly below one side of the pipe. D. Leave minimum loop of 24" at each valve and controller and at each splice, at the ends of each sleeve, at 100-foot intervals along continuous runs of wiring, and change of direction of 90 degrees or more. Band wires together at 10' intervals with pipe wrapping tape. E. Install common ground wire and one control wire for each remote control valve. Multiple valves on a single control wire are not permitted. Install three extra wires, as specified, to the furthest valve on the system and/or each branch of the system. F. Run 14 gauge wire to terminal strips in the controller pedestal and 18 gauge from terminal strips to controller. 3.10 Point of Connection A. Make connection at a point (minimum of five feet) from the outside meter pit wall. Run 3” metal pipe into the backflow device and out to the winterization assembly. Begin running PVC pipe for mainline (3”) five feet after the WA. 3.11 Testing A. All tests to be run in the presence of Owners' representative. Schedule all tests a minimum of 48 hours in advance of tests. Repeat any failed tests until full acceptance is obtained. B. Pressure Test: Leave mainline uncoverd at joints and fittings. Place a pressure gauge (capable of reading pressures up to 120 psi minimum) on a Quick Coupling valve attached to the system. Fill mainlines with water and bring to full pressure. If new system is an add-on to existing system, isolate the new system from the old system after filling. Record pressure readings at 15-minute City of Fort Collins Section 00000 – Section Name Park Planning & Development Division Page 7 of 7 intervals for 4 hours. Pressure shall not drop more than 3 of initial reading. If pressure drops more than 3%, a thorough walk through of the mainline shall be made to discover leakage and corrected. Repeat test until maximum desired pressure drop is achieved. C. Operational Test (prior to seeding operations): Activate each remote control valve from the central control system in the presence of Owners’ representative. Replace, adjust or move heads and nozzles as needed to obtain acceptable performance of system. Replace defective valves, wiring or other appurtenances to correct operational deficiencies. 3.12 Completion Services When project construction is complete, request from Owners’ representative a punch list inspection for Construction Acceptance: A. Demonstrate system to Owner personnel. B. Provide Owner personnel with ordering information including model numbers, size and style for all components. C. Provide two sets of as built drawings as listed below, showing system as installed with each sheet clearly marked "AS-BUILT DRAWINGS", the name of the project and all information clearly provided. As-builts shall reflect changes indicated on weekly red line submittals. 1. One set of reproducible Mylar, no larger than 24" x 36". 2. One set of all sheets reduced to 11" x 17", with each station color coded, and each sheet plastic laminated. 3. Provide as-built drawing on computer disk in a *.DWG format. D. Clean Up: Remove all excess materials, tools, rubbish and debris from site. E. Contractor shall request Final Acceptance inspection from Owner. F. Provide Owner personnel operating keys, servicing tools, test equipment, warranties/ guarantees, maintenance manuals, and contractor's affidavit of release of liens. Keys, tools and other operating equipment need to be turned over to Owner. Submittal of all these items must be accompanied by a transmittal letter and delivered to the Owner offices (delivery at the project site is acceptable with signed receipt). END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02900 – Site Revegetation Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 4 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02922 – NON-IRRIGATED SEED / SITE REVEGETATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Description of Work A. The work covered by this specification includes the furnishing of all materials and application of fertilizer, seed and mulch to areas defined in the plans or required by field condition. The work shall be completed in accordance with these specifications, accepted horticultural practice, and with the plans. 1.02 Related Work A. See appropriate sections for site work needed prior to work required in this section. Obtain approval from the Engineer prior to starting work required in this section. 1.03 Submittals A. Submit manufacturer’s specifications and literature on all products. B. Submit materials list including quantities and description of materials. 1.04 Quality Assurance A. Source Quality Control: Manufacturer’s test for purity and germination of seed, dated within six months of seeding. B. Certificates: Manufacturer’s certification that fertilizer meets specification requirements. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 Grass Seed A. Grass seed shall be of the latest crop available. Seed shall meet Colorado Department of Agriculture Seed Laws, Chapter 35, Article 27. B. The seeding mixture shall be applied at a pure live seed (PLS) rate per acre AS SHOWN ON SHEET 4 OF 4. C. Do not use seed which has become wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged in transit or in storage. D. The Contractor shall compensate for percentage of purity and germination by furnishing sufficient additional seed to equal the specified pure live seed product. The formula for determining the quantity of pure live seed (PLS) shall be: Pounds of Seed (Bulk) x Purity x Germination = E. Pounds of Pure Live Seed (PLS) F. The Contractor shall present to the Engineer a certificate of the PLS test of the grass seed which he intends to use. All grass furnished shall be delivered in sealed bags showing the weight, analysis and vendor’s name. 2.02 Fertilizer A. Commercial fertilizer type and application rate shall be AS SHOWN ON SHEET 4 OF 4. City of Fort Collins Section 02900 – Site Revegetation Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 4 2.03 Mulch A. Hydraulically spray or approved equal. 2.04 Topsoil A. Topsoil shall be select earth material of loose friable loam reasonably free of admixtures of subsoil, refuse stumps, roots, rocks, brush, weeds or other material which can be detrimental to the proper development of ground cover. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 General A. The pattern of seeding and mulching, and fertilization if required, shall be as detailed or as required by field conditions to provide a uniform stand of grass acceptable to the City. In no case shall revegetation occur within 30 days of the application of a chemical weed control substance. B. Warranty excludes replacement of plants after final acceptance because of injury by storm, drought, drowning, hail, freeze, insects or diseases. 3.02 Preparation A. Verify that soil preparation has been completed prior to seeding. B. Seed areas damaged by construction activities as directed by the Engineer. C. Apply by broadcasting or drillings at the rate specified herein. D. Selection of the time of seeding shall be Contractor’s responsibility, consistent with erosion control. E. Rework previously prepared areas that have become compacted or damaged by rains or traffic. F. Do not drill or sow during windy weather or when ground is frozen or untillable. G. Cover seed to depth between ¼ to ½ inch by raking or harrowing. H. Firm seed areas with roller weighing maximum of 100 lbs. per foot to width. 3.03 Hydraulic Seeding and Mulching A. Seed and fertilize in the amounts per acre designated. Wood cellulose fiber mulch at 2,000 lbs/ acre. B. Combine with water to provide a slurry. Perform hydraulic application in such a manner that the liquid carrier will uniformly distribute the material over the entire area to be seeded at rates not less than indicated herein. Do not compact. Double the amount of seed per acre if seed and mulch are applied in a single application. 3.04 Drill Seeding A. Seed shall be applied in a minimum of two passes at 90 degrees two each other. 3.05 Reseeding and Repair A. Reseed and mulch areas where there is not a satisfactory stand of grass at the end of 60 days after seeding. B. Minimum satisfactory stand: 4 plants per square foot. City of Fort Collins Section 02900 – Site Revegetation Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 4 3.06 Areas to be Seeded A. All areas that have been damaged or disturbed by the Contractor’s operation shall be reseeded according to these specifications and as indicated on the plans. 3.07 Maintenance A. No maintenance is required, UNLESS NOTED ON THE BID SCHEDULE. Fertilizer and Seed Mix Commercial Fertilizer (18-46-0) Percent available by weight Nitrogen 18 Phosphorus 46 Potassium 0 Application rate of 250 lbs per acre Seed Mix Pure Live Seed Lbs./Acre Seed Buffalo Grass 20% 13 Blue Gramma 30% 14 Sheep’s Fescue 50% 13 100 40 END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02930 – Sod Construction Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 4 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02930 - SOD CONSTRUCTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Work Included A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and perform all work and services necessary for sod construction in the quantities required. B. Furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a healthy, sound, and complete, craftsman-like installation. Work to include: 1. Application of herbicides. 2. Soil preparation. 3. Fine grading of all planting areas. 4. Sod installation. 5. Maintenance during establishment. 1.02 Submittals & Quality Assurance A. Submit three copies of: 1. Manufacturer’s specifications and literature on all products. 2. Manufacturer’s tests (within 6 months of application) on supplied products. 3. Sod grower’s letter certifying the sod’s species composition. B. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the work and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed and the best methods for their installation and who shall direct all work performed under this section. 1.03 Inspection A. Initial Inspection: 1. Contractor will inspect existing site conditions and note irregularities affecting the work of this section. Verify that grading operations have been satisfactorily completed and that topsoil of adequate quantity and quality has been placed in all disturbed areas as specified. Verify that the areas to be sodded are protected from concentrated runoff and sediment from adjacent areas. Note any previous treatments to the areas such as temporary seeding or mulching and discuss with the City Representative how these treatments will affect permanent revegetation. Report all irregularities affecting work of this section to the City Representative before initiating work. When the Contractor begins work under this section, it implies acceptance of existing conditions. B. Substantial and Final Acceptance: 1. Contractor shall notify City Representative prior to start of work. City Representative will be responsible to monitor the work. 2. Sodded areas shall receive “Final Acceptance” provided a healthy, even colored, viable turf is established, free of weeds and undesirable grass species, disease and insects. City of Fort Collins Section 02930 – Sod Construction Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 4 1.04 Guarantee A. Guarantee sod against defects for a period of one growing season from the date of final acceptance. B. This guarantee shall not be enforced should sod die due to vandalism, improper maintenance by Owner, lawn mower damage or other circumstances beyond the control of the Contractor. C. Replace sod when it is no longer in a satisfactory condition as determined by the Owner’s Representative for the duration of the guarantee period. D. Areas sodded in the spring shall be inspected for required coverage the following fall not later than October. Areas sodded in the fall will be inspected in October of the following year. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 Herbicide A. Round-Up 2.02 Soil Amendment A. Use compost or two year cured manure free from lumps, stones or other foreign matter. Soil amendment must be free of mineral matter or chemical composition harmful to plant life and have the following properties: Organic Matter: 35-45% pH: 7.4 to 8.5 Salt: < 7 mmhos/cm 2.03 Fertilizer A. Commercial Fertilizer (20 – 20 – 10) apply at manufacturers recommendation. B. Fertilizer is not necessary 2.04 Sod A. Provide strongly rooted sod not less than 2 years old and free of weeds. B. Species composition shall be a mix of Kentucky Bluegrass and Perennial Rye / Turf Type Tall Fescue Blend. Rye not to exceed 15% of sod. C. Furnish in rolls: 1. Uniformly mowed height when harvested. 2. Free of disease, nematodes, pests and pest larvae. 3. Thickness: Soil thickness of sod cuts shall not be less than 3/4 inch nor more than 1 inch. D. Weeds: 1. Free of Bermuda grass, Quack grass, Johnson grass, poison ivy, nut sedge, nimble will, Canada thistle, bindweed, bent grass, wild garlic, ground ivy, perennial sorrel. 2. Containing less than 10 Jimsonweed, mustard, lamb's quarter, chickweed, cress or crab grass plant per 100 sq. ft. 2.05 Water A. Free of substances harmful to plant growth. Contractor responsible for watering even if area sprinkler system is not operational. City of Fort Collins Section 02930 – Sod Construction Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 4 2.06 Pegs A. Softwood, 3/4 inch diameter, 8 inch length. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Site Preparation A. Prepare areas as follows: 1. Remove any existing vegetation not scheduled to remain. 2. Rip existing topsoil to a minimum depth of eight (8) inches in one direction using an agricultural ripper with tines spaced at no greater than 18 inches. Areas adjacent to walks, structures, curbs, etc., where the use of large mechanical equipment is difficult, shall be worked with smaller equipment or by hand. 3. Place soil amendment at a rate of six (6) cubic yards per 1,000 square feet. 4. Till all areas to be planted to a depth of six (6) inches. 5. In tree protection areas, the topsoil shall be worked by hand to a depth of 3 inches. 6. Remove all rubble, stones, plant material and extraneous material over 1½ inches in diameter from the site. 7. Apply pre-planting fertilizer as specified in Part 2 of the Section. 8. Restore fine grade with float drag to remove irregularities resulting from tilling operations. Float drag in two directions. Coordinate restoration of fine grade to establish the vegetation subgrade at one inch below adjacent paved surfaces. Match grade at property lines and work- limit lines. B. Remove any additional stones over 1½ inches that have come to the surface. Perform drainage test by applying water with the irrigation system. Do not plant until the finished grade is reviewed by City Representative. This review does not reduce Contractor's responsibility to provide a finished product that drains properly. 3.02 Installation A. Sod areas indicated on drawings. B. Selection of the time of sodding shall be the Contractor’s responsibility, consistent with weather limitations. Coordinate with Parks Maintenance if fall watering is required for establishment. C. Begin sodding from bottom of slopes. D. Lay first row of sod in a straight line with long dimension of pads parallel to slope contours. E. Butt side and end joints. F. Stagger end joints in adjacent rows. G. Do not stretch or overlap sod. H. Peg sod on slopes greater than 3 to 1 with a minimum of two pegs per sq. yd. I. Water sod immediately after transplanting. J. Roll sod, except on pegged areas, with roller weighing not more than 150 lbs. per foot of roller width. K. Water sod and soil to a depth of 4 to 6 inches within four hours after rolling. L. Provide sufficient barriers and signage notifying the public to keep off the newly sodded areas. City of Fort Collins Section 02930 – Sod Construction Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 4 3.03 Maintenance A. Sod establishment period: 1. Sod establishment period shall begin immediately after installation and continue through the second or third mowing when turf is established. Maintenance shall include watering, mowing, fertilizing and weed control as necessary. 2. Watering: Water sod areas as needed to keep wet to a depth of 4 to 6 inches for 2 to 3 weeks until grass is established. Avoid standing water, surface wash or erosion from over-watering. Reduce water application after the first few weeks. 3. Mowing: Mow when grass is over four (4) inches. Mow at a height of three (3) inches. Do not mow more than one third (1/3) height of grass. Reduce irrigation prior to mowing to prevent damage to turf. Mow with walk behind mower. 4. Disease and Insect Control: A licensed applicator shall apply fungicides and insecticides as required to control disease and insects in accordance with state law requirements. 3.04 Re-sod and Repair A. Resod areas where there is not a satisfactory stand of grass at the end of establishment period. B. Sod shall be established at least 30 days prior to Final Acceptance. C. Re-sod spots larger than 1 sq. ft. not having a uniform stand of grass. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section O3300 – Cast-in-Place Concrete Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 5 DIVISION 3 SECTION 03100 – CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 Work Included A. Furnish labor, materials and equipment necessary for the complete construction of required formwork for cast-in-place concrete. B. Furnish and install anchor bolts, connectors, embedded plates, dovetail slots and anchors and other accessories required to be cast into concrete work. C. Furnish materials and equipment necessary to strip and remove formwork. D. Install embedded items furnished by other Sections. E. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 02220, Excavating, Filling and Grading. 2. Section 02225, Structural Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting. 3. Section 02515, Portland Cement Concrete Paving: Forming equipment. 4. Section 02230, Drilled Piers: Concrete formwork for piers. 5. Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete. 6. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. General: Conform to the requirements and recommendations of ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete in Buildings", and ACI 347, "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork", unless otherwise shown. B. Contractor shall be responsible for the design and engineering, construction and maintenance of formwork, as well as its adequacy and safety. C. Contractor shall design formwork for all loads and lateral pressures before and during placement of concrete. Maintain position and shape of formwork at all times. Provide positive means of adjustment for shores and forms which rest on compressible material. 1.03 Product Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Fiber Forms: Store prefabricated fiber forms on site horizontally if length requires, supported along the entire length of the form and elevated a minimum 4" off of ground, completely covered with waterproof membrane including ends, and not stacked over 5'-0" high. If stored vertically, the ends shall be covered with waterproof membrane and elevated a minimum 4" off of ground. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 Formwork and Exposed Concrete A. Construct all formwork for exposed concrete surfaces with metal-framed/plywood-faced, metal or plastic panel-type materials to provide continuous, straight, smooth, solid exposed surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. Do not use any forms having defects on contact surfaces. 1. Plywood forms will only be acceptable upon specific approval of the Owner Architect, and then only after visual inspection on the job site. City of Fort Collins Section O3300 – Cast-in-Place Concrete Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 5 2. Plywood shall be sufficiently thick to withstand pressure of wet concrete without bow or deflection but shall not be less than 5/8" thick, complying with U.S. Product Standard PS- 1, "B-B High Density Overlaid Concrete Form, Class 1 ", or "B-B Exterior Type DFPA Plyform, Class 1". B. Chamfer exposed external corners and edges, using chamfer strips accurately fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight-edge joints. C. Refer to the Drawings for locations where special joints may be required. D. Arrangement for sheets or liner sheets shall be orderly and symmetrical. Form ties shall be spaced uniformly and aligned horizontally and vertically where locations are exposed to view in the completed project. 2.02 Formwork and Unexposed Concrete A. Form concrete which will be unexposed in finished structure with plywood, boards, metal or other acceptable material. Provide lumber that is dressed on at least two (2) edges and one (1) side for a tight fit. 1. Below-Grade Pier Forms: Sonotube Fiber Form "An or equal, specified in paragraph 2.03 below. B. Earthen or trenched forms shall not be used for vertical formwork. 2.03 Round Tubular Fiber Forms A. General: Prefabricated round, one-piece tubular fiber forms for exposed, round cast in-place concrete columns, formed from multiple layers of high quality fiber, spirally wound and laminated with non-water sensitive adhesives. B. Finish: 1. Coated form producing visible spiral seam, Sonotube Fiber Form "A" coated or equal. C. Size(s): Diameter and lengths as required to produce finished columns of the size(s) shown on the Drawings. D. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Sonotube as manufactured by Sonoco Products Company, Hartsville, SC, (800) 532- 8248, and represented locally by RW Specialties, Inc., Henderson, CO, (800) 332-6682. 2. Manufacturers providing form materials of same type, function, quality and performance are acceptable. 2.04 Accessory Materials A. Premolded Joint Fillers: In joints caulked or sealed with silicone or thiokol-based compound, filler shall be non-bituminous, non-extruding, conforming to ASTM D1752. In all other joints, filler shall be bituminous type conforming to ASTM D1751. Filler shall be 1/2" thick, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Non-Bituminous Filler: Sonoflex F by Sonneborne or equal. B. Premolded Fiberboard Joint Fillers (Bituminous-Type): Preformed rigid cane fiberboard material, impregnated with a durable asphaltic compound, conforming to AASHTO-M213. Fillers shall be 1/2" thick, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Bituminous Filler: Flexcell by Celotex or approved equal. C. Bond Breaker: Where shown on the Drawings or required by the work, provide minimum two (2) layers 15-lb. non-bituminous felt bond breaker. City of Fort Collins Section O3300 – Cast-in-Place Concrete Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 5 D. Column Isolation Joints: Joints around columns may be formed with minimum 30# nonbituminous building felt left in place with neatly trimmed top edge or approved joint filler material. E. Keyways: Provide nominal 1-1 /2" deep keyways in all construction joints in walls, slabs and joints between walls and slabs, unless otherwise shown. F. Form Ties: Provide factory-fabricated break-back, removable, or snap-type form ties designed to prevent spalling concrete surfaces on removal and which will leave no metal within 1/2" of concrete surface. Use stainless steel, plastic-coated or hot-dipped galvanized at exposed concrete with cone-shaped tie heads, manufactured by Dayton, Gates, Heckman, Richmond or approved equal. G. Release Agent: Provide commercial formulated synthetic resin or oil-type form coating compounds that will not bond with or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent finish treatment of surfaces, manufactured by Protex Pro-Coat, Euclid Eucoslip, J & P Tex-Mastic or approved equal. 1. Contractor shall ensure that release agent is compatible with the finish requirements of concrete to be exposed to view. H. Metal Inserts: Provide adjustable wedge inserts of malleable cast iron complete with bolts, nuts, washers, 3/4" bolt size, unless otherwise shown, manufactured by Hohmann and Barnard, Gateway, Dayton or approved equal. I. Embedded Dovetail Anchor Slots and Anchors: Refer to Section 03250, Concrete Accessories. J. Embedded Plates, Sleeves and Anchor Bolts: Miscellaneous embedded items furnished by other Sections. Refer to the appropriate Section(s) in these Specifications. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 Preparation A. Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and Section 02225. If the foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform to this requirement, advise Owner/Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section. B. Expansion, Construction and Other Joints: Properly layout work and make necessary preparations for construction of specified joints in cast-in-place concrete work. 1. Take special care to provide joints to allow for removal of sections of concrete foundations, walls or flatwork for future construction where shown on the Drawings. C. Ensure that connector plates, sleeves, dovetail anchor slots and other concrete accessories embedded in concrete are properly located, aligned and secured prior to placing concrete. 3.02 Fabrication A. Construct forms complying with ACI 347 to the exact sizes, shapes, lines and dimensions as shown on the Drawings and as required to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level and plumb work in finished structures. Use selected material to obtain the required finishes. Concrete tolerances shall be as specified in Section 03300. B. Construct formwork to be readily removable without impact, shock or damage to cast in-place concrete surfaces and adjacent materials. C. Provide formwork sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of cement paste during concrete placement. Solidly butt all joints and provide backup materials at joints as may be required to prevent leakage. Ensure that formwork is properly braced and tied. City of Fort Collins Section O3300 – Cast-in-Place Concrete Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 5 D. Provide openings in forms as required to accommodate other work. Accurately place and securely support all items required to be built into the forms. Size and locations of openings, recesses, chases and other built-in items shall be obtained from the Contractor or the trades involved. 3.03 Preparation of Form Surfaces A. Prior to each use, coat contact surfaces of forms with release agent prior to placement of reinforcement, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Do not allow excess coating material to accumulate in forms or to come into contact with concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. B. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes or applied coverings which are affected by agent. Refer to Section 03300 for required concrete finishes. C. Ensure that all debris and frost has been removed from forms before placing concrete. D. Clean, repair and recoat surfaces of forms that are to be reused. Split, frayed, delaminated or otherwise damaged form facing materials will not be acceptable. E. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove fins and tighten forms to close all joints. Align and secure all joints to avoid offsets. 3.04 Erection of Round, Tubular Fiber Forms A. General: Erect, brace and maintain prefabricated fiber forms in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. B. Provide fiber forms in continuous, one-piece lengths for all project applications. C. Ensure that cages of reinforcing steel have been properly fabricated and tied, inspected and approved before installing fiber forms. D. Drop fiber forms over reinforcing steel cage either manually, with block and tackle, or by crane, depending upon sizes and lengths. E. Take all necessary precautions to prevent damaging the interior surfaces of the forms. F. Brace fiber forms as recommended by the manufacturer and as required by job conditions before, during and after concrete placement. 3.05 Removal of Formwork A. Formwork not supporting weight of concrete such as sides of grade beams, walls and similar parts of work may be removed 48 hours after placing concrete, providing concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by removal operations and providing that curing and protection operations are maintained. Refer to specific requirements for hot- and cold- weather concreting in Section 03300. B. Formwork for beam soffits, slabs and other parts that support the weight of concrete shall remain in place at least 14 days and until concrete has reached its specified 28-day strength. C. Whenever formwork is removed during the curing period, cure exposed concrete as specified in Section 03300. D. Prefabricated Fiber Forms: Remove forms as soon as possible after concrete has set. This is to generally occur between 24 and 48 hours, but not exceeding 5 days, in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Take all necessary precautions not to mar concrete surfaces. E. Prefabricated Fiber Forms: Forms for unexposed, below-grade piers need not be removed. Trim excess form material flush with top of pier, or finish grade for exterior locations. F. Contractor shall verify required tolerances specified in Section 03300 immediately after removal of forms. City of Fort Collins Section O3300 – Cast-in-Place Concrete Park Planning & Development Division Page 5 of 5 G. Carefully remove fins or other minor surface defects from concrete to remain exposed in the final construction, and leave surfaces prepared for sealers, paint, skim coats or other finishes. Repair minor imperfections as specified in Section 03300. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 07900 – Joint Sealers Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 5 DIVISION 7 SECTION 07900 - JOINT SEALERS PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 Work Included A. Furnish and Install: Provide all caulking and sealant indicated on the Drawings, specified herein, and not specified under other sections. In general, seal all openings indicated on the Drawings and at other locations requiring caulking to seal visually and against infiltration from air and water, including but not limited to the following: 1. Expansion joints in concrete walks 2. Exterior wall joints 3. Masonry control joints 4. Isolation joints, between structure and other elements 5. Joints at penetrations of walls, decks, and floors by piping and other service equipment 6. Joints between items of equipment and other construction 7. Joints between door and window frames and adjacent materials, exterior and interior 8. Bedding for door thresholds 9. Open joints between dissimilar materials as required to close and conceal jointing of the work 10. Construction and expansion of joints, joints between dissimilar materials; joints around windows, door frames, louvers, and other penetrations and openings 11. Other joints as indicated 1.02 Submittals for Review A. Color Samples: Submit color chart for each type of sealant in accordance with Division 1. B. Product Data: Submit for each material intended for use and location of application in accordance with Division 1. 1.03 Delivery, Storage and Handling A. General: Comply with Section 01600. Deliver in original unopened containers and store in an area not subject to extreme heat or cold. 1.04 Project Conditions A. Environmental Conditions: Do not apply exterior sealants during wet weather or when the outside temperature is below 40EF. Do not apply interior sealants when the inside temperature is below 60EF. 1.05 Warranty A. Provide a written three year warranty in writing covering materials and workmanship in accordance with Section 01700. Warranty shall require installer, at no cost to Owner, to repair or replace sealants which fail to perform as air-tight and water-tight joints; or fail in joint adhesion, cohesion, abrasion resistance, weather resistance, extrusion resistance, migration resistance, stain resistance, or general durability; or appear to deteriorate in any other manner not clearly specified as an inherent quality of the material by submitted manufacturers data. City of Fort Collins Section 07900 – Joint Sealers Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 5 PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 Joint Backing Material A. General: Size joint backing material for minimum 30% compression when inserted in that joint. Material shall be round or semi-circular type. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Dow Chemical Company, Ethafoam 2. Sonneborn, Sonofoam 3. Schlegel Manufacturing Company, Schlegelfoam 4. Denver Foam 5. Accepted Substitute 2.02 Sealant Material C. Acceptable Manufactures: 1. DAP Incorporated 2. Parr, Inc. 3. Pecora Corporation 4. Products Research and Chemical Corporation 5. Sonneborn Building Products 6. Tremco Manufacturing Company 7. Mameco International 8. W.R. Grace and Company 9. Accepted Substitute D. Silicone Sealant Manufacturer: 1. General Electric 2. Dow Corning 3. Accepted substitute in accordance with Section 01600 E. Acceptable Materials: 1. Interior and Under Thresholds: Latex acrylic, ASTM C834-761. 2. Other Caulking: Two component polyurethane, FS IT-S-00227E, Type II, Class A, non- sag 3. Primer: As recommended by the sealant manufacturer. 4. Sealant at Concrete Paving: Two-component self-leveling polyurethane, FS IT-S- 00227E, Type I, Class, pourable type. 5. Sealant at Lavatories: Silicone sealant. 6. Colors: As selected by Architect from standard colors. 2.03 Bond Breaker Tape A. Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by the sealant manufacturer to be applied to sealant-contact surfaces where bond to the substrate or joint filler must be avoided for proper performance of sealant. Provide self-adhesive tape wherever possible.Site Benches PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 Inspection A. Inspection: Inspect work of others prior to application of any work under this section. If any joint or space to receive this work is not according to detail and cannot be put into proper condition to receive the work by specified methods; notify the General Contractor in writing or assume responsibility for and rectify any unsatisfactory caulking and sealing resulting. City of Fort Collins Section 07900 – Joint Sealers Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 5 B. Acceptance: Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 Preparation A. Preparation of Surfaces 1. Clean surfaces in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. 2. Mask edges, if required to protect adjoining surfaces and produce a straight finish line. 3. Clean joint surfaces immediately before installation of sealant. Remove dirt, insecure coatings, moisture and other substances which would interfere with bond of sealant. 4. Do not proceed with installation of sealant over joint surfaces which have been painted, lacquered, waterproofed or treatead with water repellent or other treatment of coating. Remove coating or treatment joint surfaces before installing sealant. 5. Each concrete masonry joint surfaces to remove excess alkalinity unless sealant manufacturers printed instruction indicates that alkalinity does not interfere with sealant bond and performance. Etch with 5% solution of muriatic acid, neutralize with diluted ammonia solution, rinse thoroughly with water and allow to dry before sealant installation. B. Priming: If required, prime surfaces which are to be caulked with manufacturers recommended or standard primer, after the surfaces have been prepared as specified. Before use, check primers for discoloration and dirt pick-up on adjacent surfaces. If staining occurs, after exposure, take adequate measures to prevent the primer from being applied over the face of adjacent porous materials by masking or other suitable measures. C. Joint Backing: 1. Joints shall be of depth necessary to provide for the specified allowable thickness of sealant and also the required backing where and as specified. Provide backing of extent and type as specified and required to provide for the allowable depth of the sealant. 2. Back-up Materials for Sealants: Non-staining, compatible with the sealant and primer, shall be of a resilient nature and as recommended by the manufacturer of the sealant. Size and shape of the backing shall be as required by the width of the joint and specified. Do not use materials impregnated with il, solvents, or bituminous materials. 3. Compress backing material a minimum of 30% when inserted in the joint. Backing material for the upper portion of joint shall be a round rod or semi-circular in cross- section with the arc in contact with the sealant. D. Bond Breaker Tape: Install where indicated and as required by manufacturers recommendations to ensure that sealants will perform properly. 3.03 Application A. Exterior Metal Sills: Set in full bed of polyurethane sealant. B. Thresholds: Set in full bed of latex acrylic sealant. C. Caulk Joints: 1. Apply sealants in continuous beads without open joints, voids, or air pockets, using a ratchet hand gun or mechanical powered gun. 2. Confine sealants to joint areas with masking tapes or other precautions. Apply compounds in concealed compression joints accurately so that excess compound will not extrude from joints. City of Fort Collins Section 07900 – Joint Sealers Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 5 3. Remove excess compound or sealant promptly as work progressess, and clean adjoining surfaces. 4. In rough surfaces or joints of uneven widths, install sealant, well back into joint. Recess equal to width of joint, or 3/8" minimum at masonry. 5. Use anti-tack agent where necessary to protect freshly applied sealant from public traffic and dirt. 6. Slightly recessed joints as to facilitate a painters line. Handtool and finish joints throughout construction. 7. Comply with manufacturers printed instructions and specifications. D. Concrete Paving Expansion Joints: Cut expansion joint filler down to allow joint depth equal to 75% of joint width, but neither more than 0.625" deep nor less than 0.375" deep. Seal over expansion joint filler with poured sealant. E. Workmanship: Employ only proven installation techniques, which will ensure that sealants will be deposited in uniform, continuous ribbons without gaps or air pockets, with complete wetting of the joint bond surfaces equally on opposite sides. Except as otherwise indicated, fill sealant rabbet to a slightly concave surface, slightly below adjoining surfaces. Where horizontal joints are between a horizontal surface and a vertical surface, fill joint to form a slight cove, so that joint will not trap moisture and dirt. F. Joint Sizes: Install sealants to depths as indicated or, as recommended by the sealant manufacturer but within the following general limitations: 1. For normal moving joints sealed with elastomeric sealants but not subject to traffic, fill joints to a depth equal to 50% of joint width, but not more than 1/2" deep or less than 1/4" deep. 2. For joints sealed with non-elastomeric sealants and caulking compounds, fill joints to a depth in the range of 75% to 125% of joint width. G. Spillage: 1. Do not allow sealants or compounds to overflow or spill onto adjoining surfaces, or to migrate into the voids of adjoining surfaces. Use masking tape or other precautionary devices to prevent staining of adjoining surfaces, by either the primer/sealer or the sealant. 2. Remove excess and spillage of compounds promptly as the work progresses. Clean the adjoining surfaces by whatever means may be necessary to eliminate evidence of spillage. Do not damage the adjoining surfaces or finishes. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Samples: Where directed by the Architect, cut out and remove a total of three samples consisting of the undisturbed sealant and back-up material from the joint. Samples shall be 6" in length. Reseal cut out areas with the same materials. 3.05 CURING, PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Curing: Cure sealants and caulking compounds in compliance with manufacturers instructions and recommendations, to obtain high early bond strength, internal cohesive strength and surface durability. B. Protection: City of Fort Collins Section 07900 – Joint Sealers Park Planning & Development Division Page 5 of 5 1. Advise the General Contractor of procedures required for the protection of sealants during the construction period, so that they will be without deterioration or damage (other than normal weathering) at the time of acceptance. C. Cleaning: 1. Protect surfaces from damage. Clean soiled surfaces immediately. Replace with new material any damaged material which cannot be cleaned with new material. END OF SECTION Administrative Services Purchasing Divison 215 North Mason Street y 2nd Floor y P.O. Box 580 y Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580 y (970) 221-6775 y Fax (970) 221-6707 www.fcgov.com ADDENDUM No. 1 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Description of Bid: 6019 Community Parks Sidewalks OPENING DATE: 2:00 P.M. (Our Clock) December 20, 2006 To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above, the following changes are hereby made. GENERAL CLARIFICATION 1. An Excavation Permit from the City’s Engineering Dept. will not be required for the project. 2. Digital data for grading of plaza provided upon request (Park Planning & Development). SPECIFICATIONS 1) All Division 1,2,3,7 specifications and Appendix A have been reprinted and are revised as attached. Printing errors within the original ‘Specifications and Contract Documents’ books require that the Division be re-released. ATTACHMENTS DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Schedule of Drawings Section 01000 Project Summary Section 01100 Summary of Work Section 01160 Site Conditions Section 01290 Measurement and Payment Section 01300 Coordination and Project Meetings Section 01310 Construction Schedules Section 01330 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples Section 01340 Survey Data Section 01450 Quality Control and Testing Section 01500 Temporary Controls Section 01510 Temporary Utilities Section 01570 Traffic Control Section 01600 Material and Equipment Section 01700 Contract Close-Out Section 01800 Definition of Bid Items DIVISION 2 SITEWORK Section 02100 Mobilization Section 02122 Tree Protection Section 02220 Demolition Section 02221 Trenching, Backfilling and Compaction Section 02230 Clearing and Grubbing Section 02240 Tree Removal Section 02250 Topsoil Section 02301 Earthwork and Grading Section 02304 Aggregate Base Course Section 02306 Recondition Subgrade Section 02315 Excavation and Embankment Section 02403 Hot Bituminous Pavement Section 02750 Portland Cement Concrete Paving Section 02810 Irrigation Installation Section 02922 Non-Irrigated Seed / Site Revegetation Section 02930 Sod Construction DIVISION 3 CONCRETE Section 03100 Concrete Formwork DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07900 Sealants and Joint Fillers APPENDIX A Geotechnical Investigation Rolland Moore Park Bridge Fort Collins, Colorado CTL Thompson Project No. FC03551-130-L2 PREBID ATTENDEES LIST: Attached Please contact John D. Stephen, CPPO, CPPB, Senior Buyer at (970) 221-6777 with any questions regarding this addendum. RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED. City of Fort Collins Table of Contents Park Planning and Development Page 1 of 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Schedule of Drawings Section 01000 Project Summary Section 01100 Summary of Work Section 01160 Site Conditions Section 01290 Measurement and Payment Section 01300 Coordination and Project Meetings Section 01310 Construction Schedules Section 01330 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples Section 01340 Survey Data Section 01450 Quality Control and Testing Section 01500 Temporary Controls Section 01510 Temporary Utilities Section 01570 Traffic Control Section 01600 Material and Equipment Section 01700 Contract Close-Out Section 01800 Definition of Bid Items DIVISION 2 SITEWORK Section 02100 Mobilization Section 02122 Tree Protection Section 02220 Demolition Section 02221 Trenching, Backfilling and Compaction Section 02230 Clearing and Grubbing Section 02240 Tree Removal Section 02250 Topsoil Section 02301 Earthwork and Grading Section 02304 Aggregate Base Course Section 02306 Recondition Subgrade Section 02315 Excavation and Embankment Section 02403 Hot Bituminous Pavement Section 02750 Portland Cement Concrete Paving Section 02810 Irrigation Installation Section 02922 Non-Irrigated Seed / Site Revegetation Section 02930 Sod Construction DIVISION 3 CONCRETE Section 03100 Concrete Formwork DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07900 Sealants and Joint Fillers APPENDIX A City of Fort Collins Table of Contents Park Planning and Development Page 2 of 2 Geotechnical Investigation Rolland Moore Park Bridge Fort Collins, Colorado CTL Thompson Project No. FC03551-130-L2 City of Fort Collins SECTION 01000 – PROJECT SUMMARY Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 4 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01000 – PROJECT SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Scope A. This section contains general requirements that are applicable to this project. 1.02 Description of Work A. The Contractor shall provide all labor, materials and equipment necessary to perform the work items called for on the bid schedule. 1.03 City Furnished Materials A. None. 1.04 Conditions of Work A. Area of Work: The Contractor shall confine his operations to the immediate work area. Material storage shall be confined to areas shown on the Drawings or designated by the City. B. Regulations: The Contractor shall comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local regulations pertaining to safety, traffic control, fire prevention, erosion control and environmental protection. C. Working Hours: The Contractor's working hours shall be between 7:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., with no work on weekends or Federal holidays, unless otherwise approved by the City. D. Material Storage: The Contractor's material and equipment storage site shall be limited to the area of the project site. The area shall be kept orderly and free of litter. 1.05 Project Cleanup A. The Contractor is responsible to maintain the construction site in a clean and orderly condition from the start of the project to completion. Daily cleanups are required. 1. The City may require Contractor to perform cleanup within 100 feet of the progress of the work and perform cleanup of the site daily prior to work stoppage. B. Store volatile wastes in covered containers and dispose off-site. 1. Provide on-site covered containers for the collection of waste materials, debris and rubbish. 2. Neatly store construction materials, such as concrete forms, when not in use. C. Wastes shall not be buried or burned on the site or disposed of into storm drains, sanitary sewers, streams or waterways. D. At project completion the Contractor shall remove all equipment, materials, and debris from the site including toilets and dumpsters. Areas around work sites shall be cleaned with dirt and grass surfaces raked clean of any slag from the Contractor's operations. Broom clean exterior paved surfaces. Remaining dirt and fill material shall be removed, or may be scattered, with the approval of the City. 1.06 Trash Removal A. All non-salvageable items and trash shall be hauled off the site and disposed of in accordance with applicable state and local regulations. Items shall be transported in tarp-covered or closed vehicles. Any materials dropped or blown off vehicles shall be picked up immediately by Contractor. City of Fort Collins SECTION 01000 – PROJECT SUMMARY Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 4 1.07 Verification of Dimensions A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination and proper relation of the work. He shall field verify all dimensions and advise the City of any discrepancies prior to proceeding with that phase of the work. 1.08 Fire Hydrants A. Fire Hydrant Connections: City’s permission is required for connection to fire hydrants. Only compatible adapters shall be utilized for hydrant connections. A gate valve shall be provided and installed by the Contractor between the hydrant and supply hoses to control flow. Connection shall include backflow protection. Temporary connections to fire hydrants shall he disconnected at the end of each working day. No quick closing valves such as plug or butterfly valves will he used. 1.09 Outages A. Utility outages necessitated by the work shall be requested in writing at least fifteen (15) working days prior to the proposed outage. The request shall be directed to the City and shall stipulate the specific utility system(s) and circuits to be affected, the location of the work, the time at which the shutdown will occur, and the duration of the outage for each system. Outages shall be kept to a minimum both in number and in duration. Where multiple outages are required, as many outages as can be accurately scheduled shall he submitted as a group. 1.10 Fill Material A. Excess fill material, including rock, gravel, sod, broken concrete or asphalt, plaster, etc., shall be hauled off the site and disposed of in accordance with applicable State and local regulations. B. Additional fill material, if required, shall be hauled to the site from off the site as a necessary part of the work. Material composition shall be subject to the requirements of the specifications. 1.11 Parking A. Parking of the Contractor's vehicles shall be restricted to an area designated by the City. 1.12 Telephone A. Business Telephone: At the beginning of construction, the Contractor shall provide the City with a telephone number at which the Contractor or his representative may be contacted at any time during regular working hours. The Contractor shall also provide a phone number or contact information for nonworking hours. 1.13 Sanitary Provisions A. The Contractor shall provide temporary toilets for the use of construction personnel. Location, type, proposed maintenance, etc., shall be approved by the City prior to placing toilets. Temporary toilets shall be removed at the completion of construction and the adjacent area restored to the condition existing prior to the start of construction or as indicated on the plans. 1.14 Pollution Abatement A. Transporting materials to or from the site shall be accomplished in a manner preventing materials or particles from becoming airborne. Earth materials shall be covered, wetted or otherwise protected. Gravel, sand and concrete shall be contained within vehicles to prevent spillage. B. Prevent the deposit of dirt, mud or debris on improved streets and roads, and remove all should such deposition occur. C. Burning of any material on site is prohibited. D. Stream beds, lakes, drainage ways, sanitary and storm sewers, etc., shall not be polluted by fuels, oils, bitumen, acids, or other harmful materials. Surface drainage from the construction site, which contains City of Fort Collins SECTION 01000 – PROJECT SUMMARY Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 4 harmful amounts of sediment, shall not be allowed to drain onto adjacent areas. All grading shall be accomplished to allow sedimentation to settle out prior to flowing onto adjacent areas. E. Flushing of concrete trucks is allowed only at the project site or the designated contractor storage area, with the responsibility of control and cleanup resting with the Contractor. F. Toxic, corrosive and flammable materials for construction other than specified shall not be used without prior approval of the City of Fort Collins. When approved, disposal of these materials or their containers will be off site and conform to state and federal regulations. 1.15 Protection of Property A. Initiate, maintain and supervise necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 1. The Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated in the project, whether in storage on or off the site: and 2. Property at the site or adjacent thereto, including fences, patios, driveways, sidewalks, pavement, trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, structures, utilities and underground facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. B. Maintain, protect, and support existing utilities and other appurtenances against damage by shoring, bracing, or other means. C. Do not stockpile excavated material against existing appurtenances. 1.16 Survey Requirements A. Contractor shall be responsible for construction staking necessary for proper and accurate completion of the work covered by this contract. The Contractor shall provide experienced instrument personnel, competent assistants, and such instruments, tools, stakes, and other materials required to complete the survey, layout, and measurement Work. Survey work shall be performed under the direction of a licensed professional surveyor in the State of Colorado. In addition, Contractor shall furnish, without charge, competent personnel and such tools, stakes, and other materials as Engineer may require in checking survey, layout, and measurement Work performed by the Contractor. B. All work shall be performed to the lines, grades, and elevations shown on the Drawings. When construction falls within the following tolerances, the installation will be acceptable to the Owner, with respect to the lines and grades. If the tolerances are not met, the Contractor shall be responsible for performing modifications to the facilities to bring the project components into the tolerances. Description: Maximum Permissible Deviation from Alignment and Elevation shown on the Drawings: Horizontal location of structures & playground features 0.05 feet Horizontal location of paved areas & underground installations 0.10 feet Horizontal location of grading & surface features (i.e. berms, swales, etc.) 0.10 feet Vertical elevation of structures & playground features 0.05 feet Vertical elevation of paved areas 0.05 feet Vertical elevation of underground installations 0.05 feet Vertical elevation of grading & surface features (i.e. berms, swales, etc.) 0.10 feet City of Fort Collins SECTION 01000 – PROJECT SUMMARY Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 4 C. Contractor shall remove and reconstruct Work that is improperly located. Horizontal and vertical alignments shall be checked regularly as the Work progresses. Contractor shall report results to the Engineer. D. If the construction survey uncovers any discrepancies, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, in writing, prior to construction proceeding. If the Contractor proceeds with work that includes apparent discrepancies without resolution by the Engineer, he assumes full responsibility for any subsequent necessary modifications. 1.17 Construction Superintendent A. The construction superintendent shall be at the job site any time work is being accomplished by any of the trades per General Conditions including, but not limited to, Article 6. PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01100 – SUMMARY OF WORK Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 2 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01100 - SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Description of Work A. The City of Fort Collins Community Park Sidewalks Project will include, bridge and parking lot construction , removal and replacement of curb and gutter, tree removal, earthwork, sub-grade prep, irrigation, new concrete sidewalks, concrete ADA accessible ramps, new pedestrian bridge w/ helical pier abutments, soil preparation and fine grading, sod, seeding, and landscape restoration for any areas disturbed by construction. B. Protection and Restoration. 1. Replace to equal or better conditions all items removed and replaced or damaged during construction. Restore all areas disturbed to match surrounding surface conditions. 1.02 Notices to Private Owners and Authorities A. Notify private owners of adjacent property, utilities, affected governmental agencies, and school district when execution of the work may affect them. B. Give notification 48 hours in advance to enable affected persons to provide for their needs when it is necessary to temporarily deny access or services. C. Contact utilities at least 48 hours prior to excavating near underground utilities. D. Contact all agencies at least 72 hours prior to start of construction. Notify all agencies of the proposed scope of work schedule and any items that would affect their daily operation. E. Names and telephone numbers of affected agencies and utilities in the area are listed below for Contractor's convenience. Water - City of Fort Collins, Colorado 221-6681 Storm Sewer - City of Fort Collins, Colorado 221-6605 Sanitary Sewer - City of Fort Collins, Colorado 221-6681 Electrical - City of Fort Collins, Colorado 482-5922, 221-8553 Gas - Public Service Company of Colorado 482-5922, 221-8553 Telephone - U.S. West Communications 484-0300, 226-6310 Roads - City of Ft. Collins, Colorado 221-6815 Cable Television – AT&T Cable Services 493-7400 Utility Locates - One-call System 1-800-922-1987 Safety - Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 844-3061 Fire - Poudre Fire Authority Non-Emergency 221-6581/ Emergency 911 Police - City of Fort Collins Police Department Non-Emergency 221-6550 / Emergency 911 Larimer County Sheriff's Department - Non-Emergency 221-7177 Postmaster - United States Postal Service 482-2837 Ambulance - Poudre Valley Hospital Non-Emergency 484-1227 / Emergency 911 Public Transportation - TransFort 221-6620 Traffic Control - Traffic Engineering 221-6815 City of Fort Collins SECTION 01100 – SUMMARY OF WORK Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 2 PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01160 – SITE CONDITIONS Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 3 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01160 – SITE CONDITIONS PART 1 - SITE INVESTIGATIONS AND REPRESENTATION 1.01 General Investigations A. The Contractor acknowledges that he has satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the general and local conditions, particularly those bearing upon access to the site; handling, storage, and disposal of materials; availability of water, electricity and roads; uncertainties of weather, or similar physical conditions at the site; the conformation and conditions of the ground; the equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the execution of the work; and all other matters which can in any way affect the work or the cost thereof under this Contract. 1.02 Soil Conditions A. The Contractor further acknowledges that he has satisfied himself as to the character, quality and quantity of surface and subsurface materials to be encountered from his inspection of the site and from reviewing any available records of exploratory work furnished by the Owner or included in these Documents. Failure by the Contractor to acquaint himself with the physical conditions of the site and all the available information will not relieve him from responsibility for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the work. 1.03 Contractor Representation A. The Contractor warrants that as a result of his examination and investigation of all the aforesaid data that he can perform the work in a good and workmanlike manner and to the satisfaction of the Owner. The Owner assumes no responsibility for any representations made by any of its officers or agents during or prior to the execution of this Contract, unless (1) such representations are expressly stated in the Contract and (2) the Contract expressly provides that the responsibility therefore is assumed by the Owner. PART 2 - INFORMATION ON SITE CONDITIONS 2.01 General Any information obtained by the Engineer regarding site conditions, subsurface information, groundwater elevations, existing construction of site facilities, and similar data will be available for inspection, as applicable, at the office of the Engineer upon request. Such information is offered as supplementary information only. Neither the Engineer nor the Owner assumes any responsibility for the completeness or interpretation of such supplementary information. A. Differing Subsurface Conditions: 1. In the event that the subsurface or latent physical conditions are found materially different from those indicated in these Documents, and differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the character of work covered in these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall promptly, and before such conditions are disturbed, notify the Owner in writing of such changed conditions. 2. The Engineer will investigate such conditions promptly and following this investigation, the Contractor shall proceed with the work, unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer. If the Engineer finds that such conditions do so materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost of or in the time required for performing the work, the Engineer will recommend to the Owner the amount of adjustment in cost and time he considers reasonable. The Owner will make the final decision on all Change Orders to the Contract regarding any adjustment in cost or time for completion. City of Fort Collins SECTION 01160 – SITE CONDITIONS Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 3 B. Underground Utilities: 1. Known utilities and structures adjacent to or encountered in the work are shown on the Drawings. The locations shown are taken from existing records and the best information available from existing utility plans, however, it is expected that there may be some discrepancies and omissions in the locations and quantities of utilities and structures shown. Those shown are for the convenience of the Contractor only, and no responsibility is assumed by either the Owner or the Engineer for their accuracy or completeness. PART 3 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY PROPERTIES AND SERVICE 3.01 General A. Where the Contractor's operations could cause damage or inconvenience to railway, telegraph, telephone, television, oil, gas, electricity, water, sewer, or irrigation systems, the operations shall be suspended until all arrangements necessary for the protection of these utilities and services have been made by the Contractor. B. Notify all utility offices which are affected by the construction operation at least 48 hours in advance. Under no circumstances expose any utility without first obtaining permission from the appropriate agency. Once permission has been granted, locate, expose, and provide temporary support for all existing underground utilities. C. The Contractor shall protect all utility poles from damage. If interference of power poles, telephone poles, guy wires, or anchors is encountered, notify the Owner’s Representative and the appropriate utility company at least 48 hours in advance of construction operations to permit the necessary arrangements for protection or relocation of the interfering structure. D. The Contractor shall be solely and directly responsible to the Owner and operators of such properties for any damage, injury, expense, loss, inconvenience, delay, suits, actions, or claims of any character brought because of any injuries or damage which may result from the construction operations under this Contract. E. Neither the Owner nor its officers or agents shall be responsible to the Contractor for damages as a result of the Contractor's failure to protect utilities encountered in the work. F. If the Contractor while performing the Contract discovers utility facilities not identified in the Drawings or Specifications, he shall immediately notify the Owners and the utility in writing. G. In the event of interruption to domestic water, sewer, storm drain, or other utility services as a result of accidental breakage due to construction operations, promptly notify the proper authority. Cooperate with said authority in the restoration of service as promptly as possible and bear all costs of repair. In no case shall interruption of any water or utility service be allowed to exist outside working hours unless prior approval is granted. H. The Contractor shall replace, at his own expense, any and all other existing utilities or structures removed or damaged during construction, unless otherwise provided for in these Contract Documents or ordered by the Engineer. 3.02 Interfering Structures A. Take necessary precautions to prevent damage to existing structures whether on the surface, aboveground, or underground. An attempt has been made to show major structures on the Drawings. The completeness and accuracy cannot be guaranteed, and it is presented simply as a guide to avoid known possible difficulties. 3.03 Field Relocation A. During the progress of construction, it is expected that minor relocations of the work will be necessary. Such relocations shall be made only by direction of the Owner’s Representative. If existing structures are encountered that prevent the construction, and that are not properly shown on the Drawings, notify the Owner’s Representative before continuing with the construction in order that the Owner’s Representative may make such field revision as necessary to avoid conflict with the existing structures. City of Fort Collins SECTION 01160 – SITE CONDITIONS Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 3 If the Contractor shall fail to so notify the Owner’s Representative when an existing structure is encountered, and shall proceed with the construction despite the interference, he shall do so at his own risk. 3.04 Easements A. Easements and permits will be obtained by the Owner where portions of the work are located on public or private property Easements will provide for the use of the property for construction purposes to the extent indicated on the easements. Copies of these easements and permits are available upon request to the Owner. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to determine the adequacy of the easement obtained in every case and to abide by all requirements and provisions of the easement. The Contractor shall confine his construction operations to within the easement limits or make special arrangements with the property owners or appropriate public agency for the additional area required. Any damage to property, either inside or outside the limits of the easements provided by the Owner, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor as specified herein. The Contractor shall remove, protect, and replace all fences or other items encountered on public or private property. Before final payment will be authorized by the Owner’s Representative, the Contractor will be required to furnish the Owner with written releases from property owners or public agencies where side agreements or special easements have been made by the Contractor or where the Contractor's operations, for any reason, have not been kept within the construction right-of-way obtained by the Owner. B. It is anticipated that the required easements and permits will be obtained before construction is started. However, should the procurement of any easement or permit be delayed, the Contractor shall schedule and perform the work around these areas until such a time as the easement or permit has been secured. 3.05 Land Monuments A. The Contractor shall notify the Owner’s Representative of any existing Federal, State, Town, County, and private land monuments encountered. Private monuments shall be preserved, or replaced by a licensed surveyor at the Contractor's expense. When Government monuments are encountered, the Contractor shall notify the Owner’s Representative at least two (2) weeks in advance of the proposed construction in order that the Owner’s Representative will have ample opportunity to notify the proper authority and reference these monuments for later replacement. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01290 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01290 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Description A. This section covers the methods employed in determining the payment due for work completed under this contract. B. The bid price should cover all work required by this contract based upon the quantities outlined in the bid form. C. Where actual quantities differ from those outlined in the bid form; unit prices as stipulated in the bid form shall be utilized to compute payment. D. Where unit prices are not set forth on specific work, that work shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor. E. Quantities given in the bid form are estimates for the purpose of evaluating bids consequently some difference may arise in actual and bid quantities. 1.02 Lump Sum Prices A. Where lump sum (LS) prices are given for an item in the bid schedule or for items added during construction by change order, the price will include all materials, labor, overhead and any other cost incurred to complete the construction of the item in accordance with the plans and specifications. B. All unit prices for each item shall include its pro rata share of profits, taxes, and overhead, and are for the items installed in place, maintained and guaranteed. Including these factors, unit prices must accurately reflect actual costs. Unit prices are to be valid for the life of the contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01300 – COORDINATION AND PROJECT MEETINGS Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01300 – COORDINATION AND PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 General A. In order to provide for an orderly progression of work, all parties involved in the construction will meet at various times during the project to discuss pertinent items regarding the work. B. Coordinate operations under contract in a manner that will facilitate progress of the Work. C. Conform to the requirements of public utilities and concerned public agencies in respect to the timing and manner of performance of operations that affect the service of such utilities, agencies, or public safety. 1.02 Conferences A. The pre-construction conference will be held at a time to be determined by the Owner, after the award of the contract and prior to the issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The meeting will involve the Owner, the Engineer, the Contractor and representatives of the owners of utilities and other properties that will be directly affected by the work. Among the Contractor’s representative on the site. The Contractor will have a complete construction schedule ready for review at the time of the pre-construction conference. B. Hold conferences for coordination of the Work when necessary. C. The City may hold coordination conferences to be attended by all involved when Contractor's operations affects, or is affected by, the work of others. 1.03 Progress Meetings A. Contractor and the City shall schedule and hold regular progress meetings at least weekly and at other times as requested by the City or required by the progress of the Work. B. Attendance shall include: 1. Contractor and Superintendent 2. Owners Representative 3. Landscape Architect 4. Others as may be requested by contractor, Landscape Architect or Owner C. Minimum Agenda shall include: 1. Review of work progress since last meeting 2. Identification and discussion of problems affecting progress 3. Review of any pending change orders 4. Revisions of Construction Schedule as appropriate 1.04 Job Site Administration A. Contract administration and construction observation services will be provided by the Owner. The Owner will make decisions regarding changes in the work and adjustments in contract quantities and/or unit prices. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01310 – CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 4 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01310 - CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 General A. It is the intent of the Owner to begin construction on approximately January 2007. The signing of the contract and issuance of a Notice to Proceed will be completed promptly to accomplish that objective. The Notice to Proceed will authorize the Contractor to begin project administration and construction work on the site. Construction work shall not begin on site prior to the pre-construction conference. B. The Contractor shall complete all work, including cleanup of the site by “Substantial Completion” date, specified in the Agreement, subject to the "Liquidated Damages" provision described under "Instructions to Bidders." C. Delays during project contract period outside control of the Contractor are subject to time extension consideration but not financial compensation unless such delay is significant enough to reasonably require Owner initiated work suspension (demobilization) as determined in the field by the Owner at the time of occurrence. See Paragraph 1.04 for requirements for modifying the Contract Time due to weather delays. D. Contractor shall plan and schedule his own work effort (personnel, equipment and material) to complete the project satisfactorily within the project time limits. Such schedule shall be in general conformance with the schedule submitted at the pre-construction conference. This includes the requirement that the Contractor conduct his operations to enable a shift of work effort from one part of the project to another to reasonably accommodate unexpected delays, and to conduct his daily operations so as to not create a public nuisance including but not limited to access or traffic obstruction, dust and mud generation, work outside of construction limits, noise, unsatisfactory cleanup or site restoration, unacceptable equipment/materials staging, flooding, etc. No work is to begin at the site until City's acceptance of the Construction Schedule. E. Contractor shall prepare and submit a Critical Path Method (CPM) schedule. The schedule shall show all work completed within the contract time and shall cover the time from the date of Notice to Proceed to the completion date. Contractor shall use Microsoft Project 2000 or approved equivalent to develop and manage the CPM schedule. F. Schedule shall include milestones that demonstrate the Contractor’s approach to completing the project within project time limits. Milestones shall be of sufficient number to indicate regular progress of work and shall identify major components of the work. Milestones are subject to Owner approval prior to work beginning at the site. If Contractor fails to meet a milestone, contractor shall submit an updated schedule subject to Owner approval and demonstrate how the remaining milestones will be met. The Owner may order work shut down or suspended for nonconformance with the approved schedule (See Paragraph G. below) G. Milestones (minimum required items) (1) Rolland Moore Parking Lot and Bridge – Completed by March 15, 2007 H. The Contractor may voluntarily shut down or suspend work due to conditions beyond his control provided a minimum of 24 hours notice is provided to the Owner together with the reasons for subject suspension of work. The Contractor shall leave the project conditions in such a way so as not to cause a public nuisance or a threat to public safety. Neither remobilization costs nor additional time will be allowed for such suspension unless agreed to in writing in advance. I. The Owner or Engineer may order work shut down or suspended for such nonconformance issues as unsafe conditions, nonconformance with schedule, cause of public nuisance, unnecessary private property disturbance, materials and labor unsuited to the task, nonconformance to technical specifications, failure to comply with permits, etc. The Owner or Engineer will give a written warning to the Contractor with a specified deadline during which time the Contractor shall remedy the cause(s) described on the warning. Failure to do so shall justify the Owner or Engineer to order work shut down City of Fort Collins SECTION 01310 – CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 4 or suspended. Such shutdown will not be compensated by cost reimbursement or time schedule adjustment. J. Failure to promptly execute the approved schedule in the judgment of the Owner will result in a written warning submitted to the Contractor explaining the specific compliance needed. Failure of the Contractor to remedy the noted items may be considered a breach of contract possibly leading to work shutdown for cause or contract termination. 1.02 Format and Submissions A. Prepare Construction and Procurement schedules in a graphic format suitable for displaying schedule and actual progress. B. Submit two copies of each schedule to owner for review. Owner will return one copy to contractor with revisions suggested or necessary for coordination of the Work with the needs of Owner or others. 1.03 Progress Revisions A. A schedule update shall be submitted to the Owner at each weekly progress meeting that will reflect work performed in the previous week and the upcoming two-(2) weeks. Schedule updates shall not change any Contract times. B. A complete schedule update shall be submitted with each application for progress payment. C. Show changes occurring since previous submission. 1. Actual progress of each item to date. 2. Revised projections of progress and completion. D. Provide a narrative report as needed to define: 1. Anticipated problems, recommended actions, and their effects on the schedule. 2. The effect of changes on schedules of other work. 1.04 Modifications to Time of Completion in the Approved Schedule A. The date of beginning and the times for completion of the work are essential conditions of the Contract Documents and the work embraced shall be commenced on a date specified in the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor will proceed with the work at such rate of progress to ensure full completion within the contract time. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the Contractor and the Owner that the contract time for the completion of the work described herein is a reasonable time, taking into consideration the climatic and other factors prevailing in the locality of the work. Every effort shall be made by the Contractor to complete the project within the "Contract Time" shown in the proposal. The "Contract Time" anticipates a “Normal” weather and climate condition in and around the vicinity of the Project site during the times of year that the construction will be carried out. Extensions of time based upon weather conditions shall be granted only if the Contractor demonstrates clearly that such conditions were "unusually severe," would not have been reasonably anticipated, and that such conditions adversely affected the Contractor’s work and thus required additional time to complete the work. B. The following specifies the procedure for the determination of time extensions for unusually severe weather. The listing below defines the anticipated number of calendar days lost to adverse weather for each month and is based upon National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) or similar data for the geographic location of the project. Monthly Anticipated Calendar Days Lost to Adverse Weather Conditions City of Fort Collins SECTION 01310 – CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 4 JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC (7) (4) (4) (4) (6) (3) (4) (2) (3) (3) (2) (5) The above schedule of anticipated adverse weather will constitute the base line for monthly (or portion thereof) weather time evaluations. Upon acknowledgment of the Notice to Proceed and continuing throughout the contract on a monthly basis, actual adverse weather days and the impact of adverse weather days that delay the work will be recorded on a day-to-day basis. It is assumed that the work will be carried out Mondays through Fridays (holidays excluded) unless an approved construction schedule or written authorization from the Owner indicates otherwise. The number of days of delayed work due to adverse weather or the impact thereof will then be compared to the monthly adverse weather schedule above. An actual adverse weather day must prevent work for 50 percent or more of the Contractor’s workday, delay work critical to the timely completion of the project, and be documented by the Contractor. The City Representative observing the construction shall determine on a daily basis whether or not work can proceed or if work is delayed due to adverse weather or the effects thereof. The Contractor shall notify the Construction Coordinator in writing of any disagreement as to whether or not work can proceed on a given date, within 2 calendar days of that date. The Owner will use the above written notification in determining the number of working days for which work was delayed during each month. C. At the end of each month, if the number of working days for which work was delayed due to adverse weather exceeds that shown in the above schedule, a Change Order will be executed which increases the Contract Time. The number of workdays delayed due to adverse weather or the impact thereof will then be converted to Calendar Days based on the contract completion day and date. This conversion assumes a 5-day work week, Mondays through Fridays, holidays excepted; should the Contractor have authorization to work weekends and/or holidays, then the method of conversion of workdays to calendar days would take this into consideration. The contract time period will then be increased by the number of calendar days calculated above and a new contract completion day and date will be set. D. The Contractor’s schedule must reflect the above-anticipated adverse weather delays on all weather- dependent activities. E. While extensions of time shall be granted for "unusually severe" weather or climate conditions, the Owner shall make no monetary compensation for any costs to the Contractor arising out of such delays. The Contractor shall comply with the portions of the Contract Documents relating to his project schedule and amendments thereto which result from the "unusually severe" weather condition. F. Breakdowns in equipment or lack of performance by the Contractor will not be considered justification for an extension of time. Liquidated damages will be assessed as delineated elsewhere. G. The Contractor shall not be charged with liquidated damages or any excess cost when the delay in completion of the work is due to the following, and the Contractor has promptly given written notice of such delay to the Owner or Engineer. 1. To any preference, priority, or allocation order duly issued by the Owner. 2. To unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, including but not restricted to, acts of God, or of the public enemy, acts of the Owner, acts of another Contractor in the performance of a contract with the Owner, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, and abnormal and unforeseeable weather as provided above; and 3. To any delays of Subcontractors occasioned by any of the causes specified in paragraphs 1 and 2, above. 1.05 City's Responsibility A. City's review is only for the purpose of checking conformity with the Contract Documents and assisting Contractor in coordinating the Work with the needs of the Project. City of Fort Collins SECTION 01310 – CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 4 B. It is not to be construed as relieving Contractor from any responsibility to determine the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction as provided in the General Conditions. PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01330 – SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 3 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01330 – SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Shop Drawings A. Submit newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as the basis of Shop Drawings. Standard information prepared without specific reference to the Project is not a Shop Drawing. B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation Drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates, and similar Drawings. Include the following information: 1. Dimensions. 2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number. 3. Compliance with specified standards. 4. Notation of coordination requirements. 5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. 6. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns and similar full-size Drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 24 by 36 inches. 7. Submittal: Submit 3 blue- or black-line prints and 2 additional prints where required for maintenance manuals, plus the number of prints needed by the Contractor for distribution. The Owner’s Representative will retain 2 prints and return the remainder. a. One of the prints returned shall be marked up and maintained as a “Record Document.” 8. Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action taken. 1.02 Product Data A. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. Product Data includes printed information, such as manufacturer’s installation instructions, catalog cuts, standard color charts, roughing-in diagrams and templates, standard wiring diagrams, and performance curves. 1. Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printed Product Data includes information on several products that are not required, mark copies to indicate the applicable information. Include the following information: a. Manufacturer’s printed recommendations. b. Compliance with trade association standards. c. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards. d. Application of testing agency labels and seals. e. Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement. f. Notation coordination requirements. 2. Do not submit Product Data until compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents has been confirmed. 3. Preliminary Submittal: Submit a preliminary single copy of Product Data where selection of options is required. City of Fort Collins SECTION 01330 – SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 3 4. Submittals: Submit 2 copies of each required submittal; submit 4 copies where required for maintenance manuals plus additional copies as needed by the Contractor for distribution. The Owner will retain one and will return the other marked with action taken and corrections or modifications required. 5. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittal to installers, subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators, and others required for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. a. Do not proceed with installation until a copy of Product Data is in the Installer’s possession. b. Do not permit use of unmarked copies of Product Data in connection with construction. 1.03 Samples A. Submit full-size, full-fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical with the material or product proposed. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture, and pattern. 1. Mount or display Samples in the manner to facilitate review of qualities indicated. Include the following: a. Specification Section number and reference. b. Generic description of the Sample. c. Sample source. d. Product name or name of the manufacturer. e. Compliance with recognized standards. f. Availability and delivery time. 2. Submit Samples for review of size, kind, color, pattern, and texture. Submit Samples for a final check of these characteristics with other elements and a comparison of these characteristics between the final submittal and the actual component as delivered and installed. a. Where variation in color, pattern, or other characteristic is inherent in the material or product represented, submit at least 3 multiple units that show approximate limits of the variations. b. Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements for Samples that illustrate workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of assembly, connections, operation, and similar construction characteristics. c. Refer to other Sections for Samples to be returned to the Contractor for incorporation in the Work. Such Samples must be undamaged at time of use. On the transmittal, indicated special requests regarding disposition of Sample submittals. d. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as the Owner’s property, are the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site prior to Substantial Completion. 3. Preliminary Submittals: Submit a full set of choices where Samples are submitted for selection of color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics from a range of standard choices. The Owner will review and return preliminary submittals with the Owner’s notation, indicating selection and other action. 4. Submittals: Except for Samples illustrating assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and similar characteristics, submit 3 sets. The Owner will return one set marked with the action taken. 5. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at the Project Site, for quality comparisons throughout the course of construction. City of Fort Collins SECTION 01330 – SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 3 a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is observed, the submittal may serve as the final submittal. b. Sample sets may be used to obtain final acceptance of the construction associated with each set. B. Distribution of Samples: Prepare and distribute additional sets to subcontractors, manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers, installers, and others as required for performance of the Work. Show distribution on transmittal forms. 1.04 Quality Assurance Submittals A. Submit quality-control submittals, including design data, certifications, manufacturer’s instructions, manufacturer’s field reports, and other quality-control submittals as required under other Sections of the Specifications. B. Certifications: Where other Sections of the Specifications require certification that a product, material, or installation complies with specified requirements, submit a notarized certification from the manufacturer certifying compliance with specified requirements. 1. Signature: an officer of the manufacturer or other authorized individual shall sign Certification documents. C. Inspection and Test Reports: Requirements for submittal of inspection and test reports from independent testing agencies are specified in Division 1 Section “Quality Control and Testing,” and in the applicable technical specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01340 – SURVEY DATA Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01340 - SURVEY DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Survey Requirements A. Contractor is responsible for the layout of the Work. The City will not provide surveying. B. Perform layout of the Work with qualified personnel. PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01450 – QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 2 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01450 - QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 General A. Provide such equipment and facilities as the City may require for conducting field tests and for collecting and forwarding samples. Do not use any materials or equipment represented by samples until tests, if required, have been made and the materials or equipment are found to be acceptable. Any product that becomes unfit for use after approval hereof shall not be incorporated into the work. B. All materials or equipment proposed to be used may be tested at any time during their preparation or use. Furnish the required samples without charge and give sufficient notice of the placing of orders to permit the testing. Products may be sampled either prior to shipment or after being received at the site of the work. C. Tests shall be made by an accredited testing laboratory selected by the Owner. Except as otherwise provided, sampling and testing of all materials and the laboratory methods and testing equipment shall be in accordance with the latest standards and tentative methods of the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM). D. Where additional or specified information concerning testing methods, sample sizes, etc., is required, such information is included under the applicable sections of the Specifications. Any modification of, or elaboration on, these test procedures which may be included for specific materials under their respective sections in the Specifications shall take precedence over these procedures. 1.02 Test Reports A. Submit 2 copies of the reports of all tests made by testing laboratories, plus copies to be returned to the contractor. 1.03 City's Responsibilities A. City of Fort Collins shall be responsible for and shall pay all costs in connection with the following testing: 1. Soils compaction tests. 2. Pipe and structural bedding 3. Tests not called for by the Specifications of materials delivered to the site. 4. Concrete tests. 1.04 Contractor’s Responsibilities A. In addition to those inspections and tests called for in the General Conditions, Contractor shall also be responsible for and shall pay all costs in connection with testing required for the following: 1. All performance and field testing specifically called for by the specifications. 2. All re-testing for Work or materials found defective or unsatisfactory, including tests covered under 1.03 above. 3. Testing of pipe. 4. Vacuum testing of manholes. 5. Concrete materials and mix designs. 6. Gradation tests for embedment, fill and backfill materials. 7. Irrigation mainline pressure test and operational test. City of Fort Collins SECTION 01450 – QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 2 8. Material Substitution - any test for basic material or fabrication of equipment offered as a substitution for a specified item on which a test may be required in order to prove it compliant with the specifications. Nothing contained herein is intended to imply that the Contractor does not have the right to have tests performed on any material at any time for his/her own information and job control so long as the Owner does not assume responsibility for the cost or for giving them consideration when appraising quality materials. 1.05 Transmittal of Test Reports A. Submit 2 copies of each report of tests and engineering data furnished by the Contractor for City Representative’s review. The Owner’s Representative will retain one and will return the other marked with action taken and corrections or modifications required. B. The testing laboratory retained by the Owner will furnish three (3) copies of a written report of each test performed by laboratory personnel in the field or laboratory. Two (2) copies of each test report will be transmitted to the City Representative and one (1) copy to the Contractor within seven (7) days after each test is completed. 1.06 Contractor's Quality Control System A. General: The Contractor shall establish a quality control system to perform sufficient inspection and tests of all items of work, including that of his subcontractors, to ensure conformance to the functional performance of this project. This control shall be established for all construction except where the Contract Documents provide for specific compliance tests by testing laboratories or engineers employed by the City. Contractor's control system shall specifically include all testing required by the various sections of the Specifications. B. Contractor's quality control system is the means by which he assures himself that his construction complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Controls shall be adequate to cover all construction operations and should be keyed to the proposed construction schedule. C. Records: maintain correct records on an appropriate form for all inspections and tests performed, instructions received from the City and actions taken as a result of those instructions. These records shall include evidence that the required inspections or tests have been performed (including type and number of inspections or test, nature of defects, causes for rejection, etc.) proposed or directed remedial action, and corrective action taken. Document inspections and tests as required by each section of the Specifications. Provide copies to City in a reasonable time. D. Pipe alignment and grade is to be maintained through the use of suitable surveying instruments or laser equipment operated continuously during construction. Horizontal tolerances of + 0.3 feet and vertical tolerances of + 0.1 feet maximum deviation from plan and construction staking are to be maintained, except that visible “snaking” of the horizontal alignment and changes in directions of slope will not be permitted. PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01500 – TEMPORARY CONTROLS Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY CONTROLS 1.01 Noise Control A. Take reasonable measures to avoid unnecessary noise when construction activities are being performed in populated areas. B. Construction machinery and vehicles shall be equipped with practical sound muffling devices, and operated in a manner to cause the least noise consistent with efficient performance of the work. C. Cease operation of all machinery and vehicles between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. 1.02 Dust Control A. Dusty materials in piles or in transit shall be covered to prevent blowing. B. Earth and road surfaces subject to dusting due to construction activities and detouring of traffic shall be kept moist with water or by application of a chemical dust suppressant. 1. Chemical dust suppressant shall not be injurious to existing or future vegetation. 1.03 Pollution Control A. Prevent the pollution of drains and watercourses by sanitary wastes, concrete, sediment, debris and other substances resulting from construction activities. 1. Retain all spent oils, hydraulic fluids and other petroleum fluids in containers for disposal off the site. 2. Prevent sediment, debris or other substances from entering sanitary sewers, storm drains and culverts. 1.04 Erosion Control A. Take such measures as are necessary to prevent erosion of soil that might result from construction activities. 1. Measures in general will include: a. Control of runoff. b. Trapping of sediment. c. Minimizing area and duration of soil exposure. d. Temporary materials such as hay bales, sandbags, plastic sheets, riprap or culverts to prevent the erosion of banks and beds of watercourses or drainage swales where runoff will be increased due to construction activities. B. Preserve natural vegetation to the greatest extent possible. C. Locate temporary storage and route construction traffic so as to preserve vegetation and minimize erosion. D. Comply with the City of Fort Collins' Storm Drainage Erosion Control Manual. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01510 - TEMPORARY UTILITIES Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01510 - TEMPORARY UTILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Utilities A. Furnish all utilities necessary for construction including, but not limited to temporary electric power and pay all cost associated with utilities during and used for the contract period. All temporary utilities installation shall meet the construction safety requirements of OSHA, State and local governing agencies. 1.02 Water A. Contractor is responsible for obtaining water for construction and shall pay all costs associated with establishing a temporary meter used during construction. 1.03 Sanitary Facilities A. Furnish temporary sanitary facilities at the site in the vicinity of the construction for the needs of construction workers and others performing work or furnishing services on the Project. B. Properly maintain sanitary facilities of reasonable capacity throughout construction periods. C. Enforce the use of such sanitary facilities by all personnel at the site. D. Obscure sanitary facilities from public view to the greatest extent practical. PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01570 - TRAFFIC CONTROL Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 2 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01570 - TRAFFIC CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 General A. Traffic Control necessary to complete the project as depicted in the plans and specifications will be provided by the Contractor and will not be paid for separately. B. The Contractor must submit traffic control plans and coordinate all traffic control with the City's Traffic Control Coordinator. The traffic control plans must be submitted and approved 72 hours prior to starting construction and before making each modification. C. Conformance: City of Fort Collins Work Area Traffic Control Handbook, Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (U.S. Dept. of Transportation), or applicable statutory requirements of authority having jurisdiction. D. Limited closures may be permitted for short periods up to three days to allow installation of concrete pavement. Closures must be requested and approved 72 hours prior to the anticipated closure. E. Limited alternating one-way traffic operation may be permitted during the hours from 9:00 A.M. to 3:30 P.M. One-way traffic operation must be requested and approved 72 hours prior to anticipated operation. F. At all times, Contractor must maintain two-way traffic with a minimum of one lane of traffic in each direction. Limited closures may be allowed. G. The Contractor must coordinate with adjacent residents to provide and maintain them sufficient access during the duration of the project. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate and communicate with the residents during construction. H. Keep traffic areas free of excavated material, construction equipment, pipe, and other materials and equipment. I. Keep fire hydrants and utility control devices free from obstruction and available for use at all times. J. Conduct operations in a manner to avoid unnecessary interference with public and private roads and drives. K. Provide and maintain temporary approaches or crossings at streets, businesses, and residences. L. Keep roads open and in acceptable condition, unless closure or detour has been approved by City's Traffic Control Coordinator 72 hours prior to closure or detour. M. Define a temporary pedestrian access route for children coming from the surrounding neighborhoods. This pedestrian access route shall be located outside of the project limits. The pedestrian access route shall be kept free of excavated material, construction equipment, pipe, and other materials. 1.02 Traffic Control Plan A. Submit a detailed traffic control plan to Traffic Control Coordinator for review and acceptance. Plan must be accepted 72 hours prior to work commencing at the site. Maintain the accepted plan throughout all phases of construction. Provide copy to Owner prior to submittal. 1. Notify police, sheriff, ambulance services, and fire authorities of traffic control plan and the schedule of it. Distribute copies if requested. 1.03 Flagmen A. Required where necessary to provide for public safety, or the regulation of traffic, or by jurisdictional authorities. City of Fort Collins SECTION 01570 - TRAFFIC CONTROL Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 2 B. Shall be properly equipped and licensed. 1.04 Warning Signs and Lights A. Provide suitable barricades and warning signs for: 1. Open trenches and other excavations. 2. Obstructions, such as material piles, equipment, piled embankment. B. Illuminate by means of warning lights all barricades and obstructions from sunset to sunrise. C. Protect roads and driveways by effective barricades on which are placed acceptable warning signs. 1.05 Parking A. Provide suitable parking areas for the use of all construction workers and others performing work or furnishing services in connection with the Project so as to avoid interference with private property, public traffic, City's operations, or construction activities. Such parking shall occur on the project site or another suitable location, approved by the City. 1.06 Roadway Usage between Operations A. At all times when Work is not actually in progress, Contractor shall make passable and shall open to traffic such portions of the Project and temporary roadways or portions thereof as may be agreed upon between Contractor and City and all authorities having jurisdiction over any properties involved. PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01600 – MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 3 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01600 – MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 Summary A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing the Contractor’s selection of products for use in the Project. 1.03 Definitions A. Definitions used in this Article are not intended to change the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents, such as “specialties,” “systems,” “structure,” “finishes,” “accessories,” and similar terms. Such terms are self-explanatory and have well-recognized meanings in the construction industry. 1. “Products” are items purchased for incorporation in the Work, whether purchased for the Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term “product” includes the terms “material,” “equipment,” “systems,” and terms of similar intent. 2. “Materials” are products substantially shaped, cut, worked, mixed, finished, refined, or otherwise fabricated, processed, or installed to form a part of the Work. 3. “Equipment” is a product with operational parts, whether motorized or manually operated, that requires service connections, such as wiring or piping. 1.04 Submittals A. Product List: Prepare a list showing products specified in tabular form acceptable to the Owner. Include generic names of products required. Include the manufacturer’s name and proprietary product names for each item listed. 1. Coordinate product list with the Contractor’s Construction Schedule and the Schedule of Submittals. 2. Form: Prepare product list with information on each item tabulated under the following column headings: a. Related Specifications Section number. b. Generic name used in Contract Documents. c. Proprietary name, model number, and similar designations. d. Manufacturer’s name and address. e. Supplier’s name and address. f. Installer’s name and address. g. Projected delivery date or time span of delivery period. 3. Initial Submittal: Within 30 days of date commencement of the Work, submit 3 copies of an initial product list. Provide a written explanation of omissions of data and for known variations from Contract requirements. 4. Complete List: Within 60 days after date of commencement of the Work, submit 3 copies of the completed product list. Provide a written explanation for omissions of data and for known variations from Contract requirements. City of Fort Collins SECTION 01600 – MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 3 5. Owner’s Action: The Owner will respond in writing to Contractor within 2 weeks of receipt of the completed product list. No response within this period constitutes no objection to listed manufacturers or products, but does not constitute a waiver of the requirement that products comply with Contract Documents. The Owner’s response will include a list of unacceptable product selections, containing a brief explanation of reasons for this action. 1.05 Quality Assurance A. Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same kind from a single source. B. Compatibility of Options: When the Contractor is given the option of seeking between 2 or more products for use on the Project, the product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. C. Foreign Product Limitations: Except under one or more of the following conditions provide domestic products, not foreign products, for inclusion in the Work: 1. Not available domestic product complies with the Contract Documents. 2. Domestic products that comply with the Contract Documents are available only at prices or terms substantially higher than foreign products that comply with the Contract Documents. 1.06 Product Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Delivery, store, and handle products according to the manufacturer’s recommendations, using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at the site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to assure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Delivery products to the site in an undamaged condition in the manufacturer’s original sealed container or other packaging system complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. 5. Store products at the site in a manner that will facilitate inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 6. Store heavy materials away from the Project structure in a manner that will not endanger the supporting construction. 7. Store products subject to damage by the elements above ground, under cover in a weather-tight enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Product Selection A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, new at the time of installation. B. Product Selection procedures: The Contract Documents and governing regulations govern product selection. Procedures governing product selection include the following: 1. Proprietary Specification Requirements: Where Specifications name only a single product or manufacturer, provide the product indicated. No substitutions will be permitted. 2. Semi proprietary Specification Requirements: Where Specifications name 2 or more products or manufacturers or where Specifications specify products or manufacturers by name, accompanied City of Fort Collins SECTION 01600 – MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 3 by the term “or equal” or “or approved equal,” provide one of the products listed or comply with the Contract Document provisions concerning “substitutions” or obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. 3. Nonproprietary Specification Requirements: When Specifications list products or manufacturers that are available and may be incorporated in the Work, but do not restrict the Contractor to use these products only, the Contractor may propose any available product that complies with Contract requirements. Comply with Contract Document provisions concerning “substitutions” to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. 4. Descriptive Specification Requirements: Where Specifications describe a product or name, provide a product or assembly that provides the characteristics and otherwise complies with Contract requirements. 5. Compliance with Standards, Codes, and Regulations: Where Specifications only require compliance with an imposed code, standard, or regulation, select a product that complies with the standards, codes, or regulations specified. 6. Visual Matching: Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, the Owner’s decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches satisfactorily. 7. Visual Selection: Where specified product requirements include the phrase “… as selected from manufacturer’s standard colors, patterns, textures…” or a similar phrase, select a product and manufacturer that complies with other specified requirements. The Owner will select the color, pattern, and texture from the product line selected. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Installation of Products A. Comply with manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations for installation of products in the applications indicated. Anchor each product securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other Work. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins SECTION 01700 – CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 5 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01700 – CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including general and supplementary conditions and other Division 1 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.02 Summary A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Project record document submittal. 3. Operation and maintenance manual submittal. 4. Submittal of warranties. 5. Final cleaning. B. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate Sections in Divisions 2 through 16. 1.03 Substantial Completion A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. 1. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 2. Advise the Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 5. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, final project photographs, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items. 7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and transmit keys to the Owner. Advise the Owner’s personnel of changeover in security provisions. 8. Complete startup testing of systems and instruction of the Owner’s operation and maintenance personnel. Discontinue and remove temporary facilities from the site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 9. Complete final cleanup requirements, including touchup painting. 10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes. B. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Owner will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Owner will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection or advise the Contractor of construction that must be City of Fort Collins SECTION 01700 – CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 5 completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued. 1. If the Owner’s Representative determines that the work is not substantially complete at the time of review or that deficiencies remain at time of compliance review, the Contractor shall pay for the additional review(s) by Owner’s Representative. 2. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance. 1.04 Status after Substantial Completion A. The date of substantial completion marks the beginning of the maintenance period defined in Section 02970 – Planting Maintenance. B. During maintenance period, the following conditions hold: 1. Insurance: Same as during construction. 2. Electricity and Irrigation Water: Supplied by Owner, as installed by Contractor under this contract. 3. Bonds: Remain in effect. 4. Retainage: Same as during construction. 1.05 Final Acceptance A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. 1. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required. 2. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum. 3. Submit a certified copy of the Owner’s final inspection list of items to be completed or corrected, endorsed and dated by the Owner. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance and shall be endorsed and dated by the Owner. 4. Submit final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of the date of Substantial Completion or when the Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 5. Submit consent of surety to final payment. 6. Submit a final liquidated damages settlement statement. 7. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. B. Reinspection Procedure: The Owner will reinspect the Work upon receipt of notice that the Work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections, has been completed, except for items whose completion is delayed under circumstances acceptable to the Owner. 1. Upon completion of reinspection, the Owner will prepare a certificate of final acceptance. If the Work is incomplete, the Owner will advise the Contractor of Work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance. 2. If necessary, reinspection will be repeated. 1.06 Record Document Submittals A. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Protect record documents from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire-resistant location. Provide access to record documents for the Owner’s reference during normal working hours. B. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white-prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where the installation varies City of Fort Collins SECTION 01700 – CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 5 substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark which drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately. Where Shop Drawings are used, record a cross-reference at the corresponding location on the Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. 1. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the Work. 2. Mark new information that is important to the Owner but was not shown on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings. 3. Note related change-order numbers where applicable. 4. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets. Bind sets with durable-paper cover sheets; print suitable titles, dates, and other identification on the cover of each set. 5. Prior to Contract Closeout, obtain from the Owner a reproducible Mylar copy of the Drawings. Using technical drafting pen, duplicate information contained on the Record Drawings maintained on site. Label each sheet “Record Drawing.” On the first sheet, the Contractor or resident Superintendent shall execute the following statement: Having reviewed this document and all attachments, I affirm that, to the best of my knowledge, the information presented here is true and accurate. Signed: Date: Position: C. Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of the Project Manual, including addenda. Include with the Project Manual one copy of other written construction documents, such as Change Orders and modifications issued in printed form during construction. 1. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual Work performed in comparison with the text of the Specifications and modifications. 2. Give particular attention to substitutions and selection of options and information on concealed construction that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. 3. Note related record drawing information and Product Data. 4. Upon completion of the Work, submit record Specifications to the Owner. D. Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each Product Data submittal. Note related Change Orders and markup of record drawings and Specifications. 1. Mark these documents to show significant variations in actual Work performed in comparison with information submitted. Include variations in products delivered to the site and from the manufacturer’s installation instructions and recommendations. 2. Give particular attention to concealed products and portions of the Work that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. 3. Upon completion of markup, submit complete set of record Product Data to the Owner. E. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements of miscellaneous record keeping and submittals in connection with actual performance of Work. Immediately prior to the date or dates of Substantial Completion, complete miscellaneous records and place in good order. Identify miscellaneous records properly and bind or file, ready for continued use and reference. Submit to the Owner. City of Fort Collins SECTION 01700 – CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 5 F. Maintenance Manuals: Organize operation and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind properly indexed data in individual, heavy-duty, 2-inch (51-mm), 3-ring, vinyl-covered binders, with pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. Include the following types of information: 1. Emergency instructions. 2. Spare parts list. 3. Copies of warranties. 4. Wiring diagrams. 5. Recommended “turn-around” cycles. 6. Inspection procedures. 7. Shop Drawings and Product Data. 8. Fixture lamping schedule. 1.07 Warranties and Bonds A. Provide duplicate notarized copies. Maintain copies of all Contractors’ submittals and assemble documents executed by subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. Provide table of contents and assemble in binder with durable plastic cover. B. Submit material prior to final application for payment. For items of Work delayed materially beyond date of substantial completion, provide updated submittal within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. 1.08 Final Payment A. At the end of maintenance period, submit written certification that Contract Documents Work has been reviewed and that Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Owner Representative’s review. B. In addition to submittals required by the conditions of the Contract provide submittals required by governing authorities, and submit a final statement of accounting giving total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments and sum remaining due. C. Owner’s Representative will issue a final Change Order reflecting approved adjustments to Contract Sum not previously made by Change Order. D. Retainage will be held until advertisement for liens and encumbrances is completed. PART 2 – PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 Closeout Procedures A. Operation and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each Installer of equipment that requires regular maintenance to meet with the Owner’s personnel to provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance. Provide instruction by manufacturer’s representatives if installers are not experienced in operation and maintenance procedures. Include a detailed review of the following items: 1. Maintenance manuals. 2. Record documents. 3. Spare parts and materials. 4. Tools. 5. Lubricants. 6. Fuels. 7. Identification systems. 8. Control sequences. 9. Hazards. City of Fort Collins SECTION 01700 – CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Park Planning & Development Division Page 5 of 5 10. Cleaning. 11. Warranties and bonds. 12. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments. B. As part of instruction for operating equipment, demonstrate the following procedures: 1. Startup. 2. Shutdown. 3. Emergency operations. 4. Noise and vibration adjustments. 5. Safety procedures. 6. Economy and efficiency adjustments. 7. Effective energy utilization. 3.02 Final Cleaning A. General: The General Conditions require general cleaning during construction. Regular site cleaning is included in Division 1. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to the condition expected in a normal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer’s instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion. C. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the Work during construction. 1. Remove labels that are not permanent labels. 2. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. 3. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dust-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. Leave concrete floors broom clean. 4. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication and other substances. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean light fixtures and lamps. 5. Clean the site, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, litter, and other foreign substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean; remove stains, spills, and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds that are neither paved nor planted to a smooth, even-textured surface. D. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner’s property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of lawfully. 1. Where extra materials of value remain after completion of associated Work, they become the Owner’s property. Dispose of these materials as directed by the Owner. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 01800 - Definition of Bid Items Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 4 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01800 – DEFINITION OF BID ITEMS The following items describe the scope of work for this contract and are further clarified through limit-of-work lines, notes on the drawings and specifications. The work described in each Bid Item may contain work from one or several technical specifications sections. The contractor shall refer to the technical specifications that apply to the individual components. Bid Item 01 - Mobilization This work includes the mobilization of personnel, equipment and supplies at the project site in preparation for work on the project, as well as the establishment of the Contractor's offices, buildings and other necessary facilities, and all other costs incurred or labor and operations which must be performed prior to beginning the other items under the Contract. This item shall also include marshalling, disassembly and security of all items indicated on the plans or specifications. Payment will be made as Work progresses. Payment for this item will follow in accordance with CDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, Section 626. The total amount for mobilization shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the total bid. Bid Item 02 - Traffic Control Contractor shall prepare and submit a traffic control plan per the specifications for review and approval prior to construction operations. Contractor shall also provide all necessary work area Traffic Control Devices in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications and current City Standards. Bid Item 03, 09, 15, 22, 31 - Remove Curb and Gutter Contractor shall remove curb and gutter and access ramp as shown on the drawings. Bid amount includes labor, equipment and hauling for a complete item in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid Item 04, 29 - Remove Concrete Walk/Ramp Contractor shall remove access ramp as shown on the drawings. Bid amount includes labor, equipment and hauling for a complete item in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid Item 05, 10, 17, 24 – Earthwork - Unclassified Excavation Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment for site excavation including topsoil stripping, excavation stockpiling, distribution, rough grading, fine grading and haul and disposing of all excess material per Drawing and Specifications. Bid Item 06, 12, 19, 26, 42 - 5” Concrete Flatwork Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment, sub-grade preparation, installation, concrete and earthwork to construct flatwork for a complete item. The price bid shall also include: Furnishing and placing the concrete; forming; furnishing and applying curing compounds; finishing and edging the concrete surfaces; joints and joint materials, and all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to construct the flatwork areas in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid Item 07, 13, 20, 27, 40 - ADA Pedestrian Ramp The price bid for this item shall include: Furnishing and placing the concrete; forming; furnishing and applying curing compounds; finishing and edging the concrete surfaces; joints and joint materials; furnishing and compacting base course as required for preparation of a stable subbase; and all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to construct the flatwork areas in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid Item 08, 14, 21, 28 - Sod Replacement Contractor shall provide all soil preparation, sod labor and equipment to install bluegrass/rye sod on disturbed areas. Work does not include soil amendment. Maintenance of new sod shall be coordinated with City crews. City will mow and water sod with regular park operations. Bid Item 11, 18, 25 - Irrigation Sleeves City of Fort Collins Section 01800 - Definition of Bid Items Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 4 Contractor shall install 4” schedule 40 PVC irrigation sleeves, 1.5 feet below the surface the width of the sidewalk. Bid amounts include all labor, material, equipment, trenching, backfilling, compacting, fine grading and all other related work for a complete item in accordance with Drawings and Specifications. Bid Item 16 - Remove and Relocate Frisbee Golf Tee Box Contractor shall remove existing concrete Frisbee Golf tee box and relocate a new tee box as shown on the drawings. The price bid shall include: Furnishing and placing the concrete; forming; furnishing and applying curing compounds; finishing and edging the concrete surfaces and joints; fine grading and replacing old tee box area with sod and all other related work for a complete item in accordance with Drawings and Specifications. Bid Item 23 - Tree and Stump Removal Contractor shall remove Mugo Pine tree and stump as shown on the drawings. Bid amount includes labor, equipment and hauling for a complete item in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid Item 30 - Remove & transport existing 35' bridge to storage yard Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and materials to remove and transport the existing 35 feet long pedestrian bridge from the project site to the City’s storage yard. The storage yard is located along the west side of Timberline Road, approximately ¼ of a mile south of Prospect Road. The removal and transport shall not result in any damage occurring to this bridge nor to any other property. The unit price bid for this item shall include all of the CONTRACTOR'S costs of whatsoever nature. Bid Item 32 – Earthwork - Excavation & Embankment Contractor shall provide all labor and equipment for site earthwork including stockpiling; distributing; excavation; filling; rough grading; grading for pavement; and all related work for a complete item in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Work shall be constructed with moisture and density control and includes placement of fill at 95% of proctor density in all structural and paved areas and 90% of proctor density in non-structural areas. Bid Item 33 – Earthwork - Import Embankment C.I.P. Contractor shall provide all labor and equipment and material for site earthwork including stockpiling; distributing; excavation; filling; rough grading; grading for pavement; and all related work for a complete item in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Import material shall meet all requirements per the project Specifications. Work shall be constructed with moisture and density control and includes placement of fill at 95% of proctor density in all structural and paved areas and 90% of proctor density in non-structural areas. Bid Item 34 – Ped. Bridge Abutment w/ Helix pier system Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and materials for installation of the helix pier abutment as shown on the plans and in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Contractor is responsible for verifying all dimensions and information necessary to the successful installation of the abutment(s) and bridge. Bid Item 35 – 60' Pedestrian Bridge Installation Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and materials for installation of the 60’ pedestrian bridge in the location shown on the plans and in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. The bridge is supplied by the City and is currently located on site in the proposed parking lot area. Contractor is responsible for verifying all dimensions and information necessary to the successful installation of the abutment(s) and bridge. Bid Item 36 – 8" PVC Culvert Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and materials to install an 8" SDR 35 PVC culvert in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid Item 37 – Culvert Headwall Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and materials to install a culvert headwall in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. City of Fort Collins Section 01800 - Definition of Bid Items Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 4 Bid Item 38 – Concrete channel and sidewalk culvert - 2' wide Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and materials to construct the concrete channel and sidewalk culvert. The price bid shall include: Furnishing and placing the concrete; forming; furnishing and applying curing compounds; finishing and edging the concrete surfaces; joints and joint materials; base course as required under the sidewalk culvert, and all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to construct the concrete channel and sidewalk culvert in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid Item 39 – 4' Pan and Aprons Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and materials to construct the concrete pan and apron. The price bid shall include: Furnishing and placing the concrete; forming; furnishing and applying curing compounds; finishing and edging the concrete surfaces; joints and joint materials; base course as required under the sidewalk culvert, and all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to construct the concrete pan and apron in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid Item 41 - Curb and Gutter Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and materials to construct curb and gutter. The unit price bid for this item shall include all of the CONTRACTOR'S costs of whatsoever nature. The price bid shall include: Furnishing and placing the concrete; forming; furnishing and applying curing compounds; finishing and edging the concrete surfaces; joints and joint materials; base course as required under the curb and gutter, and all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to construct the curb and gutter in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid Item 43 - 6” Concrete Flatwork – pad 20’ x 24’ Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment, sub-grade preparation, installation, concrete and earthwork to construct flatwork for a complete item. The price bid shall also include: Furnishing and placing the concrete; forming; furnishing and applying curing compounds; finishing and edging the concrete surfaces; joints and joint materials; base course as required under the flatwork areas, and all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to construct the flatwork areas in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid Item 44 – 6” Concrete Pavement – Parking Lot Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment, sub-grade preparation, installation, and concrete to construct flatwork for a complete item. The price bid shall also include: Furnishing and placing the concrete; forming; furnishing and applying curing compounds; finishing and edging the concrete surfaces; joints and joint materials; base course as required under the concrete pavement areas, and all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to construct the concrete pavement areas in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid Item 45 – Asphalt Patching The price bid for this item shall include all of the Contractor’s costs of whatsoever nature including furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, pavement cutting, excavation, haul, disposal, surface preparation, and bituminous materials, complete in place and any other miscellaneous items and work shown or reasonably implied on the Drawings, in the Specifications and in current City asphalt patching standards for this work. Bid Item 46 - Topsoil - 4" all non-paved areas Contractor shall remove, stockpile and replace topsoil (4" depth) from limits of grading. Bid amount includes all labor, material and equipment for a complete item in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid Item 47 - Non-Irrigated Seed & Mulch Contractor shall provide all soil preparation (no amendment), fertilizer, herbicide, seed, materials, labor and equipment to seed areas disturbed by construction. This work includes drill seeding and hydro-mulching disturbed areas. No extended warranty period. Bid Item 48 - Striping City of Fort Collins Section 01800 - Definition of Bid Items Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 4 Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and materials for pavement markings and striping as shown on the plans and in accordance with City of Fort Collins standards. END OF SECTION END OF DIVISION 1 City of Fort Collins Section 02100 – Mobilization Park Planning and Development Division Page 1 of 2 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02100 - MOBILIZATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Work Included A. Prepare the site for construction. B. Move in and move out personnel and equipment. C. Set up and remove temporary offices, buildings, facilities and utilities. 1.02 Site Conditions A. The City has provided the right-of-way, easement or project site for all permanent access or permanent construction for the project. Any additional access, access right-of-way, construction areas, or additional needed land which may be involved in the construction of this project shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. B. The land owned by the City may be used as site headquarters, storage yard, or base of operations provided that the use of said land meets with all of the requirements and restrictions imposed by the City at the time of usage. 1.03 Site Preparation for Contractor Occupancy A. The Contractor shall provide all temporary facilities as required for performing the work. The Contractor shall secure and maintain proper storage areas for equipment and materials in locations she/he may deem necessary for the proper execution of the job as approved by the City Representative. No storage yard or project headquarters site may be utilized in conflict with objections from the adjacent property owners unless the Contractor obtains from the City specific written permission for such objectionable use. No objectionable material will be allowed to blow from, wash off or drain off of any storage yard on to adjacent property. B. The Contractor shall maintain all storage yards in as neat and orderly a manner as possible, allowing no accumulation of waste materials or disposal piles. The Contractor may construct a temporary security fence for the protection of materials, tools, and equipment. The fence shall be maintained during the construction period. Upon completion of work, the security fence shall be removed from the site. The Contractor shall provide adequate parking facilities within the designated area for personnel working on the project. C. The Contractor shall obtain the necessary permits for connection to necessary services provided by utility companies serving the project area. D. Materials, equipment, and work required for temporary storm water management during the construction period shall be provided by the Contractor as required to ensure public safety and to protect the work in progress and materials stored on site. 1.04 Damage or Use-Fee Claims A. Any damage or use-fee claims filed against the Contractor may become a part of the final settlement of this project and may be cause for delay of final acceptance or delay of final payment. City of Fort Collins Section 02100 – Mobilization Park Planning and Development Division Page 2 of 2 PART 2 - NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Obstructions A. The location of some utilities and obstructions may not be shown. Bidders are advised to carefully inspect the existing facilities before preparing their proposals. The removal and replacement of minor obstructions such as electrical conduits, air, water, and waste piping and similar items shall be anticipated and accomplished, even though not shown or specifically mentioned. Major obstructions encountered that are not shown on the Contract Drawings or could not have been foreseen by visual inspection of the site prior to bidding should immediately be brought to the attention of the City Representative. The City Representative will make a determination for proceeding with the work. If the City Representative finds that the obstruction adversely affects the Contractor's costs or schedule for completion, a proper adjustment to the Contract will be made in accordance with the General Conditions. 3.02 Demolition A. Any pipes or existing structures encountered during construction shall be preserved until accepted for removal by the City Representative. The Contractor shall be required to repair pipes or structures in use that are damaged during construction at no cost to the City. The removal of abandoned pipes shall be reviewed by the City Representative. 3.03 Removal and Salvage of Materials A. The Contractor shall carefully remove materials specified to be reused or salvaged so as not to damage the material. Reuse by the Contractor of salvaged material will not be permitted, except as specifically shown or specified herein. Existing materials to be removed or replaced and not specifically designated for salvage shall become the property of the Contractor. Provide and maintain dust tight temporary partitions, bulkheads, or other protective devices during the construction to permit normal operation of the existing facilities. Construct partitions of plywood, insulating board, plastic sheets, or similar material. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02122 - Tree Protection Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 2 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02122 - TREE PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL Description of Work A. The Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to perform the work items called for on the bid schedule. B. The Contractor shall perform tree protection regardless of the type, nature, or condition of trees encountered, as specified or required in order to accomplish the construction. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 Temporary Fencing A. Orange construction fencing, five feet or greater in height as required to fulfill the intent of this section. B. Fencing anchors for small trees shall be T posts. Anchors for fencing within the drip line of large trees shall be dual-socket portable concrete pier blocks sufficient to secure the fence in a vertical position for the construction period. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 General A. Prior to and during construction, barriers shall be erected around all protected existing trees. Barriers shall be orange construction fencing located no closer than six (6) feet to the surface of the trunk or one-half (½) of the drip line radius, whichever is greater. Posts shall be anchored in movable concrete blocks so as not to require excavation within the tree’s drip line. There shall be no storage or movement of equipment, material, debris, or fill within the fenced tree protection zone. The drip line is defined as the area on the ground covered by the spread of branches. B. There shall be no cleaning of equipment or material or the storage and disposal of waste material such as paints, oils, solvents, asphalt, concrete, motor oil or any other material harmful to the life of a tree within the drip line of any protected tree or group of trees. C. No attachment, wires, signs, or permits may be fastened to any protected tree. D. Large areas containing clumps, groves, or copses of protected trees which are naturally separated from construction or land clearing areas, road rights-of-way and utility easements may be “ribboned off,” rather than erecting protective fencing around each tree as required above. This may be accomplished by placing metal t-post stakes a maximum of thirty (30) feet apart and tying ribbon or rope from stake-to-stake along the outside perimeters of such areas being cleared. E. The temporary fencing shall be removed by the Contractor only after all heavy equipment has been permanently withdrawn from the site. 3.02 Excavation A. Install shoring or other protective support systems to minimize sloping or benching of excavations. City of Fort Collins Section 02122 - Tree Protection Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 2 B. Do not excavate within the tree drip line, unless otherwise indicated. Where excavation for new construction is required within tree drip lines, hand excavate to minimize damage to root systems. Use narrow-tine spading forks and comb soil to expose roots. C. Relocate roots in backfill areas wherever possible. If encountering large, main lateral roots, expose beyond excavation limits as required to bend and relocate without breaking. If encountered immediately adjacent to location of new construction and relocation is not practical, cut roots approximately 3 inches back from new construction. D. After excavation outside the drip line of trees, any severed roots should be cut again smoothly with flush cuts. E. Do not allow exposed roots to dry out before placing permanent backfill. Provide temporary earth cover or pack with compost and wrap with burlap. Water and maintain in a moist condition and temporarily support and protect roots from damage until they are permanently relocated and covered with earth. F. Root Pruning: Do not cut main lateral roots or tap roots; cut only smaller roots that interfere with installation of new work. Cut roots with sharp pruning instruments; do not break or chop. Roots 1 inch and larger shall be painted with two coats of Tree Seal or approved equal. G. Trenching should be done outside the drip line of trees. The installation of utilities, irrigation lines, or any underground fixture requiring excavation deeper than six inches shall be accomplished by boring under the root system of protected existing trees at a minimum depth of 24 inches. The auger distance is established from the face of the tree (outer bark) and is scaled from tree diameter at breast height as described in the chart below. Tree Diameter at Breast Height (Inches) Auger Distance from Face of Tree (Feet) 0-2 1 3-4 2 5-9 5 10-14 10 15-19 12 Over 19 15 3.03 Tree Repair and Replacement A. Promptly repair trees damaged by construction operations to prevent progressive deterioration. B. Remove and replace dead and damaged trees that the City Forester determines to be incapable of restoring to a normal growth pattern. 1. Provide new trees of same size and species as those being replaced. Plant and maintain as specified herein. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02220 - Demolition Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02220 - DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Description of Work A. Demolition or salvage and removal of boulders (if found) for re-use in landscape; and remove fencing, other plant material, and debris or other items on the site necessary for the construction of the project. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Standards listed hereunder and referenced elsewhere in these specifications shall become a part of this specification and are incorporated herein by reference. The latest edition, amendment or supplements thereto in effect thirty (30) days before date of invitation shall apply. 1. City of Fort Collins, Street Cut and Excavation Repair Standards 2. City of Fort Collins, Stormwater Drainage Design and Construction Standards PART 2 - MATERIALS - Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Inspection and Reviews A. Schedule site meeting with Owner’s Representative to verify and mark limits of demolition. 3.02 Protection A. Refer to the General Requirements for site protection and temporary controls. B. Erect barriers and warning signs as necessary to prevent injury to the public and construction personnel. C. Protect features and areas not marked for demolition. Limit use of site to the delineated areas. D. Use of explosives is prohibited. 3.03 Demolition and Removal A. Items listed for salvage remain the property of the City. Items listed for demolition become the property of the Contractor. B. Remove from site items shown on demolition plan. C. Arrange for and pay costs associated with off-site disposal. 3.04 Hidden Conditions A. A hidden condition is any feature that could not be discovered or reasonably inferred from a careful inspection of the site prior to demolition. B. Promptly report hidden conditions to the Owner’s Representative. C. Hidden conditions may cause damage to features that are to remain in a finished work if demolition operations continue. Stop demolition operations affected by hidden conditions until a determination is made by the Engineer. D. Hidden conditions may cause a change in contract time or price; refer to the General Conditions. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02220 - Demolition Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02220 - DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Description of Work A. Demolition or salvage and removal of boulders (if found) for re-use in landscape; and remove fencing, other plant material, and debris or other items on the site necessary for the construction of the project. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Standards listed hereunder and referenced elsewhere in these specifications shall become a part of this specification and are incorporated herein by reference. The latest edition, amendment or supplements thereto in effect thirty (30) days before date of invitation shall apply. 1. City of Fort Collins, Street Cut and Excavation Repair Standards 2. City of Fort Collins, Stormwater Drainage Design and Construction Standards PART 2 - MATERIALS - Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Inspection and Reviews A. Schedule site meeting with Owner’s Representative to verify and mark limits of demolition. 3.02 Protection A. Refer to the General Requirements for site protection and temporary controls. B. Erect barriers and warning signs as necessary to prevent injury to the public and construction personnel. C. Protect features and areas not marked for demolition. Limit use of site to the delineated areas. D. Use of explosives is prohibited. 3.03 Demolition and Removal A. Items listed for salvage remain the property of the City. Items listed for demolition become the property of the Contractor. B. Remove from site items shown on demolition plan. C. Arrange for and pay costs associated with off-site disposal. 3.04 Hidden Conditions A. A hidden condition is any feature that could not be discovered or reasonably inferred from a careful inspection of the site prior to demolition. B. Promptly report hidden conditions to the Owner’s Representative. C. Hidden conditions may cause damage to features that are to remain in a finished work if demolition operations continue. Stop demolition operations affected by hidden conditions until a determination is made by the Engineer. D. Hidden conditions may cause a change in contract time or price; refer to the General Conditions. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02221 – Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 2 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02221 – TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Scope Furnish all labor, materials, and equipment, and perform all operations to complete trenching, including excavation, subgrade preparation, drainage, filter fabric installation, bedding, backfilling, compacting, and finish grading for underground pipelines, service lines, sleeving, and appurtenances as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 Related Work A. Section 02200 – Earthwork and Grading. B. Section 02520 – Portland Cement Concrete Paving. C. Section 02600 – Domestic Water Supply. D. Section 02700 – Sanitary Sewerage Systems. E. Section 02810 – Irrigation. F. Section 16000 – General Electrical. 1.03 Protection A. Obtain utility locations before commencing work. Protect all existing underground utilities, above ground structures or plantings, or repair to original condition. PART 2 MATERIALS: 2.01 Trench Backfill Material A. Trench excavation or imported material free from frozen material, stumps, roots, brush, other organic matter, cinders or other corrosive material, debris, and rocks or stones greater than 2 inches in any dimension. 2.02 Other A. Bedding, piping, filter fabric, and other materials specified on the drawings and in related sections. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Preparation A. Remove and stockpile topsoil from areas to be disturbed by construction. Keep topsoil segregated from non-organic trench excavation materials and debris. 3.02 Trenching A. Excavate trenches by open cut methods. Segregate suitable backfill. Rough trench excavation will leave trench with uniform width and vertical sidewalls from an elevation one foot above the top of installed pipe to the bottom of pipe. B. Minimum trench width will provide 6 inch space between pipe wall and side of trench. Maximum trench width will be shown on the drawings or in the appropriate pipeline section. If not specified elsewhere the maximum trench width is the pipe O.D. plus 20 inches. City of Fort Collins Section 02221 – Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 2 C. Grade trench bottom to provide uniform clearance for bedding material. De-water trench. Remove loose material and foreign objects. When required, install filter fabric per manufacturer’s specifications. D. Unstable subgrade is not expected. If unstable subgrade material is encountered, report the condition to the Owner. Remedy and payment for subgrade stabilization will be based on the actual conditions encountered. 3.03 Bedding A. Pipe will be bedded in accordance with the detailed drawings or the appropriate pipeline specification. 3.04 Backfilling and Compaction A. Backfill trench promptly after completion of pipe bedding. B. Deposit material in uniform layers with thickness commensurate with the soil encountered and the compaction equipment used. C. Compaction requirements will be made at the moisture content and will meet the densities, by zone, specified in Section 02200 – Earthwork and Grading. D. Coordinate and schedule compaction tests with City Representative. 3.05 Surface Restoration A. Restore pavements according to City of Fort Collins Standards. B. Restore landscaped areas according to Section 02900 – Landscaping. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02230 – Clearing and Grubbing Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 2 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02230 — CLEARING AND GRUBBING PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 Description of work A. This work shall consist of clearing, grubbing, removing, and disposing of all vegetation and debris within the limits of the project and such other areas as may be SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. This work shall also include preservation of vegetation and objects designated to remain from injury or defacement. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the procurement of all applicable licenses, permits, and fees related to Forestry work in the City of Fort Collins as required for the specified work. PART 2 – MATERIALS – Not used PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 Protection of Existing Improvements A. Provide protection necessary to prevent damage to existing improvements indicated to remain in place. B. Protect improvements on adjoining properties and on City's property. C. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, acceptable to parties having jurisdiction. D. Protect existing trees and other vegetation indicated to remain in place, against unnecessary cutting, breaking or skinning of roots, skinning and bruising of bark, smothering of trees by stockpiling construction material or excavated material within drip line, excess foot or vehicular traffic, or parking of vehicles within drip line. Provide temporary guards to protect trees and vegetation to be left standing. E. Water trees and other vegetation to remain within limits of contract work as required to maintain their health during course of construction operations. F. Provide protection for roots over 1-1/2" diameter cut during construction operations. Coat cut faces with emulsified asphalt, or other acceptable coating, formulated for use on damaged plant tissues. Temporarily cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying out; cover with earth as soon as possible. G. Repair or replace trees and vegetation indicated to remain which are damaged by construction operations, in a manner acceptable to parties having jurisdiction. Employ qualified tree surgeon to repair damages to trees and shrubs. Replace trees which cannot be repaired and restored to full growth status, as determined by the City. 3.02 Site Clearing A. Site clearing consists of removing and properly disposing of ground vegetation, shrubs, bushes, downed trees, and debris within the project area. B. Branches on remaining trees and bushes in the way of construction shall be trimmed outside the collar and branch bark ridge of the limb. C. Cultured shrubs, bushes, and other vegetation to remain shall be protected. D. Use only hand methods for grubbing inside drip line of trees indicated to be left standing. City of Fort Collins Section 02230 – Clearing and Grubbing Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 2 E. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material, unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated. F. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding 12" loose depth, and thoroughly compact to a density equal to adjacent ground. 3.03 Individual Stump Removal A. Removal of stumps will require the removal of all roots over three inches in diameter to a minimum depth of six inches below subgrade. Roots over three inches in diameter protruding from an excavated slope shall be cut flush with the excavated slope surface. 3.04 Disposal A. Disposal of clearing debris, waste materials and unsuitable or excess topsoil shall be off site at an area provided by the Contractor, at Contractor's expense, unless otherwise SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. B. Burning of debris on City property is not allowed. C. Remove debris from site in a timely manner. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02240 – Tree Removal Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 2 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02240 – TREE REMOVAL PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 Description of Work A. Individual trees to be removed SHALL BE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. 1.02 Quality Standards A. If you do not currently have a Fort Collins Arborist License, submit three references with the bid. You must obtain a license from the City Forester to be qualified to bid on this job. B. The contractor must have at lease three (3) years of experience removing trees larger than 20 inches in diameter, or have successfully completed a job similar to this bid in size and condition in the past three (3) years. C. The City Forester can further examine a contractor’s qualifications through a “PRE-AWARD SURVEY”. D. The contractor can dispose of or use brush and logs in any acceptable manner except brush or logs of the elm genus (Ulmus) which must be hauled to the County Landfill. Log size material for species other than Ulmus, can be deposited at the City Forestry woodpile at the Hoffman site arranged by the Assistant City Forester. E. Provide the assistant City Forester with a schedule and timetable of all work. F. The contractor is expected to fully cooperate and coordinate all work activities with the residents and owners of the adjacent properties. Failure to do so shall be grounds for termination of the contract. PART 2 – MATERIALS – Not used PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 Standards for Workmanship A. Authorized work in this job neither expresses nor implies a right to violate any law of the land while in process of performing such work. B. All such work shall be conducted in a manner as to cause the least possible interference with, or annoyance to others. C. Inadequately or improperly trained personnel shall not be utilized for work on or with trees or shrubs beyond their known capacity or ability to perform properly or safely. D. A qualified supervisor shall be present at all times when work is being performed except that he may be absent for short periods during the day when necessary because of emergencies or other urgent matters. E. Any injury to persons or damages to any improvement, tree, shrub, or structure while working on this job shall be promptly reported to the Assistant City Forester. F. Any use of tools or equipment in unsafe conditions or any application of techniques or methods deemed unsafe to life, limb or property is forbidden. G. Pedestrians and vehicular traffic shall be allowed to pass through the work areas only under conditions of safety and with as little inconvenience and delay as possible. City of Fort Collins Section 02240 – Tree Removal Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 2 H. Adequate barricades and warning devices shall be placed and flagpersons shall be stationed as necessary for the safety of persons and vehicles. I. Qualified street and sidewalk warning devices shal be in position as required at all time while work on this job is being performed. J. Whenever electric or telephone lines, gas lines, water lines, or other improvements, public or private, will be implicated or jeopardized by any authorized tree or shrub activity and all requested precautions by any such authority shall be complied with. K. It shall be unlawful for any person to engage in the business of planting, cutting, trimming, pruning, removing, spraying, or otherwise treating trees, shrubs, or vines within the City without first procuring a license therefore from the City. L. All motor vehicles and other major equipment or any licensed person used in conducting the licensed business shall be clearly identified with the name of the licensee. 3.02 Standards of Workmanship for Tree Removal A. Cleanup of branches, logs or any other debris resulting from any tree removal shall be promptly and properly accomplished. The work area shall be kept safe at all times until the cleanup operation is completed. Under no circumstances shall the accumulation of brush, limbs, logs, or other debris be allowed in such a manner as to result in a hazard. B. The use of climbing spurs or spike shoes in the act of trimming the tree are prohibited, but are permitted for removal. C. Under no condition shall it be considered proper to leave any severed or partially cut limbs in the upper portion of any tree being worked on after the tree workers leave the scene of operation. D. Whenever large tree sections are being cut in a treetop which may endanger people or property, such materials shall be secured by ropes and lowered safely in a controlled manner. E. Stump removal is required as part of the work. Grind stumps to 12-14 inches below finish grade. Woody debris shall be removed from site and disposed of . F. At least one responsible tree worker shall serve to coordinate safe operations on the ground at all times when work operations are in progress. G. The contractor is responsible for providing all necessary traffic control to assure the safety of motorists, pedestrians, and bicyclists. The traffic control shall be provided by and maintained by an ATSSA certified Traffic Control Supervisor, TCS. All traffic control devices shall meet or exceed the minimum standards set forth in the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices, MUTCD. The contractor must submit traffic control plans and coordinate all traffic control with the City’s Traffic Control Coordinator. The traffic control plans must be submitted 72 hours prior to starting tree operations and prior to any modification to the traffic control plan. If the plan is not submitted and approved, or if the traffic control devices are not provided according to the plan, the project will be shut down immediately until the situation can be corrected. Flaggers must be used to close the street and for on lane traffic operation. The flaggers must be certified and under the supervision of a certified TCS. H. Sidewalks must be properly barricaded to protect pedestrians during actual removal operations. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02250 – Topsoil Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 2 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02250 – TOPSOIL PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 Scope A. This work shall consist of excavating, stockpiling, and placing topsoil on the project site ( and/or furnishing, hauling, and stockpiling) and placing topsoil from approved sources. This work shall also include preservation of vegetation and objects designated to remain from injury or defacement. PART 2 – MATERIALS 2.01 Topsoil A. Topsoil shall consist of the organic growing layer of soil which is reasonably free of admixtures of subsoil, refuse, stumps, roots, rocks, brush, weeds, heavy clay, hard clods, toxic substances or other material which would be detrimental to proper development of vegetative growth. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 Protection of Existing Improvements A. Provide protection necessary to prevent damage to existing improvements indicated to remain in place. B. Protect improvements on adjoining properties and on City’s property C. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, acceptable to parities having jurisdiction. D. Protect existing trees and other vegetation indicated to remain in place, against unnecessary cutting, breaking, or skinning of roots, skinning and bruising of bark, smothering of trees by stockpiling construction materials or excavated material within drip line, excess foot or vehicular traffic, or parking of vehicles within drip line. Provide temporary guards to protect trees and vegetation to be left standing. E. Water trees and other vegetation to remain within limits of contract work as required to maintain their health during the course of construction operations. F. Provide protection for roots over 1-1/2” diameter cut during construction operations. Temporarily cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying out; cover with earth as soon as possible. G. Repair or replace trees and vegetation indicated to remain which are damaged by construction operations, in a manner acceptable to parties having jurisdiction. Employ qualified tree surgeon to repair damages to trees and shrubs. Replace trees which cannot by repaired and restored to full growth status, as determined by the City. 3.02 Construction Requirements A. Materials selected for topsoil shall be excavated and stockpiled (and/or furnished, hauled, and stockpiled) and placed at the site and graded. Topsoil shall be placed directly upon constructed cut and fill slopes without the use of stockpiles whenever conditions and the progress or work will permit. B. Strip topsoil to whatever depths encountered in a manner to prevent intermingling with underlying subsoil or other objectionable material. City of Fort Collins Section 02250 – Topsoil Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 2 C. Limit stripping to limits of construction shown on the drawings; or to as small an area as practical within the right-of-way or limits of construction. D. Remove heavy growths of grass from areas before stripping. E. Where trees or bushes are indicated to be left standing, stop topsoil stripping a sufficient distance form the trees or bushes to prevent damage to main root system. F. Stockpile topsoil in storage areas designated or agreed to prior to starting work. Construct storage piles to freely drain surface water. Cover storage piles if required to prevent wind-blown dust. Maintain topsoil free from contamination. G. The area where topsoil shall be removed are: 1. Where final contours on the drawings indicate excavation or filling. 2. Under all asphalt pavement. 3. Under all walkways. 4. Under all graveled driveways and storage areas. 5. Under all new building sites. H. Topsoil shall be placed and graded in landscaped areas. Placement shall not impede drainage patterns. Topsoil shall not be placed until the areas to be covered have been properly prepared and grading operations in the area have been completed. END OF SECTION Spring Canyon Community Park SECTION 02301 – EARTHWORK Page 1 of 7 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02301 – EARTHWORK AND GRADING PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 Summary A. Provide earthwork as shown and as specified. This work shall consist of excavation, embankment fill, disposal of excess material, shaping, and compaction of all material encountered within the limits of work, including excavation and backfill for structures. The excavation shall include, but is not limited to, the native soils which must be excavated for the project work. All work shall be completed in accordance with these Specifications and the lines and grades on the Drawings. All excavation will be classified, "unclassified excavation", or "muck excavation" or "rock excavation", as hereafter described. All embankment will be classified "embankment material" as hereafter described. 1.02 Related Sections A. Section 02230 – Clearing and Grubbing B. Section 02221 – Trenching, Backfill, and Compaction 1.03 Definitions A. Unclassified Excavation shall consist of the excavation of all materials on site to final earthwork grades. Excavation of unsuitable material will only be paid for if it is found to be unsuitable in its original state. B. Muck Excavation shall consist of the removal and disposal of mixtures of soils and organic matter not suitable for foundation material and replacement with approved material. Material damaged due to rain or weather will not be paid for as Muck excavation and is entirely the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. C. Rock Excavation shall consist of igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary rock which cannot be excavated without the use of rippers, and all boulders or other detached stones each having a volume of 1/2 cubic yard or more, as determined by physical or visual measurement. It shall also include replacement with approved material as required. D. Embankment (Complete in Place): shall consist of placing all excavated material, except material being hauled and disposed, as embankment and compacted to final grades as specified in the Contract Documents and on the Drawings. 1.04 Submittals A. Test Reports: Submit reports for laboratory and field tests required under "Testing" article. Test reports for footing, slab, and pavement subgrades shall be submitted prior to placing concrete or paving materials. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330. 1.05 Testing A. Contractor will arrange and owner shall pay for soil sampling and testing. Contractor shall extend full cooperation to Owner and testing agency in obtaining samples and performing tests. Where soil materials do not conform to type or density specified, soil shall be replaced or reworked to conform. The cost of the initial test will be paid by the owner, while all additional tests for replaced or reworked areas shall be paid for by the Contractor. Spring Canyon Community Park SECTION 02301 – EARTHWORK Page 2 of 7 PART 2 – MATERIALS 2.01 Soil Materials, General A. Soil materials shall be free of organic matter, debris, frozen soils, ice, and other objectionable materials. Rock particles larger than maximum size specified shall be removed prior to placement of soil. B. Select existing material from required excavations may be used for fill or backfill if it meets the specified material requirements. If necessary, furnish additional approved material from suitable off-site sources. C. Muck excavation shall also include the replacement of excavated muck with uniformly graded rock, riprap, on-site or imported soils, or other material whichever is most suitable for the specific situation encountered. The ENGINEER will determine which type of aggregate or other material which shall be used after observing the specific site conditions. 2.02 Granular Fill, Bedding, and Backfill A. Select soils complying with ASTM D2487 soil classification groups GW (well-graded gravel), GP (poorly-graded gravel), SW (well-graded sand), or SP (poorly-graded sand). Aggregate shall pass a 3/4-inch sieve and not more than 35% shall be retained on a No. 10 sieve. Maximum 5% by weight shall pass a No. 200 sieve. 2.03 Fill and Backfill A. Previously excavated soils, free of aggregate larger than 3 inches, and suitable for intended purpose PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 Preparation A. Prepare site for work in accordance with Section 02110. Layout and stake work to be performed. 3.02 General Excavation A. The excavation and embankment for the project work shall be finished to reasonably smooth and uniform surfaces. Variation from the subgrade plane shall not be more than .08 feet in soil or more than .08 feet above or .50 below in rock. Where bituminous or concrete surfacing materials are to be placed directly on the subgrade, the subgrade plane shall not vary more than 0.04 feet. Materials shall not be wasted without permission of the ENGINEER. Excavation operations shall be conducted so that material outside of the limits of slopes will not be disturbed. Prior to beginning grading operations in any area, all necessary clearing and grubbing in that area shall have been performed in accordance with Section 02110 of these Specifications. When the CONTRACTOR’s excavating operations encounter remains of pre-historic people’s dwelling sites or artifacts of historical or archaeological significance, the operations, shall be temporarily discontinued. The ENGINEER will contact archaeological authorities to determine the disposition thereof. When directed, the CONTRACTOR shall excavate the site in such a manner as to preserve the artifacts encountered and shall remove them for delivery to the custody of the proper state authorities. Such excavation will be considered and paid for as extra work. B. For footings and foundations, take care not to disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate to final grade just before concrete is placed. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid, undisturbed base to receive granular fill, base course, or concrete as shown. 3.03 Excavation for Embankments A. Unclassified: All excess suitable material excavated from the project site and not used for embankment shall be removed from the project site and become the property of the CONTRACTOR. Where material encountered within the limit of the work is considered unsuitable for embankment (fills) on any portion of this project work, such material shall be excavated as directed by the ENGINEER and replaced with suitable fill material. All unsuitable Spring Canyon Community Park SECTION 02301 – EARTHWORK Page 3 of 7 excavated material from excavation consisting of any type of debris (surface or buried), excavated rock, bedrock or rocks larger than 6 inches in diameter and boulders shall be hauled from the project site and disposed of. Debris is defined as "anything that is not earth which exists at the job site". B. Muck: Where excavation to the finished grade section results in a subgrade or slopes of unsuitable soil, the ENGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR to remove the unsuitable materials and backfill to the finished graded section with approved material. Disposal of the material shall be at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. Good surface drainage shall be provided around all permanent cuts to direct surface runoff away from the cut face. C. Rock: Unless otherwise specified, rock shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 0.5 feet below subgrade within the limits of the channel area, and the excavation shall be backfilled with material shown on the Drawings or as designated by the ENGINEER. Disposal of material and replacement with suitable approved material shall be at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. 3.04 Embankment Construction A. Embankment construction shall consist of constructing all fill areas, including preparation of the areas upon which they are to be placed, and the placing and compacting of embankment material in holes, pits and other depressions within the project area. Only approved materials shall be used in the construction of embankments and backfills. Approved materials shall consist of clean on-site cohesive soils or approved imported soils. On- site cohesive soils are suitable for use as compacted fill provided the following recommendations are met: Excavation and Embankment will only be paid when a significant change in grade is required, as determined by the ENGINEER. Minor cuts and fills will be considered incidental to the work, and will not be paid for separately under this section. Percent Finer by Weight Gradation (ASTM C136) 1/2-Inch 100 3/8-Inch 70 – 100 No. 4 Sieve 50 – 100 No. 200 Sieve 60 (min • Liquid Limit • Plasticity Index • In-Situ Coefficient of Permeability 30 (min 15 (min) 1x10-6cm/sec (max) On-site cohesive soils or imported soils should be placed and compacted in thin, horizontal lifts, not to exceed 8 inches in thickness (measured prior to compaction), using equipment and procedures that will produce recommended moisture contents and densities throughout the lift and embankment height. On-site or imported cohesive soils should be compacted within a moisture content range of optimum to 3% above optimum moisture content and compacted to 95% of the Maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698). When embankment is to be placed and compacted on hillsides, or when new embankment is to be compacted against existing embankments, or when embankment is built 1/2 width at a time, the slopes that are steeper than 4:1 when measured longitudinally or at right angles to the adjacent ground shall be continuously benched over those areas where it is required as the work is brought up in layers. Benching shall be well keyed and where practical a minimum of 8 feet. Each horizontal cut shall begin at the intersection of the original ground and the vertical sides of the Spring Canyon Community Park SECTION 02301 – EARTHWORK Page 4 of 7 previous cuts. Material thus cut out shall be recompacted along with the new embankment material at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. The ground surface underlying all fills shall be carefully prepared by removing all organic matter, scarification to a depth of 8 inches and recompacting to 95% of the Maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698) at optimum moisture content + or - 2% prior to fill placement. Embankment material shall be placed in horizontal layers not exceeding 8 inches (loose measurement) and shall be compacted to 95% of the Maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698) at optimum moisture content + or - 2%. Effective spreading equipment shall be used on each lift to obtain uniform thickness prior to compacting. As the compaction of each layer progresses, continuous leveling and manipulating will be required to assure uniform density. A moisture density determination shall be made for each soil type encountered. Unless directed by the geotechnical engineer, the standard Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D 698) shall apply. For embankments which serve as berms, the downstream portion shall be "keyed" into the subsurface soils a minimum of 3 feet to enhance the stability of the slope. Materials which are removed from excavations beneath the water table may be over the acceptable moisture content range and will require that they be dried out prior to reusing them. Cross hauling or other action as appropriate will be ordered when necessary to insure that the best available material is placed in critical areas of embankments, including the top 2 feet of all embankments. No additional payment will be made for cross hauling ordered by the ENGINEER. Frozen materials shall not be used in construction of embankments and embankments shall not be constructed on frozen materials. During the construction of the channels, the channel bottom shall be maintained in such condition that it will be well drained at all times. Excavation or Embankment (Fill), and Structural Backfill work either completed or in a stage of completion that is either eroded or washed away or becomes unstable due to either rains, snow, snow melt, channel flows or lack of proper water control shall be either removed and replaced, recompacted or reshaped as directed by the ENGINEER and in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications at the CONTRACTOR’s sole expense. Removed unsuitable materials shall be hauled away and disposed of at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. Placing of replacement materials for removed unsuitable materials shall be purchased, placed and compacted at the CONTRACTOR’ expense. B. Proofrolling with a heavy rubber tired roller will be required, if designated on the Drawings or when ordered by the ENGINEER. Proof rolling shall be done after specified compaction has been obtained. Areas found to be weak and those areas which failed shall be ripped, scarified, wetted if necessary, and recompacted to the requirements for density and moisture at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. Proof rolling shall be done with equipment and in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER. Proof rolling as shown on the Drawings or as ordered by the ENGINEER shall not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the unit prices bid for the work. 3.05 Excavation and Backfill for Structures A. Poor foundation material for any of the work shall be removed, by the CONTRACTOR, as directed by the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR will be compensated for removal and replacement of such materials in accordance with Muck Excavation. The CONTRACTOR is cautioned that construction equipment may cause the natural soils to pump or deform while performing excavation work inside and on footings, structural floor slabs, or other structure foundation areas. Spring Canyon Community Park SECTION 02301 – EARTHWORK Page 5 of 7 Foundation materials which are: a) saturated by either surface or subsurface flows due to the lack of adequate water control or dewatering work by the CONTRACTOR; b) frozen for any reason; or, c) that are disturbed by the CONTRACTOR’s work or caused to become unacceptable for foundation material purposes by means of the CONTRACTOR’s equipment, manpower, or methods of work shall be removed and replaced by the CONTRACTOR at his expense. Dewatering should not be conducted by pumping from inside footing, structural floor slab, or other structure foundation limits. This may decrease the supporting capacity of the soils. Care should be taken when excavating the foundations to avoid disturbing the supporting materials. Excavation by either hand or careful backhoe soil removal, may be required in excavating the last few inches of material to obtain the subgrade of any item of the concrete work. Any over-excavated subgrades that are due to the CONTRACTOR’s actions, shall be brought back to subgrade elevations by the CONTRACTOR and at his expense in the following manner: 1. For over-excavations of 2 inches or less, either: Backfill and compact with an approved granular materials; backfill with 1/2 inch crushed rock; or fill within concrete at the time of the appurtenant structure concrete pour. 2. For over-excavations greater than 2 inches, backfill and compact with an approved granular material. All granular footings, structural floor slabs, or other structure areas shall be compacted with a vibratory plate compactor prior to placement of concrete, reinforcing, or bedding materials. B. Backfill, and fill within 3 feet adjacent to all structures and for full height of the walls, shall be selected non-swelling material. It shall be granular, well graded, and free from stones larger than 2 inches. Material may be job excavated, but selectivity will be required as determined by the ENGINEER. Refer to the Plans for job specific requirements. Stockpiled material, other than topsoil from the excavation shall be used for backfilling unless an impervious structural backfill is specified. The backfill material shall consist of either clean on-site granular materials free of stones larger than 2 inches in diameter with no more than 20% passing the No. 200 sieve, or equivalent imported materials. All backfill around the structures shall be consolidated by mechanical tamping. The material shall be placed in 6-inch loose lifts within a range of 2% above to 2% below the optimum moisture content and compacted to 95% of Maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698) for sand soils, or to 75% relative density as determined by the relative density of cohesionless soils test, ASTM D4253. When specified on the Drawings or as required by the ENGINEER, Class I structural backfill shall meet the following gradation requirements: Sieve Size % by Weight Passing Square Mesh Sieves 2-Inch 100 No. 4 30 – 100 No. 50 10 – 60 No. 200 5 – 20 In addition, this material shall have a liquid limit not exceeding 35 and a plasticity index of not over 6. Impervious structural backfill, where shown or specified, shall consist of material having 100% finer than 2 inches in diameter and a minimum of 30% passing a No. 200 U.S. Standard Sieve. The material shall be placed in 6-inch loose lifts within a range of 2% above to 2% below the optimum moisture content and compacted to 95% of Maximum Standard Proctor Density for cohesive soils as determined by ASTM D698. Spring Canyon Community Park SECTION 02301 – EARTHWORK Page 6 of 7 3.06 Trenching A. Prepare Excavate trenches so that pipe can be laid safely and accurately to required line and grade. Hand excavate for bells, fittings and projections to allow for proper jointing and to insure that pipe rests evenly along barrel and is not resting on bell. B. In sand and gravel soils, bottom of trench may be shaped to fit bottom 1/3 of pipe. In silt or clay soils, bottom of trench shall be 4 in. below pipe barrel and 3 in. below bell. Under foundations and footings, bottom of trench shall be 8 in. below pipe. Bedding will be uniformly graded material conforming to CDOT #67 granular bedding unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or as approved by the Engineer. 3.07 Unauthorized Excavation A. Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated elevations or side dimensions without specific direction of Engineer. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work, shall be at Contractor's expense. Notify Owner if unauthorized excavations are made. B. Backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified for authorized excavations of same classification, unless otherwise directed. 3.08 Stability of Excavations A. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in a safe condition until completion of backfilling. Slope sides of excavations to angle of repose of material excavated; otherwise, shore and brace where sloping is not possible either because of space restrictions or stability of material excavated. Comply with applicable codes and ordinances. 3.09 Dewatering A. Perform earthwork in a manner to prevent surface water and ground water from flowing into excavations. Promptly remove water from excavations using pumps, sumps, and dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations. If underground springs are encountered, notify Owner before proceeding. 3.10 Stockpiling A. Stockpile excavated materials meeting the requirements for fill and backfill where directed until required for the work. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles for proper drainage. Locate stockpiles a sufficient distance from edge of excavations to prevent such material from falling or sliding into excavations and to prevent cave-ins. 3.11 Cold Weather Protection A. Protect excavation bottoms against freezing when atmospheric temperature is less than 35°F by covering with dry insulating materials of sufficient depth to prevent frost penetration. 3.12 Grading A. Grade area within project limits by cutting and/or filling as necessary to achieve lines and grades shown. Grade areas adjacent to structure lines to drain away from structure to prevent ponding. Finish surface to be reasonably smooth and free from irregular surface changes. Tolerance for areas to receive topsoil shall be 0.3 ft above or below established grade, less allowance for topsoil. Tolerance for areas to be paved shall be 0.1 ft above or below established pavement subgrade. Tolerance for turf areas shall be 0.025 as per Owner. 3.13 Disposal of Excess and Waste Materials A. Remove excess excavated material, trash, debris, and other waste materials and legally dispose of them off-site. 3.14 Field Quality Control A. Moisture and density tests are required and are the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be performed by a private Geotechnical Consultant. Contractor is responsible for all coordination of Spring Canyon Community Park SECTION 02301 – EARTHWORK Page 7 of 7 testing. Owner will pay for first test while additional testing shall be paid for by contractor. The following minimum tests should be expected to be performed. 1. Embankment subgrade – 1 per 500 lineal feet. 2. Embankment fill – 1 per 500 lineal feet of embankment alternating leftand right of centerline or as directed by the geotechnical engineering, ENGINEER, or OWNER. 3. Compaction tests, as specified above, shall be performed for each vertical foot of compacted embankment. B. Field tests will be conducted to determine compliance of moisture/density testing methods with specified density in accordance with ASTM D2922. C. Test results shall be submitted to the Engineer by the Contractor or the Geotechnical Consultant for approval by the Owner prior to acceptance of the pipeline and shall be made available on the day of the test. D. All failed test areas shall be recompacted and retested at Contractor’s expense. E. All compacted material shall be within 2% (+/-) of the optimum moisture content of the soil as determined by ASTM D698. Water shall be added to the material, or the material shall be harrowed, disced, bladed, or otherwise worked to ensure a uniform moisture content as specified. F. Sect Final topography and/or cross-sections will be surveyed of areas that are to finished grade and compared to the design section for accuracy. Final grade shall match design grades within the tolerances discussed in PART 3 EXECUTION. PART 4 – SCHEDULES 4.01 Compaction Schedule (unless otherwise stated on the drawings or Other Specifications Location Lift Thickness(1) Compaction(2) Below foundations, slabs, pavements, walks, and other designated areas 6" 95% Unpaved areas 15 feet or less outside structure line 8" 95% Embankments and berming 8" 95% Unpaved areas more than 15 feet outside structure line 12" 90% (1)Place manually compacted materials in maximum 4-inch layers. (2) Percent of maximum density determined in accordance with ASTM D1557 (Modified Proctor test). END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02304 – Aggregate Base Course Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02304 – AGGREGATE BASE COURSE PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 Description of work A. The current edition of the Colorado Department of Transportation Standard Specification Booklet is referenced into these specifications. PART 2– REVISIONS A. Subsection 304.01 is revised to include the following: This work shall consist of placing Aggregate Base (Class 5) over previously prepared subgrade approved by the Engineer. Aggregate Base will be used as fill under the curb, gutter, and sidewalks if there is not any acceptable material onsite. The proposed material shall meet the following minimum requirements: LL Maximum: 30 PI Maximum: 6 “R” Value Minimum: 78 The minimum strength coefficient of the Class 5 Aggregate Base shall be 0.12. B. Subsection 304.07 is revised to include the following: Aggregate Base Course will be measured by the ton at proper moisture. Quality will be adjusted accordingly if moisture is too high. Haul and water necessary to bring mixture to optimum moisture will not be measured paid for separately, but shall be included in the price for Aggregate Base. C. Subsection 304/08 is revised to include the following: The accepted qualities of Aggregate Base Course will be paid for at the contract price per ton. D. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit 304-01 A.B.C. (C-5) Tons The above prices and payments shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all work involved in placing Aggregate Base Course including haul and water, complete-in-place, as shown on the plans, as specified in the specifications, and as directed by the Engineer. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02306 – Recondition Subgrade Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02306 – RECONDITION SUBGRADE PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 Scope A. This work shall consist of blading, shaping, wetting, and compacting the subgrade with moisture density control, in accordance with these specifications, at locations and in reasonably close conformity with the details shown on the plans or as staked. PART 2 – MATERIALS – Not used PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 Construction Requirements A. The top 6 inches of the entire subgrade, UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS shall be reconditioned by scarifying, blading, and rolling. Sufficient water shall be added to meet the density requirements as specified on the plans. The reconditioned surface shall not vary above or below the lines and grades as staked by more than 0.08 foot. The surface shall be tested prior to the application of any base course material. Where bituminous surfacing materials are to be placed directly on the subgrade, the subgrade plane shall not vary more than .04 foot. All defective work shall be corrected as directed. The surface shall be satisfactorily maintained until base course has been placed. B. Compaction shall be 95% of ASTM D698 UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02315 – Excavation and Embankment Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 4 DIVISION 3 SECTION 02315 - EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This work shall consist of excavation, embankment fill, disposal of excess material, shaping, and compaction of all material encountered within the limits of work, including excavation and backfill for structures. The excavation shall include, but is not limited to, the native soils which must be excavated for the project work. All work shall be completed in accordance with these Specifications and the lines and grades on the Drawings. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Unclassified Excavation shall consist of the excavation of all materials on site to final grades, excluding the bid items included in section 02220. Excavation of unsuitable material will only be paid for if it is found to be unsuitable in its original state. B. Muck Excavation shall consist of the removal and disposal of mixtures of soils and organic matter not suitable for foundation material and replacement with approved material. Material damaged due to rain or weather will not be paid for as Muck excavation and is entirely the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. C. Rock Excavation shall consist of igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary rock which cannot be excavated without the use of rippers, and all boulders or other detached stones each having a volume of 1/2 cubic yard or more, as determined by physical or visual measurement. It shall also include replacement with approved material as required. D. Embankment (Complete in Place): shall consist of placing all excavated material, except material being hauled and disposed, as embankment and compacted to final grades as specified in the Contract Documents and on the Drawings. 1.03 DESCRIPTION A. This work shall consist of excavation, disposal, placement, and compaction of all material encountered within the limits of the work, and not being completed under some other item, necessary for the construction of the project in accordance with the Specifications and the lines, grades, and typical cross-sections shown on the Drawings. All excavation will be classified, “unclassified excavation”, or “muck excavation” or “rock excavation”, as hereafter described. All embankment will be classified “embankment material” as hereafter described. 1.04 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02240 – Water Control and Dewatering 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Final topography and/or cross-sections will be surveyed of areas that are to finished grade and compared to the design section for accuracy. Final grade shall match design grades within the tolerances discussed in PART 3 EXECUTION. City of Fort Collins Section 02315 – Excavation and Embankment Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 4 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Embankment material may consist of approved material acquired from excavations or material hauled from outside the project limits. Suitable material identified on-site shall be used first for embankments and backfill. Excess excavated native soils which are not used as embankment or backfill shall become the property of the CONTRACTOR and shall be disposed of off-site by the CONTRACTOR, in a location acceptable to the ENGINEER. B. Muck excavation encountered in all areas other then within the lakes shall also include the replacement of excavated muck with uniformly graded rock, riprap, on-site or imported soils, or other material whichever is most suitable for the specific situation encountered. The ENGINEER will determine which type of aggregate or other material which shall be used after observing the specific site conditions. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL EXCAVATION/EMBANKMENT A. General: The excavation and embankment for the project work shall be finished to reasonably smooth and uniform surfaces. Variation from the subgrade plane shall not be more than .08 feet in soil or more than .08 feet above or .50 below in rock. Materials shall not be wasted without permission of the ENGINEER. Excavation operations shall be conducted so that material outside of the limits of slopes will not be disturbed. B. When the CONTRACTOR’s excavating operations encounter remains of pre-historic people’s dwelling sites or artifacts of historical or archaeological significance, the operations, shall be temporarily discontinued. The ENGINEER will contact archaeological authorities to determine the disposition thereof. When directed, the CONTRACTOR shall excavate the site in such a manner as to preserve the artifacts encountered and shall remove them for delivery to the custody of the proper state authorities. Such excavation will be considered and paid for as extra work. C. Excavation: 1. Unclassified: All excess suitable material excavated from the project site and not used for embankment shall be removed from the project site and become the property of the CONTRACTOR. Where material encountered within the limit of the work is considered unsuitable for embankment (fills) on any portion of this project work, such material shall be excavated as directed by the ENGINEER and replaced with suitable fill material. All unsuitable excavated material from excavation consisting of any type of debris (surface or buried), excavated rock, bedrock or rocks larger than 6 inches in diameter and boulders shall be hauled from the project site and disposed of. Debris is defined as “anything that is not earth which exists at the job site”. 2. Muck: Where excavation to the finished grade section results in a subgrade or slopes of unsuitable soil, the ENGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR to remove the unsuitable materials and backfill to the finished graded section with approved material. Disposal of the material shall be at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. Good surface drainage shall be provided around all permanent cuts to direct surface runoff away from the cut face. Rock: Unless otherwise specified, rock shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 0.5 feet below subgrade within the limits of the channel area, and the excavation shall be backfilled with material shown on the Drawings or as designated by the ENGINEER. Disposal of material and replacement with suitable approved material shall be at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. City of Fort Collins Section 02315 – Excavation and Embankment Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 4 D. Embankment Construction: Embankment construction shall consist of constructing all fill areas, including preparation of the areas upon which they are to be placed, and the placing and compacting of embankment material in holes, pits and other depressions within the project area. Only approved materials shall be used in the construction of embankments and backfills. Approved materials shall consist of clean on-site cohesive soils or approved imported soils. On-site cohesive soils are suitable for use as compacted fill provided the following recommendations are met: Excavation and Embankment will only be paid when a significant change in grade is required, as determined by the ENGINEER. Minor cuts and fills will be considered incidental to the work, and will not be paid for separately under this section. Percent Finer by Weight Gradation (ASTM C136) ½-Inch 100 3/8-Inch 70 – 100 No. 4 Sieve 50 – 100 No. 200 Sieve 60 (min) Percent Finer by Weight Gradation (ASTM C136) • Liquid Limit 35 (max) • Plasticity Index 20 (max) • In-Situ Coefficient of Permeability 1x10-6 cm/sec On-site cohesive soils or imported soils should be placed and compacted in horizontal lifts, using equipment and procedures that will produce recommended moisture contents and densities throughout the lift and embankment height. On-site or imported cohesive soils should be compacted within a moisture content range of 2% below, to 2% above optimum moisture content and compacted to 95% of the Maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698). When embankment is to be placed and compacted on hillsides, or when new embankment is to be compacted against existing embankments, or when embankment is built 1/2 width at a time, the slopes that are steeper than 4:1 when measured longitudinally or at right angles to the adjacent ground shall be continuously benched over those areas where it is required as the work is brought up in layers. Benching shall be well keyed and where practical a minimum of 8 feet. Each horizontal cut shall begin at the intersection of the original ground and the vertical sides of the previous cuts. Material thus cut out shall be recompacted along with the new embankment material at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. The ground surface underlying all fills shall be carefully prepared by removing all organic matter, scarification to a depth of 8 inches and recompacting to 95% of the Maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698) at optimum moisture content + or - 2% prior to fill placement. Embankment material shall be placed in horizontal layers not exceeding 8 inches (loose measurement) and shall be compacted to 95% of the Maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698) at optimum moisture content + or - 2%. Effective spreading equipment shall be used on each lift to obtain uniform thickness prior to compacting. As the compaction of each layer progresses, continuous leveling and manipulating will be required to assure uniform density. For embankments which serve as berms, the downstream portion shall be “keyed” into the subsurface soils a minimum of 3 feet to enhance the stability of the slope. Materials which are removed from excavations beneath the water table may be over the optimum moisture content and will require that they be dried out prior to reusing them. City of Fort Collins Section 02315 – Excavation and Embankment Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 4 Cross hauling or other action as appropriate will be ordered when necessary to insure that the best available material is placed in critical areas of embankments, including the top 2 feet of all embankments. No additional payment will be made for cross hauling ordered by the ENGINEER. Frozen materials shall not be used in construction of embankments. During the construction of the channels, the channel bottom shall be maintained in such condition that it will be well drained at all times. Excavation or Embankment (Fill), and Structural Backfill work either completed or in a stage of completion that is either eroded or washed away or becomes unstable due to either rains, snow, snow melt, channel flows or lack of proper water control shall be either removed and replaced, recompacted or reshaped as directed by the ENGINEER and in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications at the CONTRACTOR’s sole expense. Removed unsuitable materials shall be hauled away and disposed of at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. Placing of replacement materials for removed unsuitable materials shall be purchased, placed and compacted at the CONTRACTOR’ expense. E. Proof rolling with a heavy rubber tired roller will be required, if designated on the Drawings or when ordered by the ENGINEER. Proof rolling shall be done after specified compaction has been obtained. Areas found to be weak and those areas which failed shall be ripped, scarified, wetted if necessary, and recompacted to the requirements for density and moisture at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. Proof rolling shall be done with equipment and in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER. Proof rolling as shown on the Drawings or as ordered by the ENGINEER shall not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the unit prices bid for the work. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02403 – Hot Bituminous Pavement Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 2 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02403 – HOT BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 Scope A. The current edition of the Colorado Department of Transportation Standard Specification Booklet is referenced into these specifications. PART 2 – REVISIONS 2.01 Subsection 403.1 is revised to include the following: A. This work shall consist of placing the specified depth of Hot Bituminous pavement (Grading C) over existing pavement or subgrade surfaces previously prepared by the Contractor or City of Fort Collins crews. 2.02 Subsection 403.2 is revised to include the following: A. The job mix formula shall be determined by the Contractor and submitted to the City Representative for approval a minimum of one week prior to the beginning of construction. The Contractor shall provide the City Representative with a report from an independent testing laboratory acceptable to the City Representative. The report shall state the job mix formula, optimum, oil content and recommended mixing and placing temperatures. The proposed material shall meet the minimum requirements as specified in the City of Fort Collins Design Criteria and Standards for Streets, revised July 1996. B. Reclaimed materials will not be allowed in Hot Bituminous Pavement Grading C. 2.03 Subsection 401.03 is revised to include the following: A. Regardless of the delivery temperature, the mixture shall not be placed for use on the roadway at a temperature lower than 225 degrees F. B. Emulsified Asphalt for tack coat shall be Grade CSS-1h. The tack coat shall consist of a 1:1 dilution (One (1) part emulsified asphalt to one (1) part water). The application rate for tack coat shall be approximately 0.1 gallons per square yard. C. The Contractor shall use an approved anti-stripping additive. The amount of the additive used shall be a minimum of 0.5% by weight of asphalt cement. The additive shall be added at the refinery or at the hot plant. If added at the plant, an approved in-line blender must be used. The blender shall be in line from the storage tank to the drier drum or pugmil. The blender shall apply sufficient mixing action to thoroughly mix the asphalt cement and anti-stripping additive. D. The existing pavement shall be broomed and cleaned to be free of dirt, water, vegetation and other deleterious matter immediately prior to commencing paving operation. Edges of the area to be patched shall be sawcut vertically and perpendicular or parallel to the roadway, as directed by the City Representative. Tack coat shall be placed against clean, vertical edges on all sides of the area to be patched. E. Hot Bituminous Pavement Grading C shall be placed in equal lifts not exceeding two and one half (2 ½”) inches. The minimum lift thickness shall be one and one half (1 ½”) inches. Overlaying layers of Hot Bituminous Pavement shall not be placed until the lower layer has cooled sufficiently to provide a stable material which will support the equipment without rutting, shoving or moving in any manner. Tack coat shall be placed between all lifts. City of Fort Collins Section 02403 – Hot Bituminous Pavement Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 2 F. Any leveling courses placed shall be paid for at the contract unit price for Hot Bituminous Pavement. 2.04 Subsection 403.04 shall include the following: A. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit 403.20 HBP – Grading C Ton B. Hot Bituminous Pavement (Grading C) will be measured by the ton and paid for at the Contract Unit Price for Hot Bituminous Pavement. Haul and bituminous materials will not be measured or paid for separately, but shall be included in the contract price for Hot Bituminous Pavement. C. Load slips shall be consecutively numbered for each day and shall include batch time. D. The above prices and payment shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in Hot Bituminous pavement (Grading C), including haul and bituminous materials, complete in place, as shown on these plans, as specified in these specifications and as directed by the City Representative. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02750 – Portland Cement Concrete Paving Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 11 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02750 – PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Scope A. Furnish all labor, materials, supplies, equipment, transportation, and perform all operations in connection with and reasonably incidental to complete installation of concrete paving as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. Items of work specifically included are: B. Subgrade preparation for plazas, walks, ramps, playground curbs and headers. C. Form work. D. Reinforcement. E. Surface finish. F. Construction, expansion and control joints. G. Curing. H. Concrete plazas, sidewalks, ramps, playground curbs and headers. I. Interior slabs-on-grade in restroom, etc. 1.02 Work Not Included A. Items of work specifically excluded or covered under other sections: B. Excavation and backfill. C. Earthwork and grading. D. Cast-in-place structural concrete or precast concrete, such as foundations, drainage appurtenances, and pad and building. E. Joint sealers. 1.03 Related Work A. Division 2 – Site Work: 1. Section 02050 – Demolition. 2. Section 02200 – Earthwork/Grading. 3. Section 02220 – Trenching, Backfilling, and Compaction. B. Division 3 – Concrete 1. Section 03100 – Concrete Formwork 2. Section 03200 – Concrete Reinforcing 3. Section 03300 – Cast-in-Place Concrete C. Division 7 – Thermal and Moisture Protection: 1. Section 07900 – Joint Sealers. 1.04 References A. ACI 301 – Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. City of Fort Collins Section 02750 – Portland Cement Concrete Paving Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 11 B. ASTM C33 – Concrete Aggregate. C. ASTM C150 – Portland Cement. D. ASTM C260 – Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. E. ASTM C309 – Liquid Membrane – Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. F. ACI 304 – Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete. G. ACI 305R – Hot Weather Concreting. H. ACI 306R – Cold Weather Concreting. I. ACI 308 – Standard Practice for Curing Concrete. J. ACI 309 – Recommended Practice for Consolidation of Concrete. K. ACI 318-89 – Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 1.05 Regulatory Requirements A. Conform to applicable code of governing authority for paving work within public right-of-way. 1.06 Tests A. Submit proposed mix design to testing laboratory for review prior to commencement of work. For standard premix concrete mixes, the supplier’s quality control records may be substituted for job mix testing. B. Refer to Division 1, Section 01450 Quality Control and Testing. C. Coordinate and schedule sampling testing during concrete placement with City Representative. 1.07 Submittals A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01600 – Materials and Equipment. B. Submit data on admixtures and curing compounds. C. Submit a ten pound sample of aggregate for exposed aggregate finish. D. Submit manufacturer’s data on leave-in-place construction joint form. E. Submit sample chips of specified colors indicating pigment number and required dosage rate. Submittals are for general verification of color and may vary somewhat from concrete finished in field according to Specifications. F. Submit samples of colored sealers. 1.08 Test Panels A. Provide a 3’ x 3’ test panel for finish and tooling of joints for Owner approval. Provide one panel for each pavement type specified. In casting the panels, use personnel and methods to be employed on the work. B. If sample disapproved, cast additional samples until approval is obtained. Maintain test panel on site until finished work is accepted. Test panel will represent minimum workmanship standard. C. Work completed prior to test panel approval shall be subject to removal and replacement at Owner’s request. City of Fort Collins Section 02750 – Portland Cement Concrete Paving Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 11 PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 Concrete Materials A. General: Provide materials of same brand and source throughout the project unless otherwise noted. B. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I or Type I/II, gray color. C. Aggregates: ASTM C33, normal weight. In addition, the combined aggregate shall comply with the following gradation, shown in percent passing. Sieve Size ¾-Inch Nominal Maximum Size ¾ Inch 90 – 100 3/8 Inch 60 – 80 No. 4 40 – 60 No. 8 30 – 45 No. 16 20 – 35 No. 30 13 – 23 No. 50 5 – 15 No. 100 0 – 5 D. Fly Ash and Water: Upon approval based on a satisfactory trial mix, the CONTRACTOR shall have the option of substituting approved fly ash for Portland cement, up to a maximum of 20 percent by weight. The total weight of cement and fly ash shall not be less than the specified mix design. 1. Fly ash for concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 618, Class C or Class F. All chemical requirements of ASTM C 618 Table 1-A shall apply with the exception of footnote A. Class C fly ash will not be permitted where sulfate resistant cement is required. The CONTRACTOR shall submit certified laboratory test results for the fly ash. Test results that do not meet the physical and chemical requirements may result in the suspension of the use of fly ash until the corrections necessary have been taken to insure that the material meets the specifications. 2. Water used in mixing or curing shall be clean and free of oil, salt, acid, alkali, sugar, vegetable, or other substance injurious to the finished product. Water will be tested in accordance with, and shall meet the suggested requirements of AASHTO T 26. Water known to be of potable quality may be used without test. Where the source of water is relatively shallow, the intake shall be so enclosed as to exclude silt, mud, grass, or other foreign materials. E. Coarse Aggregate for Exposed Aggregate Finish: 5/8-inch maximum size; rounded shape, ratio of maximum to minimum dimensions not to exceed 2.5:1; color to be tan to brown, no more than 2% white or black combined, no pink, no red, no green. F. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. 2.02 Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete A. Manufacturer: 1. Davis Colors manufactured by Davis Colors: phone (213) 269-7311. 2. Substitutions: Comply with Section 01600 for substitution request procedures. B. Materials: Pigments shall contain pure, concentrated mineral pigments especially processed for mixing into concrete and complying with ASTM C979. City of Fort Collins Section 02750 – Portland Cement Concrete Paving Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 11 C. Packaging: If pigments are to be added to mix at Site, furnish pigments in pre-measured Mix- Ready disintegrating bags to minimize job site waste. D. Colors: Concrete mix shall contain the dosage rate of pigments indicated in this specification. Dosage rate shall be based on weight of Portland cement, fly ash, silica fume, lime and other cementitious materials but not aggregate or sand. Refer to the site plans for locations of the various colors of concrete. 2.03 Form Materials A. Slab Edges: Two by lumber permitted for surfaces not exposed to view in the final work. Use concrete-form grade hardboard, “plyform” grade plywood, or metal for forming surfaces exposed to view. Forms shall be straight and sufficiently stiff and well braced to meet line tolerances specified in Part 3. B. Keyed Joint Form: Wooden key or leave-in-place metal construction joint form. C. Form Coatings: Commercial form-coating compounds that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 2.04 Reinforcement A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615; 60 ksi yield grade; deformed billet-steel bars, uncoated finish. B. Fibermesh: Bundled, fibrillated, virgin polypropylene fibers manufactured for use in premix concrete and having the following characteristics: 1. Special Gravity: 0.91. 2. Tensile Strength: 70 to 100 ksi. 3. Fiber Lengths: ½ inch, ¾ inch. 4. Accepted Materials: “Fibermesh” by Fibermesh Company of Chattanooga, TN; or “Forta CR” by Forta Corporation of Groove City, PA. C. Dowels: ASTM A615; 40 or 60 ksi yield grade, plain steel, uncoated finish; matched sleeve and cap one end. Provide dowel basket to hold dowels in parallel alignment. 2.05 Admixtures A. General: Unless specified in the mix or directed in Part 3, no admixtures shall be used without approval of the Owner’s Representative. Do not use admixtures that would result in mixing water with a concentration of more than 150 ppm of chloride ion. B. Air Entraining: ASTM C260. C. Water Reducing: ASTM C494, Type A. D. Accelerator: Nonchloride, ASTM C494, Type C or E. E. Retarder: ASTM C494, Type B or D. F. Color Agent: Davis Colors of Los Angeles, California. 2.06 Related Materials A. Expansion Joint Filler: ASTM D1752, closed cell polyethylene, ½ inch thickness. B. Joint Sealant: See Section 07900. C. Surface Retardant: Surface retarding agent intended for exposed aggregate. Retardx-SR0” by Prokrete of Denver, Colorado, or approved equal. City of Fort Collins Section 02750 – Portland Cement Concrete Paving Park Planning & Development Division Page 5 of 11 D. Curing Compound for Standard Non-Colored Walks, Curbs, Gutters, Etc: White pigmented, wax- resin based compound, ASTM C309, Type I, Class A. Recommended by manufacturer for use on exterior sidewalks and driveways. E. Curing Compound for Concrete with Coloring Agent: Davis Seal Color to match colored concrete. F. Curing Compound and Sealer for Exposed Aggregate Concrete: Acryseal by Prokete Industries of Denver, Colorado. G. Curing Compound for Interior Slabs: Protex Promulsion 100 or equal. H. Interior Floor Sealer: Protex Triple Seal or equal. 2.07 Concrete Mix A. Mix concrete in accordance with ASTM C94. 1. Provide non-colored concrete for exterior slabs on grade, sidewalks, curb and gutter, walls, aprons and ramps (except panel inserts) with the following characteristics: Unit Measurement a. 28-Day Field Compressive 4,000 psi Strength b. Cement/Fly Ash 615 lbs./cu. yd. Min. c. Max. Water/Cement Ratio 0.44 d. Air Content % Range 5-8 e. Maximum Slump 4” f. Fine Aggregate 50% (max. % of total Aggregate) 2. Provide colored concrete for plazas, ramps and other flatwork with the following characteristics: Unit Measurement a. 28-Day Field Compressive 4,000 psi Strength b. Cement/Fly Ash 615 lbs./cu. yd. Min. c. Max. Water/Cement Ratio 0.44 d. Air Content % Range 5-8 e. Maximum Slump 4” f. Fine Aggregate 50% (max. % of total Aggregate) g. Coloring Agent Per manufacturer’s recommendations (refer to Definition of Bid Items and/or Drawings for designated colors) B. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather as directed in Part 3. C. Use set-retarding admixture during hot weather as directed in Part 3. D. Water reducing agent is permitted. 2.08 Selection of Proportions A. Mix Design: Cost of concrete mix design is responsibility of Contractor. B. Selection of Proportions: Use method of ACI 301 3.9. Proportioning base on method of ACI 301 3.10 not allowed. City of Fort Collins Section 02750 – Portland Cement Concrete Paving Park Planning & Development Division Page 6 of 11 1. Field test records used for documentation of the average strength produced by a propos mix in accordance with ACI 301 3.9.3.2 shall, in addition to the requirements listed, comply with the following: a. The test record shall represent production concrete from a single design mix produced during the past year. b. The test record shall represent concrete proportioned to produce the maximum slur allowed by these specifications, and for air-entrained concrete, within a +0.5% of t maximum air content allowed. 2. Mixes proportioned on the basis of trial mixtures shall meet the provisions of ACI 301 3.9.3.3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Subgrade Preparation A. Shape and compact subgrade to match appropriate detail. Compact to 95% density as measured by ASTM D698. Coordinate with Section 02200 – Earthwork, Article 3.05, Compaction. B. Where subgrade cannot be compacted, remove subgrade. Replace with bed course. Compact to 95% density as measured by ASTM D698. C. Moisten subgrade to minimize absorption of water from fresh concrete. Subgrade shall not be muddy, soft, frozen, or covered with standing water when concrete is placed. 3.02 Form Work A. General: Design, construct, and brace forms in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 347. In addition to those requirements, forms shall be placed and braced so the finished edges and joints meet the tolerances listed later in this section. B. Preparation of Form Surfaces: 1. Clean reused forms of concrete matrix residue; repair and patch as required to return forms to acceptable surface condition. 2. Coat contact surfaces of forms with specified form-coating compound before reinforcement is placed. Apply form-coating compound according to manufacturer’s instructions. Do not allow excess form-coating material to accumulate in forms or to come in contact with concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. C. Slipforming: Slipforming of vertical curb and gutter sidewalks is permitted. D. For Surfaces Exposed To View: Form faces shall be free from raised grain, tears, worn edges, patches, dents, or other defects which would impair texture of the concrete surfaces. Minimize number of seams in form material, and arrange seams in an orderly manner. 3.03 Reinforcement and Embedments A. General: 1. Fabricate, position, and secure reinforcement and embedded items according to ACI 301 and ACI 315. Coordinate with other sections for locations, instructions, or equipment for embedded items. 2. Shop drawings are not required. 3. Welding reinforcement is not permitted. 4. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner’s Representative. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. City of Fort Collins Section 02750 – Portland Cement Concrete Paving Park Planning & Development Division Page 7 of 11 B. Field-Bending of Reinforcement: Reinforcement partially embedded in concrete shall not be field-bent, except as noted on the drawings or specifically permitted by the Owner’s Representative. C. Inspection of Reinforcement: Completed installation of concrete reinforcement must be reviewed by the Owner’s Representative before depositing concrete. D. Unless otherwise indicated, place reinforcement where required at top of slabs on grade. Provide ½-inch minimum cover over reinforcement. E. Dowels: Grease sleeves, insert dowels and through form, secure dowel basket against movement. F. Notches for Sleeving: Notch both vertical sides of walk or slab where sleeving occurs. G. Welded wire fabric shall be overlapped one full mesh and tied. H. Fibrous Reinforcement: 1. Add fibrous concrete reinforcement to concrete materials at the time concrete is batched in amounts in accordance with approved submittals for each type of concrete required. 2. Mix batched concrete in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations for uniform and complete dispersion. 3.04 Joints A. General: Place joints in accordance with ACI 301. Conform to the tolerances listed later in Part 3. B. Isolation/Expansion Joints: Isolation joint and expansion joint are synonymous for concrete paving. 1. Place isolation joints where work abuts existing walls, curbs and structures, and where shown on the drawings. 2. Interrupt reinforcement at isolation joint. Install dowels only where indicated on drawings. 3. Joint filler shall extend full depth of the slab. Hold back filler from top of slab as required for sealant. Attach joint filler to first placement. 4. Seal all expansion joints and joints between concrete and asphalt per Section 07900. C. Keyed/Construction Joints: Keyed joint and construction joint are synonymous for concrete paving. 1. Reinforcement, if required, shall continue through the joint. 2. Install where indicated on drawings, or where required by concrete delivery or finishing rate. 3. Key first placement. Key shall be 1½ inches wide and ¾ inches deep. 4. After first placement has hardened, clean and roughen face. Install control joint form at top of slab. 5. Subject to Owner’s Representative approval; manufactured leave-in-place cold joint form may be used. D. Control/Score Joint: Control joint and score joint are synonymous for concrete paving. 1. Control joints shall penetrate 1/3 of slab thickness. 2. Sawn Joints: Control joints on play area curb shall be sawn. Kerf shall be 3/16-inch wide. Start cutting as soon as concrete is able to be sawn without dislodging aggregate. Complete cutting before shrinkage cracks occur. Joints perpendicular to walls may be less than required depth within 6 inches of the wall, and may stop 2 inches from the wall. Wash slurry from concrete to avoid staining of slab. City of Fort Collins Section 02750 – Portland Cement Concrete Paving Park Planning & Development Division Page 8 of 11 3. Tooled Joints: Control joints may be cut into the plastic concrete during finishing operations. Tooled joints shall have ¼ radius, and shall not incorporate a troweled edge unless specifically noted on the drawings. 4. Formed control joints are permitted only in conjunction with keyed joints. 5. Unless otherwise indicated, provide control joints at the following intervals: Use Type Maximum Spacing Uncolored Exterior & Tooled broom Symmetrically placed: Interior Slabs, Sidewalks over joint 10’ maximum or 1 ½ times width of walk, whichever is smaller Curb and Gutter Tooled joints 10’ maximum Pans Tooled joints 15’ maximum Play Area Curb & Header Tooled joints 10’ maximum Concrete Tooled joints 10’ maximum 3.05 Concrete A. Preplacement Inspection: Form work installation, reinforcing steel placement, and installation of all items to be embedded or cast in, to be verified by the Owner’s Representative prior to placement. B. General: Comply with ACI 301, ACI 304, and as herein specified. C. Added Water: Concrete mix has been designed to a specific water cement ratio in order to enhance durability of the final product. Do not add water at the job site or concrete will not be accepted. D. Cold Weather Placement: When depositing concrete after the first frost or when the mean daily temperatures area below 40 degrees, follow recommendations of ACI 306 as modified herein. Use specified accelerator. Maintain concrete temperature at a minimum of 55 degrees for not less than 72 hours after depositing. Do not place concrete without approval of the Owner’s Representative on days when temperature at 9:00 a.m. is below 30 degrees. Job-cured cylinders for verification of strength and/or the adequacy of the Contractor’s protective methods will be required. E. Hot Weather Placement: When depositing concrete in hot weather, follow recommendations of ACI 305 as modified herein. When the air temperature is expected to exceed 90 degrees, the Contractor shall obtain acceptance from the Civil Engineer or Owner’s Representative of the procedures to be used in protecting, depositing, finishing, and curing the concrete. The temperature of concrete at the time of placement shall not exceed 90 degrees. Protect to prevent rapid drying. Start finishing and curing as soon as possible. Specified water reducing retarding admixture may be used. The use of continuous wetting or fog sprays may be required by the Owner’s Representative for 24 hours after depositing. F. Placing: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within the limits of construction joints, until the placing of a panel or section is completed. Deposit concrete as nearly as practicable in its final location to avoid segregation. G. Consolidation: Consolidate concrete with internal vibrators with a minimum frequency of 7,000 rpm. Maintain one standby vibrator for every three vibrators used. Consolidate according to ACI 309. Do not transport concrete with vibrators. Work concrete into corners and around embedments and reinforcement. H. Surface Leveling: Strike off and level surface with screed of sufficient length to span the slab. On slabs greater than 15 feet wide, use intermediate screed strips. City of Fort Collins Section 02750 – Portland Cement Concrete Paving Park Planning & Development Division Page 9 of 11 I. Integral colored concrete: Add color by weight directly into the mixer along with the aggregate, cement and water while the mixer is operating at mixing speed. Continue mixing for 5-10 minutes or from 50 – 100 revolutions. 3.06 Finishes A. Float Finish: After surface stiffens enough to support the operation, float with hand floats or powered disc floater. Use magnesium float; do not use wood float on air entrained concrete. Check surface planeness with a 10-foot straight edge, applied at not less than two different angles. Cut down high spots and fill low spots to produce a surface with Class B tolerance. Refloat the slab to a uniform sandy texture. B. Broom Finish: Concrete flatwork shall receive a heavy broom finish applied at a right angle to the direction of travel. The plaza area shall have smooth troweled joints, 1½ inches from the centerline of the joint, to result in a total trowel width of 3 inches. All other flatwork shall have broom finish over joints. C. Exposed Aggregate Finish: Immediately after floating, apply surface retardant. Apply retardant uniformly. Cover with polyethylene sheet to retain moisture. When mortar is hard enough to retain aggregate but soft enough to be removed by brushing, wash the surface with water and remove mortar from surface aggregate by brushing. Do not dislodge aggregate. D. Coordinate rate of concrete placement with pace of washing crew. E. Formed Finishes: 1. Surfaces Not Exposed to View: Patch tie holes and defects. Chip off fins greater than ¼ inch in height. 2. Surfaces Exposed to View: Patch tie holes and defects. Completely remove fins. F. Schedule of Finishes: 1. Curbs, gutters, ramps within ROW – per City Specifications. 2. Sidewalk – heavy broom finish. 3. Plaza paving – as shown on plans. 4. Playground curbs and header – exposed aggregate finish. 5. Interior slabs at restroom – medium broom finish. G. Notch both vertical sides of concrete flatwork to indicate location of irrigation sleeves. 3.07 Curing/Sealing A. Apply curing compound within 30 minutes of completing finish. Follow manufacturer’s recommendations for applying compound. Reapply in areas exposed to rain within 3 hours of initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during 7-day curing period. Follow manufacturer’s instructions for sealing interior slabs. B. Integral colored concrete is to be cured with the matching Davis Color Seal. Follow manufacturer’s recommendations for application. 3.08 Tolerances A. Surface Planeness: Unless otherwise specified, produce slabs with a Class B tolerance. 1. Finishes with Class B tolerances shall be true planes within ¼ inch in 10 feet, as determined by a 10-foot straight edge placed anywhere on the slab in any direction. 2. Slope interior slabs to drains as indicated. City of Fort Collins Section 02750 – Portland Cement Concrete Paving Park Planning & Development Division Page 10 of 11 B. Formed Surfaces, Joints, and Embedments: Unless otherwise specified, the finished work shall meet the following tolerances: 1. Variations of formed, or cut or tooled linear element: a. In 20 feet: ½ inch. b. For entire length: 1 inch. 3.09 Field Quality Control A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Paragraph 1.06, Tests, and as specified below. B. Concrete Tests: 1. Shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be accordance with requirements of ACI 301, Chapter 16 – Testing, except as noted or modified in this section. a. Strength test. i. Mold and cure four cylinders from each sample. ii. Test one at 7 days and one at 14 days for information and one at 28 days for acceptance. Keep the remaining one as a spare to be tested as directed by the Owner. b. Minimum samples. i. Collect the following minimum samples for each 28-day strength concrete used in the work for each day’s placing: Quantity Number of Samples 50 cubic yards or less one 50 to 100 cubic yards two 100 cubic yards or more two plus one sample for each additional 100 cubic yards c. Sample marking. ii. Mark or tag each sample of compression test cylinders with date and time of day cylinders were made. iii. Identify location in work where concrete represented by cylinders was placed. iv. Identify delivery truck or batch number, air content, and slump. d. Slump test. Conduct test for each strength test sample and whenever consistency of concrete appears to vary. e. Air content. Conduct test from one of first three batches mixed each day and for each strength test sample. C. Acceptance of Concrete: 1. If the average of three consecutive 7-day tests falls below the specified 7-day strength, the Owner shall have the right to require conditions of temperature and moisture necessary to secure the required strength and may require core tests in accordance with ASTM C-42. 2. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory so long as average of all sets of three consecutive strength test results equals or exceeds specified 28-day strength and no individual strength test result falls below specified strength by more than 500 psi. D. Failure of Test Cylinder Results: 1. Upon failure of the 28-day test cylinder results, Owner may require Contractor, at his expense, to obtain and test at least three cored samples from area in question. City of Fort Collins Section 02750 – Portland Cement Concrete Paving Park Planning & Development Division Page 11 of 11 2. Concrete will be considered adequate if average of three core tests is at least 85 percent of, and if no single core is less than 75 percent of the specified 28-day strength. 3. Upon failure of core test results, Owner may require Contractor, at his expense, to perform load tests as specified in ACI 318, Chapter 2. 4. In the event an area is found to be structurally unsound, the Owner may order removal and replacement of concrete as required. The costs of the core tests, the load test and the structural evaluation shall be borne by the Contractor. 5. Fill all core holes with a non-shrink grout as Master Builders Masterflo 713 or approved equal. E. Maintain records of placed concrete items. Record date, location of pour, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 00000 – Section Name Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 7 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02810 – IRRIGATION PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 Work Included Furnish labor, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation, and perform operations in connection with and reasonably incidental to complete installation of the irrigation system, and guarantee/warranty as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 Related Work Refer to System Plans and Installation Detail drawings. 1.03 Submittals A. Materials List: Submit materials list for all components to be used in the irrigation system. B. Weekly redline drawings of changes made in irrigation system installation from those on construction plans and drawings. 1.04 Handling and Storage A. Protect materials used for construction from damage, deterioration, sun exposure, or loss while in storage and during construction. 1.05 Reviews A. Reviews of the irrigation installation will be ongoing during the contract. Reviews shall be made of irrigation mainline, lateral, head, valve and other equipment locations prior to installation. B. Review of head coverage as zones are completed will be ongoing. Any changes of head locations or nozzles shall be completed immediately. C. Other reviews shall take place as outlined under Execution. D. Submit redline installation drawings with changes made in installation from those on plans every week to City representative and/or General Contractor. 1.06 Environmental Conditions A. Irrigation installation shall be only when weather and soil conditions permit and in accordance with locally accepted practices, and as reviewed by the owner’s representative. 1.07 Guarantee/Warranty and Replacement The purpose of this guarantee/warranty is to insure that the Owner receives materials of prime quality, installed and maintained in a thorough and careful manner. A. Guarantee/warranty materials and workmanship against defects due to any cause for a period of two years from the date of substantial completion of all work. B. This guarantee/warranty will not be enforced should defects be due to improper maintenance procedures carried out by Owner involving watering, mower damage, improper operation of system, fire, flood or damage, or other similar circumstances beyond the control of the Contractor. City of Fort Collins Section 00000 – Section Name Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 7 C. Replace components when they are no longer in satisfactory condition as determined by the Owner’s representative for the duration of the guarantee/warranty period. Make replacements within seven days of notification from the Owner’s representative. D. Replacements shall be of the same kind and size as originally specified and shall be installed as described in the contract documents. Repairs and replacements shall be made at no expense to the Owner. E. Guarantee/warranty shall apply to originally specified and installed materials, and any replacements made during the guarantee/warranty period. PART 2 – MATERIALS 2.01 Quality A. All materials used for construction shall be new and without flaws or defects of any type, and shall be the best of their class and kind. 2.02 Mainline A. Mainline shall be PVC Class 200, NSF approved pipe. 3” and larger pipe shall be ringtite pipe. 2 ½” and smaller pipe shall be glued joint. 2.03 Laterals A. 2" or larger: Class 200 PVC, NSF approved. B. 1 ½" or 1": Class 200 PVC, NSF approved. C. No laterals smaller than 1" are permitted. Trickle tubing shall be weather and UV resistant material. D. ¾” & ½”Polyethylene Drip Pipe: NSF approved, SDR pressure rated pipe, only as approved for drip applications. 2.04 Pipe Fittings A. Funny Pipe (pop-up spray turf heads only): to be compatible to the elbows needed for head installation, maximum length is 3 feet. B. Lateral fittings: Schedule 40, Type 1, PVC solvent weld with ASTM Standards D2466 and D1784. C. Wrought copper or cast bronze fittings, soldered or threaded per installation details for all copper pipes. D. Mainline fittings: Ductile Iron for 3" and larger, PVC Schedule 80 for 2 1/2" and smaller. 2.05 Sleeves A. Ductile Iron Pipe or CL 200 PVC under all paved surfaces. B. Sizes to be a minimum of two sizes larger than the pipe being sleeved. Minimum 2" diameter or larger for irrigation lines. C. Wires to be in separate sleeve from pipe, 2" min. size pipe for control wire sleeves. D. Sleeves shall have marker tape on upper side and both ends for future locates. Install per drawing details. 2.06 Valves A. Remote Control Zone Valves: Electrically operated, appropriate for the water supply, with manual bleed device and flow control stem. Shall have a slow-opening and slow-closing action for City of Fort Collins Section 00000 – Section Name Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 7 protection against surge pressure. Brand and model to be Rainbird PESB or 300BPE valves with Dial Pressure regulator size as shown on plans. B. Isolation Gate Valves: Kennedy 1571X or Matco #100M, able to withstand a continuous operating pressure of 150 psi. Clear waterway equal to full diameter of pipe. Resilient wedge gate valve conforming to AWWA C-509 standards Shall be opened by turning 2” square nut to the left (wheel opening is unacceptable). C. Manual Drain Valve: 3/4" ball valve with tee handle. Watts, #B-6000, or approved equal. D. Quick Coupling Valves: 1" brass, Rainbird #5RC units with rubber cover. Keys Rainbird 55K 1" brass key. 2.07 Valve Boxes A. House valves in valve box with matching locking cover (AMETEK brand only). Only one valve per box. Install in box sizes to allow work on components. B. Install ¾” drip tubing ends with end closure in 10” round valve box with cover at end of each run. 2.08 Control System A. Use Irritrol MC-24 Plus-B controller. Mount terminal strips in the pedestal to change from 14 gauge field wire to 18 gauge wire for run into controller. B. Surge Protection: 8 foot copper grounding rod, #4 solid copper wire, grounding buss receptacle, ground terminal strip and/or as recommended by manufacturer. C. Install Hunter Wireless Rain Clik rain sensor (one per controller) at location near the controller but not where it will receive precipitation from the irrigation system. Owner must approve location. D. Provide Eicon remote receiver and field transmitter with frequency as specified by Owner. 2.09 Electric Control Wiring A. #14 feed wire and #14 common wire solid copper direct burial UF or PE cable, UL approved, or larger, per system design and manufacturer's recommendations. B. Five wires with consistent color scheme throughout: 1. Red = live (one per valve) 2. White = ground 3. Black, blue and green = extra from controllers to furthest extent of mainlines. C. Wire connectors and waterproofing sealant to be used to join control wires to remote control valves. D. Run wire for remaining zones on controller to the end of the mainline that the controller supports. 2.10 Sprinkler Heads A. All heads shall be of the same manufacturer as specified on the plans, and marked with the manufacturer's name and model in such a way that materials can be identified without removal from the system. Owner will specify brand and models to match other equipment in use in public system in the vicinity. B. Gear driven Rotor heads: Rainbird. C. Pop-Up Spray heads: Rainbird. D. Xeri-Pop Heads: Rainbird. City of Fort Collins Section 00000 – Section Name Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 7 2.11 Backflow Device A. Backflow device shall be Febco 2 ½” Reduced Pressure Principle device installed in a Guard Shack enclosure (per manufacturer’s recommendations). PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 Pipe trenching A. Install pipe in open cut trenches of sufficient width to facilitate thorough tamping/puddling of suitable backfill material under and over pipe. B. Trench depths: 1. Mainline - Minimum of 24" deep from top of pipe to finished grade for 6” and under mainline. Minimum of 32” deep from top of pipe to finished grade for 8” and larger. 2. Lateral - Minimum of 16" deep from top of pipe to finished grade. ¾” drip pipe 8” deep from top of pipe except in shrub beds. 3. Sleeves - Install sleeves at a depth, which permits the encased pipe or wiring to remain at the specified burial depth. 3.02 Sleeves A. Boring shall not be permitted unless obstruction in pipe path cannot be moved, or pipe cannot be re-routed. B. Mainline installed in existing sleeves at greater depth than adjacent pipe, shall have a manual drain valve at each end if the sleeve is longer than 20 feet, or at one end if the sleeve is less than 20 feet. C. Install sleeve so ends extend past edge of curb, gutter, sidewalk, bikepath or other obstruction, a minimum of 2 feet. D. Mark sleeves with an "x" chiseled in walk (or other surface) directly over sleeve location. E. Sleeves installed for future use shall be capped at both ends. F. Separate sleeve (2" min. size) shall be used for all wiring. G. Sleeves shall not have joints. If joints are necessary, only solvent welded joints are allowed. H. Compaction of backfill for sleeves shall be 95% of Standard Proctor Density, ASTM D698-78. Use of water puddling around sleeves for compaction will not be allowed. 3.03 Pipe Installation A. Use Teflon tape on all threaded joints; only schedule 80 pipe may be threaded. B. Reducing pipe size shall be with reducing insert couplings: at least 6" beyond last tee of the larger pipe. C. Snake PVC lateral pipe from side to side within trench. D. Backfill shall be free from rubbish, stones larger than 2" diameter, frozen material and vegetative matter. Do not backfill in freezing weather. If backfill material is rocky, the pipe shall be bedded in 2" of fill sand covered by 6" of fill sand. E. After puddling or tamping, leave all trenches slightly mounded to allow for settling. F. Compact to proper densities depending on whether surface area over the line will be paved or landscaped. City of Fort Collins Section 00000 – Section Name Park Planning & Development Division Page 5 of 7 3.04 Thrust Blocks A. Shall be installed where PVC mainline (2 ½" or larger) changes direction over 20 degrees. B. Use ThrustFORM standard fitting configurations for changes in direction in main line. See installation details for Thrust Form Blocks. C. ThrustFORM Systems, P.O. Box 2717, Georgetown, TX, Tel: (866) 306-3676, Fax: (512) 528- 1671. D. Keep pipe joint clean of concrete. Do not encase. E. Place wiring away from thrust block to avoid contact with the concrete. Use clear plastic sheeting to isolate the concrete from other materials. 3.05 Valve Installation A. Install at least 12" from and align with adjacent walls or paved edges. B. Automatic Remote Valves: Install in such a way that valves is accessible for repairs. Make electrical connection to allow pigtail so solenoid can be removed from valve with 24" (min.) slack to allow ends to be pulled 12" above ground. 1. Flush completely before installing valve. Thoroughly flush piping system under full head of water for three minutes through furthest valve, before installing heads. 2. Valve assembly to include ball valve and union for ease of maintenance and repair. 3. Install in valve box per details. C. Quick Coupler Valve: Install in 10" round locking valve box. Flush completely before installing valve. Thoroughly flush piping system under full head of water for three minutes through furthest valve. D. Isolation Gate Valves: Install in valve box as per detail. E. Valve Boxes: 1. Brand all valve boxes with the following codes: "SV" and the controller valve number per as built plans for all remote control valves; "DV" for all drain valves; "GV" for all isolation valves; "DRGV" for all drip system isolation valves; "QC" for all quick coupling valves; "WA" for all winterization assemblies; "FM" for all flow meter assemblies; and "MV" for all master valve assemblies. Use a branding iron stamp with 3" high letters. 2. Valve box shall NOT rest on mainline. Use brick or other non-compressible material per detail. Top of valve box to be flush with finish grade. Use add-ons to depth of valve gravel. 3. Install valves in box with adequate space to access valves with ease. Valves shall not be too deep to be inaccessible for repairs. 3" depth of 3/4" washed gravel to be placed in the bottom of each valve box with enough space to fully turn valve for removal (see detail). 3.06 Head Installation A. Set heads plumb and level with finish grade. In sloped area, heads to be tilted as necessary to provide full radius spray pattern. B. Flush lateral lines before installing heads. Thoroughly flush piping system under full head of water for three minutes through furthest head, before installing heads. Cap risers if delay of head installation occurs. C. Survey and stake head locations along the edge of the baseball infield to establish a smooth arc. The arc of the infield shall be established as a line between turf and infield mix. See Section - Turf Seed Construction. City of Fort Collins Section 00000 – Section Name Park Planning & Development Division Page 6 of 7 D. Pop-Up Heads along walks and bikeways: Install heads in 6" layer of sand under the base of the head. E. Nozzles: Supply appropriate nozzle for best performance. F. Adjustment: Adjust nozzles and radius of throw to minimize overspray onto hard surfaces. 3.07 Backflow Device A. Install and test backflow preventer in compliance with the Colorado Primary Drinking Water Regulations. 3.08 Controller Installation A. To be installed in a building or an above ground location suitable to prevent vandalism and provide protection from adverse weather conditions, and per Owner direction. All exposed wiring to and from the controller shall be encased in galvanized metal conduit. Exterior controllers to be installed per manufacturer recommendations. B. Install Controller(s) at eye level. C. Install Controller per Owner direction and in accordance with manufacturers’ specifications. Install surge protection, grounding rods and other accessory components as specified. D. Attach wire markers to the ends of control wires inside the controller unit. Label wires with the identification number of the remote control valve activated by the wire. 3.09 Wiring A. Comply with local electrical codes. B. Power source brought to controller to a ground fault receptacle installed within controller casing. C. String control wires as close as possible to mainline, consistently along and slightly below one side of the pipe. D. Leave minimum loop of 24" at each valve and controller and at each splice, at the ends of each sleeve, at 100-foot intervals along continuous runs of wiring, and change of direction of 90 degrees or more. Band wires together at 10' intervals with pipe wrapping tape. E. Install common ground wire and one control wire for each remote control valve. Multiple valves on a single control wire are not permitted. Install three extra wires, as specified, to the furthest valve on the system and/or each branch of the system. F. Run 14 gauge wire to terminal strips in the controller pedestal and 18 gauge from terminal strips to controller. 3.10 Point of Connection A. Make connection at a point (minimum of five feet) from the outside meter pit wall. Run 3” metal pipe into the backflow device and out to the winterization assembly. Begin running PVC pipe for mainline (3”) five feet after the WA. 3.11 Testing A. All tests to be run in the presence of Owners' representative. Schedule all tests a minimum of 48 hours in advance of tests. Repeat any failed tests until full acceptance is obtained. B. Pressure Test: Leave mainline uncoverd at joints and fittings. Place a pressure gauge (capable of reading pressures up to 120 psi minimum) on a Quick Coupling valve attached to the system. Fill mainlines with water and bring to full pressure. If new system is an add-on to existing system, isolate the new system from the old system after filling. Record pressure readings at 15-minute City of Fort Collins Section 00000 – Section Name Park Planning & Development Division Page 7 of 7 intervals for 4 hours. Pressure shall not drop more than 3 of initial reading. If pressure drops more than 3%, a thorough walk through of the mainline shall be made to discover leakage and corrected. Repeat test until maximum desired pressure drop is achieved. C. Operational Test (prior to seeding operations): Activate each remote control valve from the central control system in the presence of Owners’ representative. Replace, adjust or move heads and nozzles as needed to obtain acceptable performance of system. Replace defective valves, wiring or other appurtenances to correct operational deficiencies. 3.12 Completion Services When project construction is complete, request from Owners’ representative a punch list inspection for Construction Acceptance: A. Demonstrate system to Owner personnel. B. Provide Owner personnel with ordering information including model numbers, size and style for all components. C. Provide two sets of as built drawings as listed below, showing system as installed with each sheet clearly marked "AS-BUILT DRAWINGS", the name of the project and all information clearly provided. As-builts shall reflect changes indicated on weekly red line submittals. 1. One set of reproducible Mylar, no larger than 24" x 36". 2. One set of all sheets reduced to 11" x 17", with each station color coded, and each sheet plastic laminated. 3. Provide as-built drawing on computer disk in a *.DWG format. D. Clean Up: Remove all excess materials, tools, rubbish and debris from site. E. Contractor shall request Final Acceptance inspection from Owner. F. Provide Owner personnel operating keys, servicing tools, test equipment, warranties/ guarantees, maintenance manuals, and contractor's affidavit of release of liens. Keys, tools and other operating equipment need to be turned over to Owner. Submittal of all these items must be accompanied by a transmittal letter and delivered to the Owner offices (delivery at the project site is acceptable with signed receipt). END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02900 – Site Revegetation Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 4 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02922 – NON-IRRIGATED SEED / SITE REVEGETATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Description of Work A. The work covered by this specification includes the furnishing of all materials and application of fertilizer, seed and mulch to areas defined in the plans or required by field condition. The work shall be completed in accordance with these specifications, accepted horticultural practice, and with the plans. 1.02 Related Work A. See appropriate sections for site work needed prior to work required in this section. Obtain approval from the Engineer prior to starting work required in this section. 1.03 Submittals A. Submit manufacturer’s specifications and literature on all products. B. Submit materials list including quantities and description of materials. 1.04 Quality Assurance A. Source Quality Control: Manufacturer’s test for purity and germination of seed, dated within six months of seeding. B. Certificates: Manufacturer’s certification that fertilizer meets specification requirements. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 Grass Seed A. Grass seed shall be of the latest crop available. Seed shall meet Colorado Department of Agriculture Seed Laws, Chapter 35, Article 27. B. The seeding mixture shall be applied at a pure live seed (PLS) rate per acre AS SHOWN ON SHEET 4 OF 4. C. Do not use seed which has become wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged in transit or in storage. D. The Contractor shall compensate for percentage of purity and germination by furnishing sufficient additional seed to equal the specified pure live seed product. The formula for determining the quantity of pure live seed (PLS) shall be: Pounds of Seed (Bulk) x Purity x Germination = E. Pounds of Pure Live Seed (PLS) F. The Contractor shall present to the Engineer a certificate of the PLS test of the grass seed which he intends to use. All grass furnished shall be delivered in sealed bags showing the weight, analysis and vendor’s name. 2.02 Fertilizer A. Commercial fertilizer type and application rate shall be AS SHOWN ON SHEET 4 OF 4. City of Fort Collins Section 02900 – Site Revegetation Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 4 2.03 Mulch A. Hydraulically spray or approved equal. 2.04 Topsoil A. Topsoil shall be select earth material of loose friable loam reasonably free of admixtures of subsoil, refuse stumps, roots, rocks, brush, weeds or other material which can be detrimental to the proper development of ground cover. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 General A. The pattern of seeding and mulching, and fertilization if required, shall be as detailed or as required by field conditions to provide a uniform stand of grass acceptable to the City. In no case shall revegetation occur within 30 days of the application of a chemical weed control substance. B. Warranty excludes replacement of plants after final acceptance because of injury by storm, drought, drowning, hail, freeze, insects or diseases. 3.02 Preparation A. Verify that soil preparation has been completed prior to seeding. B. Seed areas damaged by construction activities as directed by the Engineer. C. Apply by broadcasting or drillings at the rate specified herein. D. Selection of the time of seeding shall be Contractor’s responsibility, consistent with erosion control. E. Rework previously prepared areas that have become compacted or damaged by rains or traffic. F. Do not drill or sow during windy weather or when ground is frozen or untillable. G. Cover seed to depth between ¼ to ½ inch by raking or harrowing. H. Firm seed areas with roller weighing maximum of 100 lbs. per foot to width. 3.03 Hydraulic Seeding and Mulching A. Seed and fertilize in the amounts per acre designated. Wood cellulose fiber mulch at 2,000 lbs/ acre. B. Combine with water to provide a slurry. Perform hydraulic application in such a manner that the liquid carrier will uniformly distribute the material over the entire area to be seeded at rates not less than indicated herein. Do not compact. Double the amount of seed per acre if seed and mulch are applied in a single application. 3.04 Drill Seeding A. Seed shall be applied in a minimum of two passes at 90 degrees two each other. 3.05 Reseeding and Repair A. Reseed and mulch areas where there is not a satisfactory stand of grass at the end of 60 days after seeding. B. Minimum satisfactory stand: 4 plants per square foot. City of Fort Collins Section 02900 – Site Revegetation Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 4 3.06 Areas to be Seeded A. All areas that have been damaged or disturbed by the Contractor’s operation shall be reseeded according to these specifications and as indicated on the plans. 3.07 Maintenance A. No maintenance is required, UNLESS NOTED ON THE BID SCHEDULE. Fertilizer and Seed Mix Commercial Fertilizer (18-46-0) Percent available by weight Nitrogen 18 Phosphorus 46 Potassium 0 Application rate of 250 lbs per acre Seed Mix Pure Live Seed Lbs./Acre Seed Buffalo Grass 20% 13 Blue Gramma 30% 14 Sheep’s Fescue 50% 13 100 40 END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 02930 – Sod Construction Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 4 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02930 - SOD CONSTRUCTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Work Included A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and perform all work and services necessary for sod construction in the quantities required. B. Furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a healthy, sound, and complete, craftsman-like installation. Work to include: 1. Application of herbicides. 2. Soil preparation. 3. Fine grading of all planting areas. 4. Sod installation. 5. Maintenance during establishment. 1.02 Submittals & Quality Assurance A. Submit three copies of: 1. Manufacturer’s specifications and literature on all products. 2. Manufacturer’s tests (within 6 months of application) on supplied products. 3. Sod grower’s letter certifying the sod’s species composition. B. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the work and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed and the best methods for their installation and who shall direct all work performed under this section. 1.03 Inspection A. Initial Inspection: 1. Contractor will inspect existing site conditions and note irregularities affecting the work of this section. Verify that grading operations have been satisfactorily completed and that topsoil of adequate quantity and quality has been placed in all disturbed areas as specified. Verify that the areas to be sodded are protected from concentrated runoff and sediment from adjacent areas. Note any previous treatments to the areas such as temporary seeding or mulching and discuss with the City Representative how these treatments will affect permanent revegetation. Report all irregularities affecting work of this section to the City Representative before initiating work. When the Contractor begins work under this section, it implies acceptance of existing conditions. B. Substantial and Final Acceptance: 1. Contractor shall notify City Representative prior to start of work. City Representative will be responsible to monitor the work. 2. Sodded areas shall receive “Final Acceptance” provided a healthy, even colored, viable turf is established, free of weeds and undesirable grass species, disease and insects. City of Fort Collins Section 02930 – Sod Construction Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 4 1.04 Guarantee A. Guarantee sod against defects for a period of one growing season from the date of final acceptance. B. This guarantee shall not be enforced should sod die due to vandalism, improper maintenance by Owner, lawn mower damage or other circumstances beyond the control of the Contractor. C. Replace sod when it is no longer in a satisfactory condition as determined by the Owner’s Representative for the duration of the guarantee period. D. Areas sodded in the spring shall be inspected for required coverage the following fall not later than October. Areas sodded in the fall will be inspected in October of the following year. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 Herbicide A. Round-Up 2.02 Soil Amendment A. Use compost or two year cured manure free from lumps, stones or other foreign matter. Soil amendment must be free of mineral matter or chemical composition harmful to plant life and have the following properties: Organic Matter: 35-45% pH: 7.4 to 8.5 Salt: < 7 mmhos/cm 2.03 Fertilizer A. Commercial Fertilizer (20 – 20 – 10) apply at manufacturers recommendation. B. Fertilizer is not necessary 2.04 Sod A. Provide strongly rooted sod not less than 2 years old and free of weeds. B. Species composition shall be a mix of Kentucky Bluegrass and Perennial Rye / Turf Type Tall Fescue Blend. Rye not to exceed 15% of sod. C. Furnish in rolls: 1. Uniformly mowed height when harvested. 2. Free of disease, nematodes, pests and pest larvae. 3. Thickness: Soil thickness of sod cuts shall not be less than 3/4 inch nor more than 1 inch. D. Weeds: 1. Free of Bermuda grass, Quack grass, Johnson grass, poison ivy, nut sedge, nimble will, Canada thistle, bindweed, bent grass, wild garlic, ground ivy, perennial sorrel. 2. Containing less than 10 Jimsonweed, mustard, lamb's quarter, chickweed, cress or crab grass plant per 100 sq. ft. 2.05 Water A. Free of substances harmful to plant growth. Contractor responsible for watering even if area sprinkler system is not operational. City of Fort Collins Section 02930 – Sod Construction Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 4 2.06 Pegs A. Softwood, 3/4 inch diameter, 8 inch length. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Site Preparation A. Prepare areas as follows: 1. Remove any existing vegetation not scheduled to remain. 2. Rip existing topsoil to a minimum depth of eight (8) inches in one direction using an agricultural ripper with tines spaced at no greater than 18 inches. Areas adjacent to walks, structures, curbs, etc., where the use of large mechanical equipment is difficult, shall be worked with smaller equipment or by hand. 3. Place soil amendment at a rate of six (6) cubic yards per 1,000 square feet. 4. Till all areas to be planted to a depth of six (6) inches. 5. In tree protection areas, the topsoil shall be worked by hand to a depth of 3 inches. 6. Remove all rubble, stones, plant material and extraneous material over 1½ inches in diameter from the site. 7. Apply pre-planting fertilizer as specified in Part 2 of the Section. 8. Restore fine grade with float drag to remove irregularities resulting from tilling operations. Float drag in two directions. Coordinate restoration of fine grade to establish the vegetation subgrade at one inch below adjacent paved surfaces. Match grade at property lines and work- limit lines. B. Remove any additional stones over 1½ inches that have come to the surface. Perform drainage test by applying water with the irrigation system. Do not plant until the finished grade is reviewed by City Representative. This review does not reduce Contractor's responsibility to provide a finished product that drains properly. 3.02 Installation A. Sod areas indicated on drawings. B. Selection of the time of sodding shall be the Contractor’s responsibility, consistent with weather limitations. Coordinate with Parks Maintenance if fall watering is required for establishment. C. Begin sodding from bottom of slopes. D. Lay first row of sod in a straight line with long dimension of pads parallel to slope contours. E. Butt side and end joints. F. Stagger end joints in adjacent rows. G. Do not stretch or overlap sod. H. Peg sod on slopes greater than 3 to 1 with a minimum of two pegs per sq. yd. I. Water sod immediately after transplanting. J. Roll sod, except on pegged areas, with roller weighing not more than 150 lbs. per foot of roller width. K. Water sod and soil to a depth of 4 to 6 inches within four hours after rolling. L. Provide sufficient barriers and signage notifying the public to keep off the newly sodded areas. City of Fort Collins Section 02930 – Sod Construction Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 4 3.03 Maintenance A. Sod establishment period: 1. Sod establishment period shall begin immediately after installation and continue through the second or third mowing when turf is established. Maintenance shall include watering, mowing, fertilizing and weed control as necessary. 2. Watering: Water sod areas as needed to keep wet to a depth of 4 to 6 inches for 2 to 3 weeks until grass is established. Avoid standing water, surface wash or erosion from over-watering. Reduce water application after the first few weeks. 3. Mowing: Mow when grass is over four (4) inches. Mow at a height of three (3) inches. Do not mow more than one third (1/3) height of grass. Reduce irrigation prior to mowing to prevent damage to turf. Mow with walk behind mower. 4. Disease and Insect Control: A licensed applicator shall apply fungicides and insecticides as required to control disease and insects in accordance with state law requirements. 3.04 Re-sod and Repair A. Resod areas where there is not a satisfactory stand of grass at the end of establishment period. B. Sod shall be established at least 30 days prior to Final Acceptance. C. Re-sod spots larger than 1 sq. ft. not having a uniform stand of grass. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section O3300 – Cast-in-Place Concrete Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 5 DIVISION 3 SECTION 03100 – CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 Work Included A. Furnish labor, materials and equipment necessary for the complete construction of required formwork for cast-in-place concrete. B. Furnish and install anchor bolts, connectors, embedded plates, dovetail slots and anchors and other accessories required to be cast into concrete work. C. Furnish materials and equipment necessary to strip and remove formwork. D. Install embedded items furnished by other Sections. E. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 02220, Excavating, Filling and Grading. 2. Section 02225, Structural Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting. 3. Section 02515, Portland Cement Concrete Paving: Forming equipment. 4. Section 02230, Drilled Piers: Concrete formwork for piers. 5. Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete. 6. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. General: Conform to the requirements and recommendations of ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete in Buildings", and ACI 347, "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork", unless otherwise shown. B. Contractor shall be responsible for the design and engineering, construction and maintenance of formwork, as well as its adequacy and safety. C. Contractor shall design formwork for all loads and lateral pressures before and during placement of concrete. Maintain position and shape of formwork at all times. Provide positive means of adjustment for shores and forms which rest on compressible material. 1.03 Product Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Fiber Forms: Store prefabricated fiber forms on site horizontally if length requires, supported along the entire length of the form and elevated a minimum 4" off of ground, completely covered with waterproof membrane including ends, and not stacked over 5'-0" high. If stored vertically, the ends shall be covered with waterproof membrane and elevated a minimum 4" off of ground. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 Formwork and Exposed Concrete A. Construct all formwork for exposed concrete surfaces with metal-framed/plywood-faced, metal or plastic panel-type materials to provide continuous, straight, smooth, solid exposed surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. Do not use any forms having defects on contact surfaces. 1. Plywood forms will only be acceptable upon specific approval of the Owner Architect, and then only after visual inspection on the job site. City of Fort Collins Section O3300 – Cast-in-Place Concrete Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 5 2. Plywood shall be sufficiently thick to withstand pressure of wet concrete without bow or deflection but shall not be less than 5/8" thick, complying with U.S. Product Standard PS- 1, "B-B High Density Overlaid Concrete Form, Class 1 ", or "B-B Exterior Type DFPA Plyform, Class 1". B. Chamfer exposed external corners and edges, using chamfer strips accurately fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight-edge joints. C. Refer to the Drawings for locations where special joints may be required. D. Arrangement for sheets or liner sheets shall be orderly and symmetrical. Form ties shall be spaced uniformly and aligned horizontally and vertically where locations are exposed to view in the completed project. 2.02 Formwork and Unexposed Concrete A. Form concrete which will be unexposed in finished structure with plywood, boards, metal or other acceptable material. Provide lumber that is dressed on at least two (2) edges and one (1) side for a tight fit. 1. Below-Grade Pier Forms: Sonotube Fiber Form "An or equal, specified in paragraph 2.03 below. B. Earthen or trenched forms shall not be used for vertical formwork. 2.03 Round Tubular Fiber Forms A. General: Prefabricated round, one-piece tubular fiber forms for exposed, round cast in-place concrete columns, formed from multiple layers of high quality fiber, spirally wound and laminated with non-water sensitive adhesives. B. Finish: 1. Coated form producing visible spiral seam, Sonotube Fiber Form "A" coated or equal. C. Size(s): Diameter and lengths as required to produce finished columns of the size(s) shown on the Drawings. D. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Sonotube as manufactured by Sonoco Products Company, Hartsville, SC, (800) 532- 8248, and represented locally by RW Specialties, Inc., Henderson, CO, (800) 332-6682. 2. Manufacturers providing form materials of same type, function, quality and performance are acceptable. 2.04 Accessory Materials A. Premolded Joint Fillers: In joints caulked or sealed with silicone or thiokol-based compound, filler shall be non-bituminous, non-extruding, conforming to ASTM D1752. In all other joints, filler shall be bituminous type conforming to ASTM D1751. Filler shall be 1/2" thick, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Non-Bituminous Filler: Sonoflex F by Sonneborne or equal. B. Premolded Fiberboard Joint Fillers (Bituminous-Type): Preformed rigid cane fiberboard material, impregnated with a durable asphaltic compound, conforming to AASHTO-M213. Fillers shall be 1/2" thick, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Bituminous Filler: Flexcell by Celotex or approved equal. C. Bond Breaker: Where shown on the Drawings or required by the work, provide minimum two (2) layers 15-lb. non-bituminous felt bond breaker. City of Fort Collins Section O3300 – Cast-in-Place Concrete Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 5 D. Column Isolation Joints: Joints around columns may be formed with minimum 30# nonbituminous building felt left in place with neatly trimmed top edge or approved joint filler material. E. Keyways: Provide nominal 1-1 /2" deep keyways in all construction joints in walls, slabs and joints between walls and slabs, unless otherwise shown. F. Form Ties: Provide factory-fabricated break-back, removable, or snap-type form ties designed to prevent spalling concrete surfaces on removal and which will leave no metal within 1/2" of concrete surface. Use stainless steel, plastic-coated or hot-dipped galvanized at exposed concrete with cone-shaped tie heads, manufactured by Dayton, Gates, Heckman, Richmond or approved equal. G. Release Agent: Provide commercial formulated synthetic resin or oil-type form coating compounds that will not bond with or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent finish treatment of surfaces, manufactured by Protex Pro-Coat, Euclid Eucoslip, J & P Tex-Mastic or approved equal. 1. Contractor shall ensure that release agent is compatible with the finish requirements of concrete to be exposed to view. H. Metal Inserts: Provide adjustable wedge inserts of malleable cast iron complete with bolts, nuts, washers, 3/4" bolt size, unless otherwise shown, manufactured by Hohmann and Barnard, Gateway, Dayton or approved equal. I. Embedded Dovetail Anchor Slots and Anchors: Refer to Section 03250, Concrete Accessories. J. Embedded Plates, Sleeves and Anchor Bolts: Miscellaneous embedded items furnished by other Sections. Refer to the appropriate Section(s) in these Specifications. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 Preparation A. Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and Section 02225. If the foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform to this requirement, advise Owner/Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section. B. Expansion, Construction and Other Joints: Properly layout work and make necessary preparations for construction of specified joints in cast-in-place concrete work. 1. Take special care to provide joints to allow for removal of sections of concrete foundations, walls or flatwork for future construction where shown on the Drawings. C. Ensure that connector plates, sleeves, dovetail anchor slots and other concrete accessories embedded in concrete are properly located, aligned and secured prior to placing concrete. 3.02 Fabrication A. Construct forms complying with ACI 347 to the exact sizes, shapes, lines and dimensions as shown on the Drawings and as required to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level and plumb work in finished structures. Use selected material to obtain the required finishes. Concrete tolerances shall be as specified in Section 03300. B. Construct formwork to be readily removable without impact, shock or damage to cast in-place concrete surfaces and adjacent materials. C. Provide formwork sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of cement paste during concrete placement. Solidly butt all joints and provide backup materials at joints as may be required to prevent leakage. Ensure that formwork is properly braced and tied. City of Fort Collins Section O3300 – Cast-in-Place Concrete Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 5 D. Provide openings in forms as required to accommodate other work. Accurately place and securely support all items required to be built into the forms. Size and locations of openings, recesses, chases and other built-in items shall be obtained from the Contractor or the trades involved. 3.03 Preparation of Form Surfaces A. Prior to each use, coat contact surfaces of forms with release agent prior to placement of reinforcement, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Do not allow excess coating material to accumulate in forms or to come into contact with concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. B. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes or applied coverings which are affected by agent. Refer to Section 03300 for required concrete finishes. C. Ensure that all debris and frost has been removed from forms before placing concrete. D. Clean, repair and recoat surfaces of forms that are to be reused. Split, frayed, delaminated or otherwise damaged form facing materials will not be acceptable. E. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove fins and tighten forms to close all joints. Align and secure all joints to avoid offsets. 3.04 Erection of Round, Tubular Fiber Forms A. General: Erect, brace and maintain prefabricated fiber forms in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. B. Provide fiber forms in continuous, one-piece lengths for all project applications. C. Ensure that cages of reinforcing steel have been properly fabricated and tied, inspected and approved before installing fiber forms. D. Drop fiber forms over reinforcing steel cage either manually, with block and tackle, or by crane, depending upon sizes and lengths. E. Take all necessary precautions to prevent damaging the interior surfaces of the forms. F. Brace fiber forms as recommended by the manufacturer and as required by job conditions before, during and after concrete placement. 3.05 Removal of Formwork A. Formwork not supporting weight of concrete such as sides of grade beams, walls and similar parts of work may be removed 48 hours after placing concrete, providing concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by removal operations and providing that curing and protection operations are maintained. Refer to specific requirements for hot- and cold- weather concreting in Section 03300. B. Formwork for beam soffits, slabs and other parts that support the weight of concrete shall remain in place at least 14 days and until concrete has reached its specified 28-day strength. C. Whenever formwork is removed during the curing period, cure exposed concrete as specified in Section 03300. D. Prefabricated Fiber Forms: Remove forms as soon as possible after concrete has set. This is to generally occur between 24 and 48 hours, but not exceeding 5 days, in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Take all necessary precautions not to mar concrete surfaces. E. Prefabricated Fiber Forms: Forms for unexposed, below-grade piers need not be removed. Trim excess form material flush with top of pier, or finish grade for exterior locations. F. Contractor shall verify required tolerances specified in Section 03300 immediately after removal of forms. City of Fort Collins Section O3300 – Cast-in-Place Concrete Park Planning & Development Division Page 5 of 5 G. Carefully remove fins or other minor surface defects from concrete to remain exposed in the final construction, and leave surfaces prepared for sealers, paint, skim coats or other finishes. Repair minor imperfections as specified in Section 03300. END OF SECTION City of Fort Collins Section 07900 – Joint Sealers Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 5 DIVISION 7 SECTION 07900 - JOINT SEALERS PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 Work Included A. Furnish and Install: Provide all caulking and sealant indicated on the Drawings, specified herein, and not specified under other sections. In general, seal all openings indicated on the Drawings and at other locations requiring caulking to seal visually and against infiltration from air and water, including but not limited to the following: 1. Expansion joints in concrete walks 2. Exterior wall joints 3. Masonry control joints 4. Isolation joints, between structure and other elements 5. Joints at penetrations of walls, decks, and floors by piping and other service equipment 6. Joints between items of equipment and other construction 7. Joints between door and window frames and adjacent materials, exterior and interior 8. Bedding for door thresholds 9. Open joints between dissimilar materials as required to close and conceal jointing of the work 10. Construction and expansion of joints, joints between dissimilar materials; joints around windows, door frames, louvers, and other penetrations and openings 11. Other joints as indicated 1.02 Submittals for Review A. Color Samples: Submit color chart for each type of sealant in accordance with Division 1. B. Product Data: Submit for each material intended for use and location of application in accordance with Division 1. 1.03 Delivery, Storage and Handling A. General: Comply with Section 01600. Deliver in original unopened containers and store in an area not subject to extreme heat or cold. 1.04 Project Conditions A. Environmental Conditions: Do not apply exterior sealants during wet weather or when the outside temperature is below 40EF. Do not apply interior sealants when the inside temperature is below 60EF. 1.05 Warranty A. Provide a written three year warranty in writing covering materials and workmanship in accordance with Section 01700. Warranty shall require installer, at no cost to Owner, to repair or replace sealants which fail to perform as air-tight and water-tight joints; or fail in joint adhesion, cohesion, abrasion resistance, weather resistance, extrusion resistance, migration resistance, stain resistance, or general durability; or appear to deteriorate in any other manner not clearly specified as an inherent quality of the material by submitted manufacturers data. City of Fort Collins Section 07900 – Joint Sealers Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 5 PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 Joint Backing Material A. General: Size joint backing material for minimum 30% compression when inserted in that joint. Material shall be round or semi-circular type. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Dow Chemical Company, Ethafoam 2. Sonneborn, Sonofoam 3. Schlegel Manufacturing Company, Schlegelfoam 4. Denver Foam 5. Accepted Substitute 2.02 Sealant Material C. Acceptable Manufactures: 1. DAP Incorporated 2. Parr, Inc. 3. Pecora Corporation 4. Products Research and Chemical Corporation 5. Sonneborn Building Products 6. Tremco Manufacturing Company 7. Mameco International 8. W.R. Grace and Company 9. Accepted Substitute D. Silicone Sealant Manufacturer: 1. General Electric 2. Dow Corning 3. Accepted substitute in accordance with Section 01600 E. Acceptable Materials: 1. Interior and Under Thresholds: Latex acrylic, ASTM C834-761. 2. Other Caulking: Two component polyurethane, FS IT-S-00227E, Type II, Class A, non- sag 3. Primer: As recommended by the sealant manufacturer. 4. Sealant at Concrete Paving: Two-component self-leveling polyurethane, FS IT-S- 00227E, Type I, Class, pourable type. 5. Sealant at Lavatories: Silicone sealant. 6. Colors: As selected by Architect from standard colors. 2.03 Bond Breaker Tape A. Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by the sealant manufacturer to be applied to sealant-contact surfaces where bond to the substrate or joint filler must be avoided for proper performance of sealant. Provide self-adhesive tape wherever possible.Site Benches PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 Inspection A. Inspection: Inspect work of others prior to application of any work under this section. If any joint or space to receive this work is not according to detail and cannot be put into proper condition to receive the work by specified methods; notify the General Contractor in writing or assume responsibility for and rectify any unsatisfactory caulking and sealing resulting. City of Fort Collins Section 07900 – Joint Sealers Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 5 B. Acceptance: Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 Preparation A. Preparation of Surfaces 1. Clean surfaces in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. 2. Mask edges, if required to protect adjoining surfaces and produce a straight finish line. 3. Clean joint surfaces immediately before installation of sealant. Remove dirt, insecure coatings, moisture and other substances which would interfere with bond of sealant. 4. Do not proceed with installation of sealant over joint surfaces which have been painted, lacquered, waterproofed or treatead with water repellent or other treatment of coating. Remove coating or treatment joint surfaces before installing sealant. 5. Each concrete masonry joint surfaces to remove excess alkalinity unless sealant manufacturers printed instruction indicates that alkalinity does not interfere with sealant bond and performance. Etch with 5% solution of muriatic acid, neutralize with diluted ammonia solution, rinse thoroughly with water and allow to dry before sealant installation. B. Priming: If required, prime surfaces which are to be caulked with manufacturers recommended or standard primer, after the surfaces have been prepared as specified. Before use, check primers for discoloration and dirt pick-up on adjacent surfaces. If staining occurs, after exposure, take adequate measures to prevent the primer from being applied over the face of adjacent porous materials by masking or other suitable measures. C. Joint Backing: 1. Joints shall be of depth necessary to provide for the specified allowable thickness of sealant and also the required backing where and as specified. Provide backing of extent and type as specified and required to provide for the allowable depth of the sealant. 2. Back-up Materials for Sealants: Non-staining, compatible with the sealant and primer, shall be of a resilient nature and as recommended by the manufacturer of the sealant. Size and shape of the backing shall be as required by the width of the joint and specified. Do not use materials impregnated with il, solvents, or bituminous materials. 3. Compress backing material a minimum of 30% when inserted in the joint. Backing material for the upper portion of joint shall be a round rod or semi-circular in cross- section with the arc in contact with the sealant. D. Bond Breaker Tape: Install where indicated and as required by manufacturers recommendations to ensure that sealants will perform properly. 3.03 Application A. Exterior Metal Sills: Set in full bed of polyurethane sealant. B. Thresholds: Set in full bed of latex acrylic sealant. C. Caulk Joints: 1. Apply sealants in continuous beads without open joints, voids, or air pockets, using a ratchet hand gun or mechanical powered gun. 2. Confine sealants to joint areas with masking tapes or other precautions. Apply compounds in concealed compression joints accurately so that excess compound will not extrude from joints. City of Fort Collins Section 07900 – Joint Sealers Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 5 3. Remove excess compound or sealant promptly as work progressess, and clean adjoining surfaces. 4. In rough surfaces or joints of uneven widths, install sealant, well back into joint. Recess equal to width of joint, or 3/8" minimum at masonry. 5. Use anti-tack agent where necessary to protect freshly applied sealant from public traffic and dirt. 6. Slightly recessed joints as to facilitate a painters line. Handtool and finish joints throughout construction. 7. Comply with manufacturers printed instructions and specifications. D. Concrete Paving Expansion Joints: Cut expansion joint filler down to allow joint depth equal to 75% of joint width, but neither more than 0.625" deep nor less than 0.375" deep. Seal over expansion joint filler with poured sealant. E. Workmanship: Employ only proven installation techniques, which will ensure that sealants will be deposited in uniform, continuous ribbons without gaps or air pockets, with complete wetting of the joint bond surfaces equally on opposite sides. Except as otherwise indicated, fill sealant rabbet to a slightly concave surface, slightly below adjoining surfaces. Where horizontal joints are between a horizontal surface and a vertical surface, fill joint to form a slight cove, so that joint will not trap moisture and dirt. F. Joint Sizes: Install sealants to depths as indicated or, as recommended by the sealant manufacturer but within the following general limitations: 1. For normal moving joints sealed with elastomeric sealants but not subject to traffic, fill joints to a depth equal to 50% of joint width, but not more than 1/2" deep or less than 1/4" deep. 2. For joints sealed with non-elastomeric sealants and caulking compounds, fill joints to a depth in the range of 75% to 125% of joint width. G. Spillage: 1. Do not allow sealants or compounds to overflow or spill onto adjoining surfaces, or to migrate into the voids of adjoining surfaces. Use masking tape or other precautionary devices to prevent staining of adjoining surfaces, by either the primer/sealer or the sealant. 2. Remove excess and spillage of compounds promptly as the work progresses. Clean the adjoining surfaces by whatever means may be necessary to eliminate evidence of spillage. Do not damage the adjoining surfaces or finishes. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Samples: Where directed by the Architect, cut out and remove a total of three samples consisting of the undisturbed sealant and back-up material from the joint. Samples shall be 6" in length. Reseal cut out areas with the same materials. 3.05 CURING, PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Curing: Cure sealants and caulking compounds in compliance with manufacturers instructions and recommendations, to obtain high early bond strength, internal cohesive strength and surface durability. B. Protection: City of Fort Collins Section 07900 – Joint Sealers Park Planning & Development Division Page 5 of 5 1. Advise the General Contractor of procedures required for the protection of sealants during the construction period, so that they will be without deterioration or damage (other than normal weathering) at the time of acceptance. C. Cleaning: 1. Protect surfaces from damage. Clean soiled surfaces immediately. Replace with new material any damaged material which cannot be cleaned with new material. END OF SECTION Administrative Services Purchasing Divison 215 North Mason Street y 2nd Floor y P.O. Box 580 y Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580 y (970) 221-6775 y Fax (970) 221-6707 www.fcgov.com ADDENDUM No. 2 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Description of Bid: 6019 Community Parks Sidewalks OPENING DATE: 3:00 P.M. (Our Clock) January 3, 2007 To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above, the following changes are hereby made. REVISION Bid Opening Date: 3:00 P.M. (Our Clock) January 3, 2007 Administrative Services Purchasing Divison 215 North Mason Street y 2nd Floor y P.O. Box 580 y Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580 y (970) 221-6775 y Fax (970) 221-6707 www.fcgov.com ADDENDUM No. 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Description of Bid: 6019 Community Parks Sidewalks OPENING DATE: 3:00 P.M. (Our Clock) January 3, 2007 To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above, the following changes are hereby made. GENERAL CLARIFICATION 1. The estimated dead weight for the existing 60’ span pedestrian bridge is 21,000 lbs per manufacturer’s information. 2. The following information was misprinted and is to be disregarded: Addendum 1; General Clarification 2., ‘Digital data for grading of plaza provided upon request (Park Planning & Development).’ Please contact John D. Stephen, CPPO, CPPB, Senior Buyer at (970) 221-6777 with any questions regarding this addendum. RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED.